Skip to main content

Full text of "The sacred books of the Old and New Testaments; a new English translation with explanatory notes .."

See other formats


b5\Hb 

2.H37 
V.6 


Divis,on.ti";i.\^5 
Secti on j_^iVri O  i 


Explanation  of  Jhvh,  Colors,  &c. 


For  Jhvh  (that  is,  Va/rcvav),  the  Hebrew  name  of  the  Supreme 
Being,  erroneously  written  and  pronounced  Jehovah,  see  Introductory 
Remarks  prefixed  to  the  Translation,  p.  viii,  1.  39'. 

^Explanation  of  the  Colors  employed  in  the  Book  of  Joshua  is 
jjiven  on  p.  45,  11.  43  ff 

Explanations  of  Critical  Marks,  Italics,  Footnotes,  Marginal 
Figures,  Heavy-faced  Numerals,  References  to  Biblical  Passages, 
Untranslated  Hebrew  Words,  Transliteration  of  Oriental  Names,  Spel- 
ling, Abbreviations,  are  given  in  the  Introductory  Remarks,  pp.  v-viii. 


\ 


EGYPTIAN    AND    IinTlTK    CHAKlOTS    (  AUL"    SIMRHL) 
(See  p.gi,  /.j7> 


ZU  (§oo&  of  ^oefim 

BENNETT 


Co/'yi^kt,  tStjg,  by  Paul  Haupt 


L_x^u.\\^T^.    \  o-\  o  .     \\U\uvi\ 


^T 


THE  SACRED  BOOKS 


OP~  THE 


Oft)  an^  (Ttett)  Zc^tamcnt^ 

A    NEW    ENGLISH    TRANSLATION 

With   Explanatory   Notes   and    Pictorial   Illustrations 

9 


PREPARED    BY 


tmintnt  (^tSftcaf  ac^otare  of  Europe  «n>  of  Jlmertco 

AND     EDITED      WITH      THE      ASSISTANCE  ^OF 
HORACE   HOWARD   FURNESS 


BV 


PROFESSOR    IN    THE   JOHNS    HOPKINS    UNIVERSITY 

BALTIMORI- 


« 

PART  6 
Z^e  (good  of  Joogua 

TRANSLATHD    BY 

W  ■  H  •  BENNETT 


(new  ^orft 

DODD,  MEAD,  AND    COMPANY 

1899 
£on6on  ^tutfgarf 

JAMES  CLARKE  AND  COMPANY  DEUTSCHE  VERLAGS-ANSTALT 


^ 


THE 


QBooft  of  ^o^^ua 


A   NEW   FNGLISH   TRANSLATION 


PRINTED  IN  COLORS  EXHIBITING  THE  COMPOSITE  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  BOOK 


(PE)tt0  6irpfana(orj  (llotce 


AND    PICTORIAL    ILLUSTRATIONS 


The    Rev.   AV  •  H  •  BENNETT,   M.A. 

PROFESSOR   OF  OLD   TESTAMENT  LANGUAGES  AND    LITERATUkE, 

HACKNEY    AND     NEW    COLLEGES,     LONDON,     SOMETIME 

FELLOW    OF    ST.   JOHN's   COLLEGE,   CAMBRIDGE. 


iMr^ 


(Tlcw  'I)ovft 

DODD,  MEAD,  AND  COMPANY 

1899 

SonSon  ^fuftgarf 

JAMES  CLARKE  AND  COMPANY  DEUTSCHE  VERLACS-ANSTALT 


1S99 

BV 

PAUL   HAUPT 


PKINTI-D  BY 


BALTIMORE.   Mn.,  U.   S.   A. 


POLYCHROMY    PATENTED    FEB.    16,    1897 

U.  S.   PATENT    No.  577,25? 

D.R.G.M,,Ni.  28,784 


J^v''     I'    ^,",'  i  1 1"  present  rendering   of  the  Old  Testament   is   not   a   revision   of 
S  .      1      ./^^  t'i>^  Authorized  Version,  but  a  New  Translation  from  the  Hebrew, 


1 


((^'\'    I'   '  '  3  '"  modern  English.     The   aim   has   been  to   render   the   sense   of 
(    -^^  t,'-'^  i^    tlie  original  as  faithfully  as   possible   rather   than  to   sacrifice  that  5 
(      TL>-1<:.    T)}     S'^"se  in  order  to  give  a  literal  translation. 


jg,     ^^f-  ^x  Tliis  new  Translation   appeals   to   all  interested  in  the  Bible. 

H      ^     X      The    Explanatory    Notes    are    free    from    technical    details    which 
.0.     A     .a.      have  no   interest  for  the  average  reader.     We  had   no   desire  (as 

the  translators  of  the  Authorized  Version  say  in  their  Preface)  10 
/t>  wciiiy  the  unlearned,  ivho  need  7iot  know  so  imich;  and  trouble  the  learned, 
who  know  it  already.  The  reader  may  rest  assured,  however,  that  all  variations 
from  the  Authorized  Version  in  the  present  Translation  are  the  results  of  the 
ripest  Biblical  scholarship  of  the  present  generation  both  in  Europe  and  in 
America.  The  translation  is  based  throughout  on  the  new  critical  edition  of  the  15 
Hebrew  text  of  the  Old  Testament,  published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  Baltimore. 

Departures  from  the  Received  Text  are  indicated  by  special  marks,  whereby 
the  reader  can  see  at  a  glance  whether  a  variation  is  based  on  parallel  passages, 
or  on  the  authority  of  the  Ancient  Versions,  or  is  merely  a  conjectural  emenda-  20 
tion,  &c.  These  critical  marks  are,  designedly,  so  unobtrusive  as  not  to  inter- 
fere with  the  comfort  of  the  ordinary  reader ;  they  are  mainly  intended  for  the 
benefit  of  those  who  are  interested  in  the  details  of  textual  criticism. 

<Expfa«a''on  of  Crittcaf  (Jllarfto. 

(i)  -  >  (/.  f.  \  =  Versions)  indicate  a  reading  adopted  on  the  authority  of  25 
the  Ancient  Versions  {Septuagint,  Pcshita,  Targums,  Vulgate,  &c.,  in  reference 
to  which  the  reader  may  consult  the  Preface  to  the  Authorized  Version,  also 
the  List  of  Abbreviations  below,  p.  viii,  under  LXX,  Pesh.,  Targ.,  Vulg. ).  The 
marks  «">,  -*-,  &c.  indicate  that  the  footnotes  [cf.  below,  p.  vi,  1.  32)  to  which 
those  letters  refer  are  omitted  in  the  Ancient  Versions.  Punctuation  marks  30 
enclosed  in  <»  (e.  g.  Joshua,  p.  22,  1.  15)  indicate  that  this  punctuation  has  been 
adopted  on  the  authority  of  the  Ancient  Versions. 

(2)  <  >  {i.  e.  Q  =  conjecture)  indicate  Conjectural  Emendations. 

(3)  ■  '   (;'.  f.  3,    the   first   letter   of  the    Hebrew   word    "lip:    niqqi'id   'punctua- 
tion ' )  indicate  changes  involving  merely  a  different  division  of  the  consonantal  35 

yoshtta 


VI  — »+e^*!BSs-  3nlro6uc'org  (Rctnarfta  -«»«3*<^ 

text,  or  a  departure  from  the  vowel-points  which  tlie  so-called  Masorites  added 
to  the  original  consonantal  text  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  centuries  A.  D. 

(4)  -  «  (/.  e.Q=  Qire)  indicate  that  the  marginal  reading  (Heb.  QPrC'  'what 
is  to  be  read')  has  been  adopted  instead  of  the  Kf/hib  'what  is  written.' 
5  (5)   '  '  indicate  changes  introduced  by  reason  of  Parallel  Passages. 

(6)  '  ■  indicate  Doubtful  Words  or  Passages. 

(7)  •  •  indicate  deviations  from  the  Received  (or  Masoretic)  Text,  suggested 
by  the  Versions  as  well  as  by  Parallel  Passages. 

(8)  ■  >  indicate    departures   from    the   Masoretic    reading   of  the   consonantal 
10  text,  which  are  supported  by  the  Ancient  Versions. 

(9)  In  cases  where  critical  marks  occur  without  any  letters  or  words 
between  them  («-,  <>,  &c. ),  Omissions  are  indicated,  based  on  the  Versions  or 
on  Conjectural  Emendations,  &c. 

(10)  ••  indicate  words  implied,  but  not  expressed,  in  the   Hebrew.     These 
15  marks,  therefore,  take  the  place  of  Ilalics  in  the  Authorized  Version. 

(11)  [  ]  indicate  Transposed  Passages,  the  traditional  position  of  the  words 
in  the  Received  Text  being  marked  by  [],  while  the  transposed  words  are 
enclosed  in  [  ]  ;  see  e.  g.  p.  5,  II.  i .  31  ;   p.  29,  1.  40  ;   p.  30,  I.  2. 

(12)  I  {e.  g.  p.  22,  1.  15;  p.  25,  I.  4 ;  p.  29,  1.  39)  indicates  transposition  of  the 
20  Masoretic  ":  "  which  marks  the  end  of  a  verse  in  the  Hebrew  Te.xt. 

{13) indicate  Corrupt  and  Unintelligible  Passages. 

{14)  «     *     *     *     *  indicate  Lacunce  in  tlie  Hebrew  Text. 
(15)  For  the  symbols  --,  see  below,  p.  46.  1.  27. 

(Erpfanafion  of  Cofore. 

25  Older  incorporated  documents  or  later  sections  in  Biblical  Books  of  a  com- 

posite character  are  printed  on  backgrounds  of  different  colors.  The  explana- 
tion of  the  colors  employed  in  Joshua  is  given  on  p.  45,  11.  43  ff. 

3faftce. 

Passages    printed    in     Italics    (e.g.    p.  7,    11.  16-22)     represent     Redactional 
30  Additions  ;    cf.  p.  46,  1.  15  ;  p.  61,  1.  37,  &c. 

Words  or  passages  printed  as  notes  at  the  bottom  of  the  pages  of  the 
translation  {e.  g.  p.  35)  represent  subsequent  additions  to  the  original  text. 

(Jtlargtnaf  jftgurce. 

35  In   the  Explanatory  Notes   the   figures   in   the   margin   on  the  right   refer   to 

the  chapters  and  verses  commented  on  ;  the  figures  in  the  margin  on  the  left 
merely  number  the  lines.  On  those  pages,  however,  where  there  are  no 
references  to  chapters  and  verses  in  the  margin  the  line-numbers  are  placed  in 
the  outer  margin.      In   the  Translation   the   lines    are    always   numbered    in   the 

40  inner  margin,  while  the  traditional  numbers  of  the  chapters  and  verses  are 
placed   in  the  outer  margin. 

15«a»g-fac«6  (Uumt-rafo. 

Heavy-faced   numerals  are  used  instead  of  Roman   letters  to  distinguish  the 
number    of  the   chapter  from  the    number  of  the  verse ;    c.  g.  Ps.  88 ,  8  =  Psalm 
45  Ixxxviii,  verse  8;  but  Pss.  88.  89  =  Psalm  Ixxxviii  and  Psalm  Ixxxix. 


— •■*e#^*-  3nfto>ucforg  (JlemarRe 

(Pefe«ncc6  (o   (JftBficaf  (paaaagcs. 

References  to  Biblical  passages  follow,  throughout,  the  Authorized  Version, 
not    the  Hebrew  Text.     It    is   well  known    that   the  division   of  the    chapters    is 
occasionally  not  the  same  in  the  Hebrew  and  in  the  English  Bibles.     Where  the 
numeration  of  the  Hebrew  te.Kt  differs  it  has  sometimes  been  added  in  parenthesis  5 
{e-  S-  P-  59.  1-  51)- 

(UntranafatcS  ^tixtn  (JDorie. 

A  few  Hebrew  words  have  been  left  untranslated,  viz.  ben,  the  Hebrew 
word  for  son  (e.  g.  Joshua  beti  -  Nun  =  Joshua,  the  son  of  Nun);  Shedl  (Heb. 
shi'ol),  the  abode  of  departed  spirits,  the  habitation  of  the  dead  (Greek  Hades);  10 
Ashcrdh,  the  sacred  post  or  pole  beside  an  altar  (see  Ezekiel,  p.  106,  1.  47J  ; 
Negeb,  the  steppe-like  region  in  the  South  of  Palestine  (see  Joshua,  p.  73.  1.  19); 
Arabah,  the  deep  depression  of  the  Jordan  Valley  extending  from  the  Sea  of 
Galilee  to  the  eastern  gulf  of  the  Red  Sea  (see  p.  60,  1.  17) ;  Selah  at  the 
end  of  certain  stanzas  in  the  Psalms  (see  Psalms,  p.  165,  1.  8)  ;  Satan,  in  15 
Hehre-w  =  adversary,  accuser  (see  Notes  on  Ps.  109,6);  Hallelujah  (Ps.  104,35 
&c.)  =  Praise  ye  Jah  (a  shorter  form  of  Jhvh)  ;  Sabaoth  (cf.  Jas.  5,4;  Rom. 
9,  29  =  Is.  1,9)  in  the  name  Jhvh  Sabaoth,  Jhvh  of  the  Hosts,  /.  e.  the  God 
of  the  armies  of  Israel  (i  Sam.  17,45;  cf.  Pss.  44,9;  60 ,  10  =  108,  11).  For 
Jhvh,  see  below,   List  of  Abbreviations,  p.  viii.  20 

S^ranefitcratton  of  Ortcnfaf  (Hamce. 

All  Biblical  names  are  given  in  the  form  used  in  the  Authorized  Version. 
In  the  transliteration  of  other  Hebrew  words,  or  of  modern  Oriental  (Arabic) 
names,  the  vowels  have  their  Italian  sounds:  a  is  like  the  a  m  far  ox  father; 
i  is  the  i  in  marine ;  and  li  =  00  in  cool ;  e  =  a  in  name ;  short  /  =  /  in  pin  ;  25 
&c.  (e.  g.  Tel-Abu-Oudes  =  Tel-Aboo-Koodace).  As  to  the  consonants,  j  awA  y 
are  pronounced  as  in  English  ;  g  has  about  the  same  sound  as  English  c  in  cool 
(not  as  k  in  keel,  or  qu  in  queen)  ;  '  is  the  Arabic  Ain,  the  voiced  form  of  the 
Arabic  h  which  may  be  described  as  a  stronger  variety  of  our  /; ;  kh  is  the 
guttural  ch  in  German  or  Scotch  loch  (Spanish  x  or/);  f  is  a  modification  of  30 
our  J  (with  an  inner  rounding),  which  aflects  the  pronunciation  of  the  following 
vowels  (e.  g.  (in,  not  =  seen,  but  more  like  sane;  (d  =  saw.  Sec).  In  the 
majority  of  English  books  of  a  popular  character  the  letters  k  and  5  are  used 
for  q  and  f,  respectively  (e.  g.  el-Aksa  for  el-Aqfd;  see  Psalms,  p.  235,  1. 3S). 

^fcffing. 

English  readers  who  object  to  the  'American'  spelling,  honor,  &c.,  may  be 
referred  to  Henry  Sweet's  New  English  Grammar  (Oxford,  Clarendon  Press, 
1892),  p.  xi  and  §  1710,  &c.,  or  to  Dr.  Murray's  remarks  on  the  spelling  of  a.v 
in  the  Nezv  English  Dictionary  on  Historical  Principles  (Clarendon  Press). 

ilSBrevtattone. 

I,  2,  3,  &c.,  before  the  name  of  a  »  stands  for  first  part  (or  first  line) 
Biblical  book,  stand  for  First  Book,  of  a  verse.  Subdivisions  of  parts  of 
Second  Book,  Third  Book,  &c..  respec-  verses  are  indicated  by  °  ",  respec- 
tively: I  Kings  is  the  First  Book  of  lively;  e.  g.  2,14a*  (Judges,  p.  54, 
Kings.  1.  36)  refers  to  the  second  clause  (*)  45 

^,  or  3,  S:c..  after  the  title  of  a  book  of  the  first  part  (^)  of  the  verse  (and 
stands  for  second  or  third  editions,  re-   _    delivered  them  to  spoilers  who  despoiled 

spectively. —  For  E',  &c.,  see  E,  &c.  them).      In  reference  to  lines  of  pages 


— »*e^«ai-  3t>tro6uctorg  (RcmarRs  -^xmff^t^ — 


piiiiled  in  two  columns,  -i  and  L>  mean 
first  and  second  columns,  respectively. 

(u/  loc.  =  On  the  passage. 

A  KV  =  Authorized     and     Revised 
5  Versions. 

AV  =  Authorized  Version. 

AV"  =  Authorized  Version,  mar- 
gin. 

*>  =  Second   part    (or  second    line) 
10  of  a  verse  ;   also  second  column  ;  see  '^. 

c  =  Third  part  (or  third  line)  of  a 
verse ;  see  ". 

c,  or  C.  =  Cha])ter. 

cc,  or  CC.=  Chapters. 
15  Cant.  =  Song    of  Solomon    (  Canli- 

c/es). 

Chr.,  or  Chron.  =  Chronicles. 

d  =  Fourth  part  (or  fourth  line)  of 
a  verse  ;  see  ». 
20  D  =  Deuteronomy,  or  the  author  of 

Deuteronomy;   see  Joshua,  p.  44,  1.  11. 

E  =  Ephraimitic  Document ;  see 
Joshua,  p.  45,  1.  48  ;  Judges,  p.  46,  1.  24. 

E'^  =  Later    additions    to    E ;     see 
25  Joshua,  p.  45,  1.  49  ;  Judges,  p.  46,  1.  40. 

f  =:  and  the  following  verse  (or 
line,  or  page,  &c.  ). 

IT.=  and    the   following   verses   (or 
lines,  or  pages,  &c. ). 
30  H  =  The   Law   of   Holiness    (Lev. 

17-26) ;  see  Leviticus,  p.  56,  1.  22. 

)=  Judaic  Document;  see  Joshua, 
p.  45,  1.  44  ;  Judges,   p.  46,  1.  23. 

J^=  Later    additions     to    J;     see 
35  Joshua,  p.  45,  1.  45. 

JE  =  The  Prophetical  Narrative  of 
the  Hexateuch,  composed  of  J  and  E  ; 
see  Joshua,  p.  45,  1.  51. 

Jhvh  =  the  Hebrew  name  of  the 
40  Supreme  Being,  erroneously  written 
and  pronounced  Jehovah.  The  true 
pronunciation  is  Yahivay,  or  Jahveh,  the 
j  =y,  as  in  Hallelujah,  and  the  e  as 
in  English  where,  there ;  the  first  // 
45  should  be  sounded  as  an  aspirate,  and 
the  accent  is  on  the  last  syllable.    The 


monstrous  form  Jehovah  (which  is  a 
combination  of  the  consonants  of  Jhvh 
with  the  vowels  of  the  Hebrew  word  for 
Lord,  Adonai)  was  first  introduced  by  a 
Franciscan  Friar,  Petrl's  Galatinus, 
in  1516  A.  D.    See  Psalms,  p.  163,  11,  36  ff. 

LXX  =  Septuagint,  the  ancient 
Greek  Version  of  OT,  made  in  Egypt 
by  Hellenistic  Jews  (3<'-is<  cent.  B.C.). 

"  =  margin.     CJ.  AV,  RV. 

NT  =  New  Testament. 

OLZ  =  Orientalistische  Literatur- 
Zeituiig  ( Berlin). 

OT  =  Old  Testament. 

P  =  Priestly  Code  ;  see  Leviticus, 
P-  56  ;  Joshua,  p.  44,  1.  19. 

P*  =  Later  additions  to  P ;  see 
Joshua,  p.  46,  1.  7  ;  Leviticus,  p.  58,  1.  7. 

Pesh.=  Peshita,  the  earliest  Syriac 
Version  of  the  Old  Testament. 

PSBA=  Proceedings  of  the  Society 
of  Biblical  Archeology  (London). 

R  =  Redactor  or  editor. 

R''  =  Deuteronomistic  editors  ;  see 
Joshua,  p.  46,  1.  24. 

RJE  =  Redactor  of  JE  ;  see  Joshua, 
p.  46,  I.  21  ;  Judges,  p.  46,  II.  26.45. 

R''=  Priestly  editors;  see  Joshua, 
p.  46,  I.  19. 

RT  =  Received  Text ;  see  above, 
p.  vi,  1.  7. 

RV  =  Revised  Version. 

RV*'  =  Revised  Version,  margin. 

Sir.  =  Ecclesiasticus  (The  Wisdom 
of  Jesus,  the  son  of  Sirach). 

Targ.  =  Targum,  the  Jewish  trans- 
lation or  paraphrase  of  the  Scriptures 
in  the  Western  Aramaic  dialect. 

v.,  or  V.=  Verse. 

vv.,  or  VV.=  Verses. 

Vulg.  =  X'ulgate,  the  ancient  Latin 
Version  of  the  Bible,  made  by  St. 
Jerome  about  400  A.  d. 

ZA  =  Zcitsehrift  fiir  Assyriologie. 

ZAT  =  Zeitschrijt  Jiir  die  alttesta- 
nientliche  Wissenschaft  (Giessen). 


For  a  complete  List  of  Abbreviations  (including  a  large  number  which 
would  not  require  explanation  if  the  present  Translation  were  for  the  exclusive 
use  of  American  or  English  readers)  as  well  as  for  the  extremely  instructive 
50  Extracts  from  the  Preface  to  the  Authorized  Version,  admirably  illustrating  tlie 
principles  which  have  guided  us  in  preparing  this  new  translation  of  the  Scrip- 
tures, the  reader  may  consult  the  Introductory  Remarks  prefixed  to  the  Books 
of  Judges,   Isaiah,  and  Psalms,   pp.  vii-.xii. 


ybshua 


CUNEIFORM    DISPATCH    OF    DL'SHRATTA    TO    AMHNol'HIS    IV. 
<Sff  /.JO,  l.igy 


^oe^ua 


U  C^e  ConquBt 


^fl 


Z?>i  Borb'e  Charge  (o  ^oegua. 


)FTER    the    death    of   Moses,    the    Servant'    of  Jhvh,  i  ,  i 
Jhvh    spoke    to    Joshua    ben-Nun,    the    Minister'    of 
'm    Moses,    thus :      My    Servant'    Moses    is    dead ;     now  2 
*;''"i|*  therefore     arise,    pass     here    over    the    Jordan,    thou 
and  all    this  people,   to   the    land  which    I   am  about 
to  give  them.<°>     I  have  given  you  every  place  upon  3 
*^      ^^       *      which    the   sole  of  your   foot  shall    tread,   as    I    said 
J        'a*        I      to    Moses.      Your    territory    shall    extend    from    the  4 
10  ■'•  Wilderness   and   the    Lebanon   yonder   to    the    Great 

River,  the  river  Euphrates,-*-  and  westward  to  the  Great  Sea.'     No  5 
one    shall    hold    his    own    against    thee    all     the     days    of    thy    life : 
as    I    was    with    Moses,    I    will    be    with    thee ;    I    will    not    fail    thee 
nor    forsake    thee.''       Be    strong    and     firm,    for    thou     thyself    shalt  6 
15  cause   this   people  to  inherit  the  land  which  I  swore  to   their  fathers 
to    give    them.      Only    be    thou    very    strong    and     firm     to     observe  7 
faithfulh'   alU'.    that    my   Servant    Moses    commanded    thee;    do   not 
turn    from    it    to    the    right    hand    or    to    the    left,    that    thou    mayst 
deal    prudently   whithersoever    thou    goest.      This    book   of   the    Law  8 


1,2  -to  the  Israelites 


4  *all  the  land  of  the  HittitesS 


7  '  the  Law 


1,9-2,2  ^'S'OjtEafr  ^oe^uA  ■ 

I  shall  not  depart  from  thy  mouth,  but  thou  shalt  meditate  thereon 
day  and  night,'  that  thou  ma)-st  observe  faithfully  all  that  is  written 
therein ;    then    wilt    thou    make    thy   way   prosperous,  and    thou    wilt 

9  deal    prudcntl)-.       Have    I    not    commanded    thee?       Be    strong    and 
firm,    neither    fearful    nor    dismayed  :    thy    God,    Jiivh,    is    with    thee  5 
whithersoever  thou  goest. 

^oe^ua'e  Cgarge  (0  t^i  ©fftcere 

and  to  the  Two  Tribes  and  to  the  Half-tribe. 


'°'J 


OSHUA  commanded  the  officers*  of  the  people,  as  follows:    Pass 
through  the  midst  of  the  camp,  and  thus  command  the  people :  10 
Prepare   yourselves    food;    for,   three   days   hence, ^  ye  shall    here 
pass  over  the  Jordan   to  take  possession  of  the  land,   of  which  your 

12  God,  Jhvh,  is  about  to  give  you  possession.  And  to  the  Reubenites, 
Gadites,  and   the     half-tribe  of  Manasseh   Joshua   spoke,   as   follows: 

13  Remember    the    charge    which    Moses,    the    Servant    of   Jhvh,    gave  15 
you:    your  God,   Jhvh,  gives  you   a  permanent  abode,   and  n  givetsi 

14  you  this  land.  Your  wives,  little  ones,  and  cattle,  shall  dwell  in 
the  land  which  Moses  gave  you  beyond  the  Jordan;^  but  )-ou 
yourselves,   all    the    fighting   men,   shall    pass    over   in   battle  array  at 

15  the   head    of  your   brethren,    and    shall    help   them,    until   Jhvh    give  20 
rest  to  your  fellow-tribesmen  as  well   as   to  you,  and   they  also  pos- 
sess the   land  which  your  God,  Jhvh,   is  going  to  give  them  ;    then 
shall  ye  return  to  the  land  of  your  possession,*"-  which   Moses,  the 

16  Servant  of  Jhvh,  gave  you  beyond  the  Jordan,  eastward.  They 
answered    Joshua:     All     that    thou     hast    commanded    us,    we    will  25 

17  do;  and  whithersoever  thou  sendest  us,  we  will  go ;  we  will  obey 
thee   in    all    things   as  we   obeyed    Moses ;    only   thy   God,    Jhvh,  be 

18  with  thee,  as  He  was  with  Moses!  \Vhosoe\-er  rebels  against  thy 
commandment,  and  does  not  obey  in  all  that  thou  commandest 
him,   shall   be  put  to  death;   only  be  strong  and   firm!  30 

(Kafiafi  anb  f6c  ^ptee. 

,  I    T  OSHUA  ben-Nun  sent  secreth'  from  Shittim'   two  men  as    sjjies, 

I     commanding     them:      Go,   note    the    land    and   ♦city    of*   Jericho. - 

Tlic\-    went, 3   and    entered    the    house   of   a    harlot,   whose    name 

2  was    Kah;il),'   and    there    they    la)'   ilnw  n    to   sleep,      And   it    was   told  35 

to    the    King    of  Jericho :     Behold,    some    Israelites    came    here    last 


I,  15  "and  possess  it 


z    ■; 


^«*e#8€Bi- ^o^^"" -'v'***^'*'*^^  2,3-19 


night    to    spy    out    the    land.      Then    the    King    of   Jericho    sent    to  3 , 3 
Rahab,    thus    commanding    her :     Bring    forth    the    men    who    came 
to    thee ;"    they    have    come    to    spy   out    the   whole    land.      But    the  4 
woman    took    the    two     men,    and     hid=>     *them*,    and    said:       The 

5  men,    indeed,    came    to    me,    but    I     knew    not    whence    they    were; 
when    the   gate  was   about   to   be   shut   at   dark,   the    men  went   out;  5 
I    know    not    whither    they    went ;     pursue    them     quickly,     and     ye 
will    catch    them.      But    she    had    taken    them    up    to    the    roof,    and  6 
hidden   them   under   the   fla.x-stalks  which   she  had  there  spread  out. 

10  So    the     men     pursued    them    by    the    road    toward    the    Jordan,    as  7 
far   as   the   fords,   and   as   soon   as    the   pursuers    had   gone   out   they 
shut    the  gate.      »The   men*  were   not  yet   lain    down,  when   .Rahab*  8 
came    up    to    them    on    the    roof    and    said:     I     know    that    Jii\h  9 
has  given  you  the    land,  and    that   the   fear   of  you    has    fallen    upon 

15  us,    and    that    all    the    inhabitants    of    the    land    are    faint-hearted    at 
your    approach  ;5    .for    we     have     heard     how    Jhvh     dried     up    the  10 
waters   of  the    Red    Sea   before   you,    when   ye   came   out   of   Egypt, 
and   what   ye   did    to    Sihon    and    Og,''    the    kings   of  the   Amorites, 
who    were    beyond    the    Jordan.      When    we    heard    that,    our    hearts  n 

20  trembled,   and  there  was  not  a  man   here  whose  spirit  did    not    sink 
at    your    approach;    your    God,    Jhvh,    He   is    God   in    heaven    abo\'e 


12 


and  on  earth  beneath.  Therefore,  now  swear  to  me  by  Jh\ii  that 
because  I  have  dealt  kindly  with  you,  )-e  also  will  deal  kindly  with 
my   family,  and    give   me   a   sure   sign,'   and    that   ye   will    spare    the  13 

25  lives    of    my    father    and    mother    and    brothers    and    sisters    and    all 
that  belong  to  them,  and  that   ye   will  deliver  us   from   death.      The  14 
men   said    to   her:     Our   lives    for   yours,*   if  ye   do   not    betnu'    this 
matter   of   ours;    and    when    Jhvh    gives    us    the   land,   we    will    deal 
kindly  and  truly  with  thee.      She  let  them  down  by  a  rope  through  15 

30  the    window  ;9    <'''(she    dwelt    upon    the   wall).      She    said    to    them :  i5 
Get    to    the    Hill-country,   lest    the   pursuers    come    upon    you ;    hide 
there    three    days,    until     the    pursuers    are    returned ;     afterward    ye 
may  go  your  way.     The   men  said  to  !icr .-    Wc  ivill  not  be  bound  by  17 
this    oath    ivhich    thou    hast    made   iis   s7oea/-,   ^unless.,   when   wc    come  is 

35  into   the    land,    thou   tie    this    scarlet    thread    to   the   window    throui^h 
iv/iieh    thou    hast   let    us    down,    and    gather   to    thee    into    the    house 
thy    father    and    mother    and    brothers    and    all     thy    relatives.      No  19 
blame   shall    attach   to    us   for   the   death  of  any  one  who  goes  forth 
from    the    doors    of  thy    house    into    the    street ;    but    for    the    death 


> 


2,3  "who  came  to  thy  house  15  ^for  her  house  was  upon  the  town-wall 


2,20-4,3  — •*«^«sas- 3«s6"i -s®*^**"*—  4 

2  of  any   one   who    is   with    thee    in    the    house,    if   any    lay    hand    on 

20  him,  thou  mayst  call  us  to  account ;  if,  however,  thou  betray  this 
matter  of  ours,  we  will   not  be  bound  by  the  oath  which  thou   hast 

21  made  us  swear.  She  said:  Be  it  according  to  your  words!  Then 
she   sent   them   away,    and   they   departed ;   and   she   tied    the    scarlet  5 

22  thread  to  the  window.  They  departed,  and  came  to  the  Hill-country, 
and  stayed  there  three  days  until   the  pursuers  were  returned.      The 

23  pursuers  had  searched  all  the  way,  but  did  not  find  them.  Then 
the  two  men  returned,  and  came  down  from  the  Hill-country,  and 
crossed   over,   and   came  to   Joshua  ben-Nun,  and   told    him   all    that  10 

24  had  happened  to  them.  They  said  to  Joshua:  Juvii  has  given 
the  whole  land  into  our  hand,  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  land 
are  faint-hearted  at  our  approach. 


,  I    TOSHUA    rose    early    in     the    morning,    and     they    moved     from  15 
I     Shittim,  and  came  to  the  Jordan,'   he  and  all  the   Israelites,  and       (,' 

2  spent    the    night    there    before    they    crossed    ov'er.      After    three 

3  days  the  officers  went  through  the  camp,  and  commanded  the 
people,  as  follows :  When  ye  see  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant  of 
your    God,    Jrvh,""  and    the    Levitical    priests    bearing    it,   then    shall  20 

4  ye    also    bestir    yourselves,    and    follow    it;   (but    between   you    and   it 
there  shall  be  a  space  of  about  tiuo  thousand  cubits,^  do  not  draw  too  {_y 
near;)  that  ye  nmy  knozv  the  way  by  which  ye  are  to  go,  for  yc  have 

5  never  crossed  over  this  Zi'ay  before.      Joshua  said  to  the  people:   Purify* 

6  yourselves,   for  to-morrow  Juvit  will  do  wonders  among  you.      And  25 
to    the    priests    Joshua    said :     Take    up    the    Ark    of   the    Covenant, 
and  pass  on  at  the   head    of  the  people ;    so   the\'  took    up   the  Ark 

7  of    the    Covenant,    and    went    at    the    head    of    the    people.     Jiuii 

said    to    Joshua:     This    day  will    I    begin   to  exalt   thee   in    the   eyes    ^O  ' 
of   all    the    people    of    Israel,    that    they    may    know    that    as    I    was  30 
,  I  with    Aloses   so    will    I    be   with   thee.'     t[jH\'H    spoke    to   Joshua   as 

2  follows  :     Take     twelve     men     of    the    people,    a    man     from     each 

3  tribe,  and  thus  command  them :  Take  from  the  midst  of 
the  Jordan,  from  the  place  where  the  feet  of  the  priests  .shall 
stand   firm,   twehe  stones,   and    carr}'   them    o\'er   with    you,    and    lay  35 


5  ^**e#e@>  3"*^'"*  "*SSs#a** —  3.S-4,7 

them  down   in   the  place  where  ye  are  to   spend   the   night.]      Thou  3,! 
shalt  thus  command  the  priests  who  bear  the  Ark  of  tlie  Covenant : 
When    ye    come  to   the    edge    of  the  water  of  the  Jordan,   ye    shall 
stand    still    in    the    Jordan.       Joshua    said    to    the    Israelites :     Come  9     r\ 
5  hither,    and     hear    the    words    of    your    God,    Jhvh.       Joshua    said  :  10^ 
Hereby  shall  ye  know  that  there  is  a  Living  God"  among  you  who 
will  assuredly  at  your  approach    dispossess   the    Canaanites,    Hittites, 
Hivitcs,  Perizzites,  Girgashites,  Amorites,  and  Jebusites.      Behold,  the  n 
Ark   of  the  Covenant   0/  the  Lord  of  tlic  ivliolc  earth  passes  'on    into 

10  the  Jordan  at  the  head  of  you.      Now  take  twelve  men  of  the  tribes  12 
of  Israel,  a  man  from    each  tribe.      When    the    soles    of  the    feet    of  13 
the    priests  who  bear  the  Ark  of  Jhvh,   the  Lord  of  the  zvliole  eartli, 
rest  in  the  water    of   the    Jordan,   the   water   of  the   Jordan    shall  be 
cut  off:   the  water  that  comes    down  from  above   shall    stand  in  one 

15  heap.      When     the     people    moved    from    their    tents    to    cross    the  14 
Jordan,  the    priests  bearing    the  Ark  of  the   Covenant  at  the  head  of    ,-''  " 
the    people, — when    the-^   priests>  who    bore    the    Ark    came    to    the  15 
Jordan,  and   the   feet   of  the  priests  who   bore  the  Ark   were   dipped  v 

in    the    edge     of    the    water    (now    the     Jordan     overflowed    all     its        / 

20  banks    all    the   days  of   the  harx-esf),    the   waters    which  came  down  16  -^ 
from    above    stood   still :  they  rose  up    in    one  heap,   very  far    off  at 
Adam,^  the  city  which  is   beside  Zaretan  ;»  and  the  water  that  went 
down   to   the   Sea    of  the   Arabah,'°    the    Salt  Sea,"    failed,    was    cut 
off;    so   the    people    crossed    over    opposite    Jericho,   and    the    priests  17 

25  who  bore  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant  of  Jhi'H  stood  still  on  dry 
ground,  firm  in  the  midst  of  the  Jordan,  while  all  Israel  were  passing 
over  on  dry  ground,  until  the  whole  nation  had  finished  passing 
over  the  Jordan. 

(Etechon  of  a  QUonumcnt. 

30  "\  ^  THEN     the     whole     nation     had     finished     passing     over     the  4,1 
V  V   Jordan    []    Joshua    called     the     twelve     men    whom     he    had  4 
provided    from    the    Israelites,    a  man    from  each    tribe.     Joshua   said  5 
to    them :     Pass    into    the   midst    of   the    Jordan    before    the    Ark    of 
the  Covenant  of  your  God,  Jhvh^  and  let  every  man  take  up  a  stone 

35  on    his   shoulders,  according    to  the   number  of  the   tribes    of  Israel, 
that  there  may  be  a  monument  among  you,  so  that  when  your  chil-  6 
dren  ask  you   hereafter:    What  is  the  meaning  of  these  stones?  then  7 
ye  may  tell  them :  ^They  are  a  memorial   of  the  day*  when  the  water 
of   the    Jordan    was    cut    off  at    the    approach    of    the    Ark     of    the 

40  Covenant     of    Jhvh    (when    it    passed    over    the    Jordan    the    water 


4  of    the    Jordan    was    cut    off);    they    shall     be    a    memorial     to     the 

5  Israelites  for  ever.  So  the  Israelites  did  as  Joshua  commanded, 
and  took  up  twelve  stones  from  the  midst  of  the  Jordan,  according 
to  the  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  I'sraelites,  as  Jhvh  had  com- 
manded  Joshua ;    they    took    them  to    the   place  where  they    passed  5 

9  the  nii^ht,  and  there  laid  them  down.  Twelve  stones  did  Joshua 
set  u]}  in  the  midst  of  the  Jordan,  in  the  place  where  the  feet 
of    the    priests    who    bore    the    Ark    of    the    Covenant    stood    firm, 

10  and    those    < stones*    are    still    there    to-day.      The    priests    who    bore 

the    Ark   stood   still   in  the  midst  of  the  Jordan  until  cvcrytliing  -was  10  T) 
accoinplislicd   wJiicIi  Jhvh   liad   cininnandcd    Joshua     to    speak    to    tin- 

\\  people y' ■  and  the  people  passed  over  in  haste;  and  when  the 
people     had     finished     passing     over,    the     Ark     of    Jiivii     and     the 

12  priests^  passed  over    to    the    head    of   the    people.      The    Reubenites,       - 
the    Gadites,    and    the    half-tribe  of   Manasseh   passed  over   in   battle  15,:^ 
array  at  the  head  of  the  Israelites,  as  Moses  had  commanded  them. 3 

13  About   forty    thousand    men    equipped    for    ivar''  passed    over   in     the 

14  presence  of  Jhvh  to  battle,  to  the  plains  of  Jericho.  On  that  day 
Jhvh   exalted  Joshua  in   the   eyes  of  all   Israel,  and   they  feared   him 

15  as  they  feared  Moses  all  the  days  of  his  life,^     Jhvh   said  to  Joshua:  20 
i5  Command   the   priests   who    bear    the    Ark    of   the   -Covenant- ,''  that 

17  they    come    up    out    of   the    Jordan.      Then    Joshua    commanded    the 

18  priests :    Come    up   out    of  the  Jordan!      When  the  priests   who   bore 
the  Ark  of  the  Covenant  of  Jhvh  came  up  out  of  the  midst  of  the 
Jordan,  as   soon    as    the    soles    of  the    feet    of  the    priests    were    set  25 
upon    dry   ground,   the   water   of   the    Jordan    returned    to    its    place, 

19  and  overflowed  all  its  banks  as  before.  The  people  went  up  from 
the   Jordan    on    the    tenth    day    of   the    first    month,''    and    encamped 

20  in  GilgaP  at  the  eastern  extremit\-  of  the  territory  of  Jericho.      Those       f\  Q 
t-welve  stones  7ohieh  they  had  takoi  from  the  Jordan  Josluia  set  up  in  30  ' '- ' 

21  GUgal.     Tiien    he    spoke    thus    to    the     Israelites:     When     hereafter 

22  your  children  ask  their  fathers :  What  mean  these  stones  ?  then  \'e 
may   tell     your     children :    Israel    passed     over    the   Jordan    on    dry 

23  land,   because  your  God,   Jh\ii,    drictl    up   the    water    of   the    Jordan 

at   your    approach    until    ye    had    passed    o\er  (as  your  God,  Jhvh,  35 
had   done  to    the    Red    Sea,    which    He    dried    up    at    our    approach     j^ 

24  until  we  had  passed  o\'er) ;  so  that  all  the  peoples  of  the  earth 
may  know  that  the  hand  of  Jii\ii  is  strong,  and  that  itheyi  may 
fear'  your  God,  Jhvh,  for  ever. 

4,10  "ju.st  ;i,s  Moses  had  commanded  Josliua' 


7  — !>*^gS»- ^oe^ua -sS?*|eM-=—  5,1-12 

When  all  the  kings  of  the  Amorites  beyond  the  Jordan,  westward,  5,1 

and  all  the  kings  of  the  Canaanites  near   the  Sea,   heard    how  Jhvh 

had    dried    up    the    water    of   the    Jordan    at    the    approach     of    the 

Israelites     until     otheya '     had     passed     over,     their    heart     trembled, 

5  and  at  the  approach  of  the  Israelites  there  was  no  more  spirit  in  them. 


Ctrcumcteton/ 

AT  that  time  Jhvh  said  to  Joshua:  Make  thee  stone  knives, 3  2 
1\.  and  circumcise  the  Israelites  again,  a  second  t'uiic -,  and  Joshua  3 
made   him   stone   knives,    and   circumcised   the    Israelites   at   the    Hill 

10  of    the    Foreskins.      This    is    the    reason^    why    Joshua    circumcised  4 
♦them* :    all    the   people  who   came    out    of   Egypt,   tlic  males,   all  tlic 
armed   jiicii,    had   died    in    the   Wilderness,    on    the   journey    as    they 
came  out  of  Egypt.      All  the  people  who  came  out  were  circumcised,  5 
but  all   the  people   born   in   the   Wilderness   on   the  journey,   as   they 

15  came    out    of   Egypt,    had    been     left    uncircumcised.      The    Israelites  6 
journeyed  forty  years  in  the    Wilderness  until  an  end  zvas  made  of  the 
ivholc  nation,  the  figlijing  men  tvho  came  out  from  Egypt,  zvho  did  not 
listen  to  the  voice  of  fHVH,    to  whom   [hI'H  szcore  that  He  zcould  not 
shozu  them  the  land,    zvhich  jHl'H  had  szvorn  to  their  fathers  to  give 

20  ns,^  a  land  flozving  zvith    mUk   and  honey ;    their   children    zvhom    He  7 
had  raised  up  in  their  stead,   those  did  foshua  circumcise,  because  they 
zcere    uncircumcised,    they    had    not    been     circumcised    on    the  journey. 
After   the  whole  nation    had    been    circumcised,   they  remained    there  S 
in    camp,   till    they  were  healed.     Jhvh    said    to    Joshua:    This    day  9 

25  have    I    rolled  off  from  you   the    reproach   of  Egypt;*"  and   the  name 
of  that  place  was  called  Gilgal   *and  so  remains*  to  this  day. 

THE   Israelites    encamped   at  Gilgal,   and    kept    the  Passover,   on  10 
the  fourteenth  day  of  the  month,'  in  the  evening,  on  the  plains 
30  of  Jericho.      They    ate    what    the   land   produced,   unleavened   cakes  ^  n 
and   wheat    roasted   at   the   fire,   on    the   day   following   the   Passover, 
on   that   very   da)'.      The   manna   ceased*"*  when    they   ate   what    the  12 
land  produced ;    the   Israelites  had  no  manna,  but  in    that   year   they 
ate  the  fruit  of  the  land  of  Canaan.      *     *      *      *      * 

5,  12  "on  the  following  day 


5>i3 


5,13-6,13  _,,e»e6i:s-3oa§ua-«s*iei4->—  8 

Capfam  of  tgc  '§06t  of  tt)t  £orb.' 

(Fragment;    of  uiiknouii  source) 

WHEN    Josliua    was    near    Jerichu,   he    lifted    up    his   eyes,  and 
looked,    and    beheld    a  man   standinij   in   front    of  him    with   a 
drawn    sword'"   in    his    hand.      Joshua    went    to    him,   and    said:    Art; 

14  thou  for  us  or  for  our  enemies?  He  said:  Not  so,  but  as  the  cap- 
tain of  Jiivh's  host  am  I  now  come.  Then  Joshua  fell  on  his  face 
to  the    ground,   and    worshiped,   and    said    to    him  :     What    does    my 

15  lord     say     to    his    servant?     The    captain    of    Jhvh's    host    said    to 
Joshua:    Take  off  thy  shoes,  thou  art   standing  on  sacred  ground!"  1 
Joshua  did  so      *****      * 


J 


faff  of  Jcrtcgo. 

6,1  TERICHO  had  shut  its  gates,  and  was  shut  up  at  the  approach 
of  the  Israelites:  none  went  out,  and  none  came  in."  But 
Jhvh    said    to    Joshua:     Behold    I    have   given    Jericho    and    its  15 

3  king  and  fighting  men  into  your  hand ;  ye  shall  compass  the 
city,   ij//  the  armed  men,  going  once  around   it ;     thus  shalt   thou  do 

4  six  days.  Seven  priests  shall  carry  in  front  of  the  Ark  seven 
rams'    horns-/    on   the  seventh  day  ye   shall    compass    the   city   seven 

5  times,    ii'/z/A'   the  priests    shad   h/oiv   the    /lorns.     When    they    blow    a  20 
long    blast    on    the    ram's    horn,   when    ye    hear    the    sound    of    the 
horn,  all   the   people  shall   give  a  great   shout,  and   the  wall   of  the 
city    will    fall    down    flat, 3  and    the  people   shall    advance,  every  man 

6  straight  forward.  Then  Joshua  ben-Nun  called  the  priests,  and 
said    to    them :    Take    up    the   Ark    of  the    Covenant,   and    let   seven  25 

7  priests  carry  seven  rams'  horns  in  front  of  the  Ark  of  Jhvh.  And 
to  the  people  oheo't  said :    Pass   on,  and   march  around  the  city,  and 

S  let  the  armed  men  pass  on  in  front  of  the  Ark  of  Jhvh;  .let>5  the 
seven  priests  who  carry  the  seven  rams'  horns  in  front  of  Jhvh'' 
pass  on,  and  bhni'  the  Itorns,  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant  of  Jhvh  fol-  30 

9  lowing  them,  and  the  armed  men  going  before  the  priests  tvJio 
bloio  the  horns,   the    rear-guard    following   the  Ark,   /'/(n^'ino;-  the  Iioriis 

10  as  they  tj^o.  Joshua  commanded  the  people,  saying :  Ye  must  not 
shout,  nor  let  your  \'oice  be  heard,  nor  must  a  word  come  forth 
out    of   your    mouth,    until    I    say    to    you:     .Shout!     then     sliall    ye  35 

11  shout.  He  caused  the  Ark  of  Jhvh  to  be  borne  around  the  city, 
going    around    it    once ;     then    they    came    to   the    camp,    and    spent 

12  the    night    there.      When    Joshua    rose    early    in    the    morning,    the 

13  priests    took    up     the    Ark    of    Jii\'h,    and    the    se\en    priests    who 


•  3o8^ua  ^®*g3*« —  6.14-27 

carried    in    front    of  the  Ark   of  Jhvh    seven    rams'   horns  advanced,  6 
b/int'ing    the    horns    as    they     went,    the     armed     men     going    before 
them,  and    the    rear-guard    following   the  Ark  of  Jhvh,    I'/oi^'ing  the 
horns    ^as    they    z^'eiit^.      On     the    second    day    they    marched    once  14 
5  around    the    city,   then    they    returned    to    the    camp;    thus    they   did 
for  six   days.      But    on    the    seventh   day,    they   rose    up   early,   when  15 
the    dawn    began    to    break,    and    marched    in    this    way    around    the 
city  seven  times.      It  was  only  on  that  day  that  they  marched  seven 
times    around    the    city.      The    seventh    time,   when    the   priests    blew  16 

10  the    horns,    Joshua    said    to    the    people:     Shout!     Jhvh    has    gi\en 
you   the  city,   but  the  city  and    all    that  is  therein  shall    be  devoted'  17 
to    Jhvh  -,     only    the    harlot,    Rahab,    shall    be    spared,    she   and    all 
who   are   with    her    in   the   house,    because    she    hid    the    messengers 
whom  we  sent;    only  beware  of  the   devoted   things  lest  ye   <covet>*  j8 

15  and    take    any    of    them,    and     thereby     make    the    camp    of    Israel 
'devoted,'    and    bring    calamity    upon    it;    all    silver    and    gold    and  19 
\'essels    of  bronze '   and    iron    are   to   be   consecrated   to    |h\ii  :    they 
shall   come    into   the   treasury  of  Jhvh.      The  people  shouted,   while  20 
♦the  priests*  blew  the  horns,   and  when   the  people  heard  the  sound 

20  of    the    horn,    they    gave    a    great    shout,   and    the    wall     fell    do\Yn 
flat, 3    and    they    advanced    to    the    city,    each    man    straight    onward, 
and     took    it.      They    'devoted'    everything    that    was    in     the    city,  21 
putting  to  the   sword   bcith   men  and    women,   young   and  old,   oxen, 
sheep,   and    asses.      Then    Joshua    said    to    the    two    men    who    went  22 

25  to    spy    out    the    land :     Go    to    the    harlot's     house,    and    bring    out 
from   it   the   woman   and   ev^erything   belonging   to    her,   as    ye   swore 
to    her.       So    the    young    men,    the    spies,    went,    and    brought    out  23 
Rahab,  and    her    father   and   mother,  and   all   that   belonged   to   her; 
they  brought  out  all  their  kindred,    and  plaeed   them   outside   the   camp 

30  of   Israel. ^°     Then    they    burnt    the    city   and    all     that    was    therein,  24 
only  the   silver   and   gold   and   \'essels    of  bronze   and  iron    they  put 
into    the    treasury    of   the    house    of  Jhvh.      But   Joshua   spared   the  25 
lives  of  the  harlot   Rahab  and  her  father's  family,  and  all  belonging 
to    her,  and    she    li\'ed    among    the    Israelites,   ^and    her   descendants 

35  are  here*  down   to   this   day,   because   she   hid   the   messengers  whom 
Joshua    sent    to    spy    out    Jericho.       At    that    time    Joshua    laid    an  26 
oath   *upon    the   people*,   saying:    Cursed  by   Jhvh   be   the   man   who 
undertakes  to  rebuild  this    cit\-  of  Jericho ; 

The  laying  of  the  foundation    shall  cost  him  his  first-born, 

40  The  setting   up  of  the  gates  shall   cost  him  his  youngest  son ! " 

Jhvh   was  with  Joshua,  and  his   fame  was  spread  abroad  throughout  27 
the   land. 


7,1-15  ^»*e*etB<- 3»86m<» -**5*s**'«—  lo 

Jlc^an  ani  t{,i  ©efcaf  at  £.i. 

,  I    ^T^HE   Israelites   broke  faith    in    the    u/attcr   of  the   devoted   things: 

-*■   Aehan^   ben- Car  mi   ben-Zabdi  ben-Zerah,    of   the   tribe  of  Jitdah , 

took  some  of  the  devoted  things,   and  the  anger  of  Jhvh  was  kindled 

2  against  the   Israelites.     Joshua  sent  men   from    Jericho  to   Ai,°  which  5 
is   near  Beth-aven,3  eastward  of  I5eth-el,  and   said    to  them :    Go  up, 
and   spy  out   the  land.      After  the  men  were  gone  thither,  and    had 

3  spied  out  Ai,  they  returned  to  Joshua,  and  said  to  him:''  Do  not 
send  all  the  people  to  attack  Ai ,  but  ^only*  about  two  or  three 
thousand    men ;     'do    not    make    all    the    people    toil    thither^  ;   »the  10 

4  men   of  Ai»   are  few.     So   there    went    up   thither  about    three    thou- 

5  sand  men  of  the  people,  but  they  fled  before  the  men  of  Ai ;  the 
men  of  Ai  killed  about  thirty-six  of  them,  and  pursued  ^tlie  rest* 
from     the    gate    as    far    as   Shebarim,^    killing    ♦others    of»    them    at 

:the  Descent;*    and    the    hearts    of  the   people   trembled   and   became  15 

6  like  water.  Then  Joshua  rent  his  garments,  and  fell  on  his  face 
to   the   ground    in   front   of  the  Ark    of  Jhvii,   until   the  evening,   he 

7  and  the   folders   of  Israel;    they  put   dust   upon   their  heads.      Joshua 
said:     Ah!     Lord,    Jhvh,    why    didst    Thou     let    this    people    cross 
the   Jordan   *only+  to  give   us  into   the   hand   of  the  Amorites   to   be  20 
destroyed?     Would    we    had    been    content,    and    remained    beyond 

8  the    Jordan!       I    beseech    Thee,'    O    Lord  —  what    can    I    say    after 

9  Israel  has  fled  before  its  enemies;  so  that  the  Canaanites  and  all 
the  inhabitants  of  the  land  will   hear,  and  encompass  us,  and  cut  off 

•our  name  from   the  earth;    what   wilt  Thou  do  for  Thy  great   name?  25 

10  Jn\ii    said    to    Joshua:    Arise!    Why   art    thou    thus   fallen    upon    thy 

11  face?  Israel  has  sinned,  and  they  have  also  transgrcssctl  my  co\'e- 
nant  which  I  commanded  them,  and  have  taken  sonic  of  the  devoted 
things,   and   stolen,  and   dealt   deceitfulh',  and   put   the  de\oted   things 

12  among  their  own  goods;  therefore  the  Israelites  cannot  withstand  their  30 
ienemies;    -they  flee   before   their  enemies^   because   the\'  ha\-e   become 

;' devoted.'^      I   will   be    with    \-ou    no    longer,   unless    ymi    destroy  the 

i3:de\-oted     things    in    the    midst    of    you.       Arise!    purify'   the    people, 

and    say:    Purif\'    yourseh'es    for    to-morrow ;    for    thus    says    Jhvh, 

the    (iod    of   Israel:     Devoted    things    are    in    the    midst    of   thee,   O  35 

Israel,     thou     canst     not     withstand    thine    enemies,     until     ye    send 

14  awa\-  the  devoted  things  from  the  midst  of  you.  In  the  morning 
ye  shall  present  yourseK'es  'before  Jn\l|.,""  tril)e  b\-  tiibe;  the  tribe 
which  Jhvh  takes"  shall  present  itself,  clan  b\'  clan;  and  the  clan 
which    Jinii    takes    sliall    present    itself,    family    by    famil_\- ;    and    the  40 

15  family    which    Jhvh    takes    shall    present    itself,    man    b)-    man.       He 


Copyr  yl  t  by  Ji    ippleta    lE  Co    iiUe  U   *•    of  A-iieriea 

VALLEY    OF   ACHOR 

[Stt  /-.ti,  1.341 


7,  i6-8,  2 

who    is    found    with    a   devoted    thing    shall    be    burnt,    he    and    all  7 
belonging    to    him,    because     he    has     transgressed    the    covenant    of 
Jhvh,  «and  committed  crime  in   Israel*. 

So    Joshua    rose    early    in    the    morning,    and    presented     Israel  16 
5  ^before   Jhvh*,    tribe    by   tribe ;    and    the    tribe    of  Judah    was    taken. 
When  he  presented  the  clantsi'^  of  Judah,  the  clan    of  the    Zarhites  17 
iwasj    tia>kceni;    and    when    he    presented    the    clan    of   the    Zarhites, 
'family-  by  <family>,   Zabdi  was  taken ;    and   when    he   presented    his  18 
family,  man   by  man,  Achan   ben-Carmi  ben-Zabdi   ben-Zerah,  of  the 

10  tribe  of  Judah,  was  taken.       Then  said  Joshua  to  Achan:   My  son,'^  19 
honor"'    tlie    God  of  Israel,    Jhvh;  make    confession's    to    Him,  and 
show  me  what  thou  hast  done;  hide  it  not  from  me!     Achan  answered  20 
Joshua:     Verily,    I    have    sinned    against    tlie    God   of  Israel,    Jhvh, 
and  thus  and    thus"*   have    I    done.      When    I  saw  among    the   spoil  21 

15  a   magnificent   mantle   from   Shinar,"'   and   two    hundred    shekels'^   of 
silver,  »and  a    bar  of  gold  fifty  shekels  in  weight^ ,   I  coveted   them, 
and     took    them ;     -the    mantle    is    hidden*"    in     the    ground    within 
my   tent,   and    the    silver    under    it.      Then    Joshua    .sent    messengers,  22 
and   they   ran   to  the  tent,  and    ^the  mantle*   was  hidden  in   his   tent, 

20  and   the    silver   under    it.'*     They   took    them    out    of    the    tent,    and  23 
brought    them    to    Joshua    and    all    the    Israelites,^"    and    laid    them 
down    before    Jhvh.      Then    Joshua,   and    all    Israel    with    him,    took  24 
Achan    beii-Zerah,<''>^^    and  his   sons   and  daughters,   his  oxen,   asses, 
and   sheep,   and    his   tent,    and  all    belonging   to    him,    and    brought 

25  them  ==    to    the   Valley    of  Achor.^3     Joshua    said:     Why    hast    thou  25 
brought    calamity   upon    us?     Jhvh    will    bring    calamity   upon    thee 
this    day.      And  all  Israel  stoned  him,   and    they   burnt   them,^^   «and 
they    stoned     them-  .='     They     raised     over    him    a    great     heap    of  26 
stones  nvhich  is*  still  ♦there*  to-day.     Then  Jhvh   relented.'"'    There- 

30  fore   the   name   of   that   place  is  called    the  Valley  of  Achor^3  down 
to  this  day. 

Conqucef  of  Jit. 

JHV^H    said   to   Joshua:     Be   not   afraid    or  dismayed!     Take   with  8,1 
thee    all     the    fighting    men,    set    forth    and     march    against    ,Ai. 
35  Behold,    I    have   given   into   thy   hand   the    king    of  Ai    with    his 

people,  his   city,  and   his   land  ;   thou  shalt  do   with   Ai  and   its   king,  2 

7,21  "and  they  are  hidden 
* 
24  "and  the  silver,  and  the  mantle,  and  the  bar  of  gold 


8,3- '9  ^**e*ea>- 3'"^"*  ■**'*'^**''^  '^ 

8  as  thou  tlidst  with  Jericho  and  its  king'  (onl)-  the  plunder  and 
the    cattle    may    ye    take    as    spoil)  ;^    set    an    ambush    for    the    city 

3  behind  it.  So  Joshua  and  all  the  fighting  men  set  forth  to  march 
against   Ai.'     Joshua    chose    thirty   thousand   valiant    men,    and    sent 

4  them    away   by   night,    thus    commanding    them :      Mark !    yc    are    to  5 
lie  in  ambush   behind   the  city;''   do   not  go  very  far  from  it,   and   be 

5  ready  all.  I  and  all  the  people  with  me,  will  approach  the  city, 
and  when   they  come   out  to  meet   us,  as  before,  we   will   flee  before 

6  them  I  and  when  they  are  come  out  after  us  until  we  have  drawn 
them   away   from    the    city,   they  will    think:      "They  flee   before   us,  10 

7  as  before,"  and  we  will  flee  before  them.  Then  shall  ye  come 
out   of  the    ambush,    and    take    possession    of  the   city ;     your    God, 

S  Jin'ii,  will  gi\'e  it  into  your  hand.  When  ye  seize  the  city, 
ye   must    set    it    on    fire,    according    to    the    word    of  Jhvh.      Mark! 

9  I    have   commanded   you.     Then  Joshua   sent    them   forth,    and    they  15 
went  to  the  place  of  ambush,   and   stayed   between    Beth-el    and   Ai, 
westward    of   Ai,   while    Joshua    passed    that    night    in    the    «valley"  J 

10  Joshua  rose  early  in  the  morning,  and  mustered  the  people ;  then 
he  and  the  Elders  of  Israel  advanced  to  Ai  at  the  head  of  the  people. 

11  All   the  fighting  men  with   him   advanced,  and  when   they  came   near  20 
the    city,   and    opposite    to  it,   they  encamped   to   the   north,   so   that 

12  the  valley  was  between  cthem^  and  it.  He  took  about  five  thou- 
sand   men,   and    put   them    in   ambush    between    Beth-el   and   Ai,  west 

13  of  -Ai'.  Tlicv^  statioiiitl  th:  people,  the  iclioh-  hosf  iclio  zccrc  north 
of  the  citv,   and  its  rear,^  west  of  the  eity,    ii'hile  Joshua   •passed'^  that  25 

14  night  in  the  lud/ey.^'^  When  the  king  of  Ai  saw  *them*  he  hastened, 
and  the  men  of  the  city  rose  early,  and  marched  out  to  meet 
Israel  in  battle,  he  and  his  people,  to  the  =Descent^ "  opposite  the 
Arabah ; "    he    knew    not    that    there    was    an    ambush    laid    for    him 

15  behind     the     city.      Joshua    and    all    Israel    were    routed    by'^    them,  30 

16  and  fled  by  the  road  toward  the  Wilderness;"''  all  the  people  of 
oAia   were    called    out    to    pursue    them ;    they    pursued    Joshua,   and 

17  ■were  drawn  away  from  the  city  so  that  there  was  not  a  man  left  in 
Ai''-   who   did    iiot    go  forth   after    Israel.      They    left    the   city  open, 

iS  and    pursued    Israel.      Then    Jhvh     said     to    Joshua:     Stretch     forth  35 
the  javelin    in  thy  hand  toward  Ai ;    I   will    gi\e    it    into    thy  power. 
When    Joshua    stretched    forth    the    javelin    in    his    hand    toward    the 

19  city,  the  ambush  came  out  tjuickly  from  its  place ;  they  ran  when 
he    stretched    forth    his    hand,    and    came    to    the    cit)^    took    it,    and 


•f*S«gSSS§«- 


8, 17  "or  Beth-el 


13  — »*eg{@5s- 3«83ua  <-?*ss»** —  8,20-33 

hastened    to    set    fire    to    it.      When    the    men    of   Ai    turned    round,  8,20 
and    looked,    the   smoke    of  the   city    went    up    to    heaven,    and    they 
had  no  strength  to  flee  one  way  or  the  other;   while  the  ♦Israelitish* 
people    who    fled    to    the   Wilderness    turned    upon     their    pursuers. 
5  When   Joshua   and   all    Israel    saw    that    the   ambush   had    taken    the  21 
city,  and   the  smoke  of  the  city  going   up,   they  turned  and  slaugh- 
tered   the   men    of  the   city ;    and   those   ♦who  had    been    in   ambush»  22 
went   out  of   the  city  to    meet    them   so   that   the  ♦men    of  Ai*  were 
in   the  midst  of  Israel,   some   being   on  one  side  of  them,   and  some 

10  on  the  other.      They  were  slaughtered  until    there  was   left   of  them 
neither   survivor   nor   fugitiv'e.      The    king   of  Ai   was    captured    alive  23 
and  taken  before  Joshua.     When  Israel  had  finished  slaughtering  all  24 
the  inhabitants  of  Ai  "in  the  Wilderness,  whither  they  had  fled,  and 
they  had  all  been  put  to  the  sword,  till  an   end  was   made  of  them, 

15  all    Israel    returned    to   Ai,   and    put   ^the   rest  of   the  inhabitants*   to 
the    sword.      All    who    fell    that    day,    both    men    and    women,    were  25 
twelve  thousand ;    indeed,  all  the  inhabitants  of  Ai.     Joshua   did  not  26 
withdraw  his  hand  which  he  had   stretched '5  forth    with   the  javelin, 
until    he    had   '  devoted '    all    the   inhabitants   of  Ai.      Only  the   cattle  27 

20  and    the   plunder   of   that   city  the    Israelites    took    to    themselves   as 
spoil,  according  to  the  command  which  Jhvh   had    given    to  Joshua. 
Joshua    burnt    Ai,   and    made    it    a    heap   of   ruins    for    ever,    ^and    it  28 
has    remained*   a   desolation    down    to    this    day."'     The    king    of   Ai  29 
he    hanged    upon    a   tree    till    eventide;    but   at   sunset''    they    took 

25  down  the  dead  body  from  the  tree,  at  the  command  of  Joshua, 
and,  having  cast  it  down  at  the  entrance  of  the  gate'*  of  the  city, 
they  raised  over  it  a  great  heap  of  stones  ^which  is*  still  ♦there* 
to-da)'. 

dSftar  on  QUounf  66af  anb  (Reading  of  i^i  Ban. 

30  ''  I  ^HEN    Joshua    built    an    altar    to   the    God    of  Israel,  Jhvh,    on  30 

1.    Mount  Ebal    (as   Moses,   the  Servant  of  Jhvh,   had  commanded  31 

the  Israelites,  as   it   is  written   in    the   book   of  the    Law   of   Moses), 

an    altar '9    of    unhewn    stones,    on    which    no    iron    tool     had    been 

used;    they    offered    on    it    burnt-offerings    to    Jhvh,     and    sacrificed 

35  peace-offerings ; ^°  while   he  wrote   there   on    the   stones'"   a   duplicate  32 
of  the    Law    of   Moses "    which    he    had    written    for    the    Israelites. 
All    Israel,    />i>t/i  strangers  and  tribesmen,   with    their    elders,    officers,  33 
and   judges   stood   on   each   side   of  the  Ark,   opposite   the    Levitical 

S  .  24  "in  the  field 


8  .  j4  -  9 .  9  — •*ese*s»-  ^oe^ua  -sss^sw-s —  14 

8  Priests  who  bore  the  Ark  of  the  Covenant  of  Juvh,  half  of  them 
in  front  of  Mount  Gerizim,  and  half  in  front  of  Mount  Ebal,  according 
to  the   command  which    Moses,    the    Servant    of  Jiivii,    had    furmerl}- 

34  given  for  the  blessing"^  of  the  people. •"=■  Afterwards  Joshua  read 
all    the    words     of    the     Law,    the    blessing    and    the    curse,    exactly  5 

35  as  it  was  written  in  the  Book  of  the  Law.  There  was  nothing 
of  all  that  Moses  had  commanded,  that  Joshua  did  not  read  before 
all  the  assembly  of  Israel,  including  the  women  and  children,  and 
the  strangers  who  journeyed  with  them.^'' 


(Seneraf  cSfftance  againef  ^evixit 

J,  1  "\  ^  THEN  all  the  kings  on  the  twesternt  side  of  the  Jordan   heard 

V  V   thereof,    *all    the    kings    who    were*    in    the    Hill-country,    in 

the   Lowlands,  and  on  all    the   coast   of  the   Great  Sea  as   far  as    the 

Lebanon,  then  the   Hittites,   Amorites,   Canaanites,   Perizzites,   Hivites, 

2  and    Jebusites,    tall*   gathered    themselves    together   with    one    accord  15 
to  fight  against  Joshua  and  Israel. 

^frafagem  of  (6e  (BtBeonttee. 

3  T3UT    when    the    inhabitants    of    Gibeon'    heard    what    Joshua    had 

4  J_^   done  to  Jericho  and   to  Ai,   they,  on    their  part,    acted    craftily, 
and  proceeded  to  'get>  themselves  -provisions^  *for  a  journe)-*.     They  20 
took    worn-out    sacks    for   ^the    backs    of*  their    as.ses,  and    worn-out 

5  wine-skins  that  had  burst  and  been  mended  ;3  they  put  on  worn- 
out,   patched    shoes   and    worn-out    clothes ;    all    the   bread    the\^    had 

6  provided    was    dry    and    crumbled    to    pieces. t     Then    they    came    to 
Joshua,   to    the   camp   at    Gilgal,'  and   said    fo  liini   and  to   the    Men  25 
of  Israel :    We   are   come  from  a  far    country ;    now,   therefore,   make 

7  a  treaty  with  us.  The  men  of  Israel  said  to  the  Hivites .-  Per- 
haps ye  live  within   our  .country.;    how  then  can  we  make  a  treaty 

S  with  you?  They  said  to  Joshua:  We  are  thy  servants.  I^ut 
Joshua    said    to    them:    Who    are    ye?    and    whence    do    ye    come?  30 

9  They  said  to  him :  Thy  servants  are  come  from  a  country  very 
far    oiif,  because    of   the    name    of   thy    God,  Jhvh  ;    we    have    heard 

*egS»#— 

,33  "Israel 


s    < 


:,il__,_iL^. 


IS  — »*s#^s- ^'B^ua -*s;*Hf»«-» —  9,10-25 

the   fame   of    Him   and   all    that   He   did   in   Egypt;    all    that   He   did  9,10 
to   the    two   kings   of   the  Amorites,   who  were    beyond    the    Jordan, 
to   Sihon,   king   of  Heshbon,   and  Og,   king   of  Bashan,   who   reigned 
in    Ashtaroth.      Our  Elders'"   and   all    our   fellow-countrymen   said  to  n 
5  us :     Take    in     your    hands     provisions    for    a    journey,    go    to    meet 
them,  and  say  to  them :    We  are  thy  servants ;   iimj,   therefore,   make 
a    treaty  zvitk   iis.      Here    is    our    bread;    we    took    it    hot    from    our  12 
houses    for   our   provision,   on   the   day   when    we   set   forth    to   come 
to     you ;     now     it     is    dry    and     crumbled     to     pieces.        Here     are  13 

10  wine-skins,   which  were  new  when    we   filled   them;    they   have  burst. 
Here    are    our    clothes    and    shoes,   they    are   worn    out   through    the 
great    length    of   the   journey.       Then    the    men    *of   Israel*    partook  14 
of    their    provisions,    without    asking    counsel    from     Jhvh.       Joshua  15 
made  peace  with  them,   and  tthe  Men  of  Israel*  made  a  treaty  with 

15  them,    that    their     lives    should    be    spared,    and    the    Princes  of  the    ' 
Congregation    swore   to   them    *an    oath*.      But    at    the   end    of   three  16 
days,  after  they  had  made  the  treaty  with   them,  *the  Men   of  Israel* 
heard  that  they  were  their  neighbors,  and  lived  within   their  *couiitry*. 
When  the   Israelites  advanced  they  came  to  their  cities  on  the  third  17 

20  day  ;!■     their    cities    were    Gibeon,    Chephirah,    Bceroth,    and    Kirjath- 
jearim.^     The    Israelites    did    not    kill    them,   because    the    Princes    of  18 
the   Congregation   had  sworn    to  them  by   the   God   of  Israel,  Jhvh; 
but  all    the   Congregation    murmured    against   the    Princes.      Then  all  19    ^^ 
the   Princes   said   to  all   the   Congregation  :    We   have  sworn  to  them         \J 

25  by    the    God    of    Israel,    Jiivii;     therefore     we    cannot    touch    them 
now.      But    this    will    we    do    to    them :     we    will    spare    their    lives,  20 
lest  wrath    corrie   upon   us,   on  account  of  the  oath    which    we  swore 
to     them.<">      Spare    ye     their     lives,'    and     -let-     the<m>    bec<o>me  21 
wood-cutters    and    water-carriers    to    all    the    Congregation.      <So    all 

30  the  Congregation    did-    as   the   Princes    said   to   them.      Joshua  called  22 
*the  Gibeonites*,   and   .said    to   them :    Wh\'    have   ye  deceived    us   by 
saying:     We    live   very   far    from   you,    whereas    yc    li\e    within    our 
♦country*?      Now    shall     ye    be    accursed,    and    never    cease    to    be  23 
slaves   and  zcood-eiitters  and  i^'ater-carriers  for  tjie   house  of  my  God. 

35  The\'  answered  Joshua,  and  said :   Assuredly,  thy  servants  were  told  24 
what  thy  God,  Jhvh,   had  commanded   His  Servant,   Moses,   that  all 
the    land    should    be    given    you,    and    all    its    inhabitants    extirpated 
to  make  room  for  you,  and  we  feared  greatly  for  our  lives  at  \'our 
approach ;     so    we    did    this    thing.      Now   we    are    in    thy    hand,   do  25 

9,21  "and  the  Princes  said  to  them 


9,26-10,11  — »^^smSi- ^oe^ua  ism^^^ —  i6 

9 ,  26  with  us  as  it  seems  to  thee  good  and  right.  So  he  dealt  with 
them  accordingly,  and  delivered  them  from  the  Israelites,  so  that 
27  ♦the  Israelites*  did  not  kill  them.'°  Joshua  assigned  them  that  day 
as  iK'ood-ciittcrs  and  ivatcr-canicrs  to  the  Coiii^ri.-i^atioii  and  to  the 
altar  of  Jhvh,  -and  they  serve*  still  to-day,  in  the  place  which  5 
♦Jiivii*   chose." 


©cfcaf  of  five  ^ouf^ern  'Kinge  at  (Btficon. 

i,i  'X  ^  THEN    Adoni-zedec,"    king    of  Jerusalem, '    heard    that    Joshua 
V  V   had    taken    Ai,   and   'devoted'    it,   (as    he    did   to    Jericho  and 
its    king,    so    had    he    done    to    Ai    and    its    king),    and    that    the  10 
inhabitants    of   Gibeon    had    made   their   peace   with    Israel,  and  *had 

2  been  allowed*  to  remain  among  them,  they  feared  exceedingly, 
because  Gibeon    was  a  great  city,   like    one   of  the    royal   cities, ^  and 

3  because    it  was   greater   than  Ai,   and   all    its   men    were  warlike ;    so 
Adoni-zedec,   king  of  Jerusalem,   sent  a  message  to   Hoham,   king  of  15 
Hebron,*    Piram,    king    of  Jarmuth,'    Japhia,    king    of   Lachish,^  and 

4  Debir,  king  of  Eglon,'  saying:  Come  to  my  assistance,  and  let  us 
attack  Gibeon ;    it    has    made   peace   with    Joshua   and   the    Israelites. 

5  The  five  kings  of  the  Amorites,  the  kings  of  Jerusalem,  Hebron, 
Jarmuth,    Lachish,   and   Eglon    united,   marched    with    all    their   hosts,  20 

6  encamped  against  Gibeon,  and  besieged  it.  But  the  Gibeonites  sent 
a  message  to  Joshua  in  camp  at  Gilgal,  saying:  Let  not  tin- 
hands  be  slack  for  thy  servants,  march  hither  speedih'  to  our 
rescue;    all  the   kings  of  the  Amorites  who  live  in  the   Hill-country 

7  are    united    against    us.      Then    Joshua    marched     from     Gilgal    with  25 

8  all  the  armed  and  all  the  valiant  men.  Jhvh  said  to  Joshua: 
Be    not    afraid    of  them ;    I   have   given   them   into   thy   hand :    not  a 

9  man    of   them    shall    hold    his    own    against    thee.       Joshua    made    a 

10  march  by  night  from  Gilgal,  and  came  upon  them;    Jhvh  discomfited 
them   in   the  presence  of  Israel ;    so  *Israel*   routed    them   with    great  30 
slaughter    in    Gibeon,    and    pursued    them    along    the    road    to    the 
Ascent   of  Beth-horon ;     they    went    on    slaughtering   them    as    far   as 

11  Azekah*  and    Makkedah.'^     As   they  were   flying "°  before  the  Israel- 
ites, when  they  were  in  the   Descent  of  Beth-horon,  Jh\ii   cast  upon 
them    great   .hail-stones   from    the  sky,  *until    the)'  came*   to   Azekah,  35 
so    that    they    died;     those    who    were    killed    by    hailstones"    were 
more  than  those  whom  the  Israelites  slaughtered  with  the  sword. 


5  C; 

o 

^  8. 

ca  . 


17 


**^^ii-  ^oe^ua  <i*im-*^—  lo ,  12-27 


Then  spoke  Joshua  to   Jhvh,   on   the  day  when   Jhvh   delivered  12 
the   Amorites    to   the    Israelites,  and   said   in   the   presence  of  Israel:, 

Sun,  stand  tliou  still  over  Gibeon !  I 

And  thou,  Moon,  in  the  Valley  of  Ajalon!''  | 

5  And  the  Sun  stood  still, '3  and  the  Moon  stayed,  13 

Until  the  nation  had  avenged  itself  on  its  enemies. 

Is  it  not  written  in  the  Book  of  Jasher?'-*  So  the  sun  stood  still 
in  the  midst  of  the  sky,  and  delayed  to  go  down  almost  a  whole 
day.       There    was    no    day    like    it    before     or    after,    when    Jhvh  m 

10  hearkened    to    the    voice  of  a   man;    so    that   Jhvh   ^Himself*  fought 
for    Israel.      Then    Joshua   returned    with    all    Israel    to    the    camp  at  15 
Gilgal.      But    those    five    kings    fled,  and    hid    themselves    in    a    cave  16 
at    Makkedah.      When    it    was    told    to    Joshua    that    the    five    kings  17 
had    been    found     hidden    in    a    cave    at    Makkedah,    he    said:     Roll  iS 

15  great  stones  to  the  mouth  of  the  cave,  and   station  men  thereby  to 
guard    them ;     ye     must    not    stay,   but    pursue    your    enemies,    and  19 
cut    off    the    hindmost    of    them ;     suffer    them    not    to    enter    into 
their    cities;     your    God,    Jhvh,    has    given    them    into    your    hand. 
When   Joshua   and    the    Israelites    had    finished    killing    them    with    a  20 

20  very    great    slaughter    until    they    had    made    an    end    of    them,"    all  21 
the  people  returned  to  Joshua,  to  the   camp  at  Makkedah,  in  peace: 
<none>  tso  much  as*  moved   his  tongue  against  the  Israelites.'''    Then  22 
Joshua    said:     Open    the    mouth    of  the    cave,    and    bring    me    those 
five    kings    therefrom.       <''>They    brought    to    him    out    of    the    cave  23 

25  those     five     kings:     the     kings     of     Jerusalem,     Hebron,     Jarmuth, 
Lachish,  and  Eglon;  and  when  they  brought  those  kings  to  Joshua,  24 
he  called  all  the  Men  of  Israel,  and  said  to  the  chiefs  of  the  armed 
men  who  went  with   him:    Draw  near,   and    put  your  feet    upon    the 
necks  of  these  kings.      So  they  drew    near,  and    put  their  feet  upon 

30  'the    kings'*   necks.'?     And   Joshua   said    to   them:    Be   not   afraid   or  25 
dismayed,    be    strong    and    firm;     thus    will     Jhvh    do    to    all    your 
enemies    against   whom    ye    fight.       Then*''  Joshua   fell    upon    them,  26 
killed    them,  and    hung   them    upon   five    trees  ;'^   they   were    hanging 
upon  the  trees  until  the  evening.      At   sunset  they  took   them  down  27 

35  from  the  trees  at  the  command  of  Joshua,  and  cast  them  into 
the  cave  where  they  had  been  hidden,  and  at  the  mouth  of  the 
cave  they  placed  great  stones  *ivhich  there  remain*  dozvn  to  this 
z'ery  day. 


10,20  "and  the  "  survivors '5  thad>  entered  the  fortified  cities 
* 
23  »and  they  did  so  26  'afterwards 


^^ 


10,28-42  -^I'i'ts^^if  ^oe^via  ■!!m^»**—  18 

10,28  On    that    diiy    Joshua    took    Makkedah,    and    conquered   it,    and 

put  its  king  to  the  sword ; "  he  left  none  surviving,  and  he  did  with 
the   king   of   Makkedah   as    he    had   done   with    the    king   of  Jericho. 

29  Then    Joshua    and   all    Israel   with    him    passed    on    from    Makkedah 

30  to   Libnah,'9  and  besieged  it.     Jhvh    gave  it  also,  with  its  king,   into  5 
the    hand    of   Israel ;    they  conquered    it,   and    put    to    the   sword    all 
the    persons    that    were    in    it ;    they    left    none    surviving,    and    they 

31  did  with  its  king  as  they  had  done  with  the  king  of  Jericho.     Then 
Joshua  and  all   Israel  with  him   passed  on   from   Libnah  to  Lachish, 

32  and  encamped  against  it,   and  besieged  it;   Jhvh    gave    Lachish   into  10 
the     hand    of    Israel,    and    they    took     it    on    the    second    day,    and 

i^  conquered    it,    arid    put    to   the   sword  all    the   persons   that   were   in 

33  it,    just    as    the)'    had    done    with    Libnah.      When    Horam,    king    of 
Gezer,'°     came     to     help      Lachish,     Joshua    slaughtered     him    and 

34  all    his    people,    until    he    left    none   surviving.      Then   Joshua   passed  15 
on,    and    all    Israel    with    him,    from    Lachish    to     Eglon,    and     they 

35  encamped  against  it,  and  besieged  it,  and  took  it  that  same  day,  and 
conquered  it,  ^putting   all  the  inhabitants*  to   the  sword, ^  just  as   he 

36  had  done  with   Lachish.      Then  Joshua  advanced,  and  all   Israel  with 

37  him,    from    Eglon   to    Hebron,    which    they   besieged    and    took,    and  30 
conquered,  *putting*    all    the    persons    in    it    to    the    sword ;  <'>      he 
left     none     surviving,    just     as     he     had     done     with      Eglon.      He 

38  'devoted'    it    and    all    the    persons    therein.     Then    Joshua,    and    all 

39  Israel    with    him,    turned    against    Debir,"   which    they    besieged    and 
took,  with  its   king  and   all   its  cities ;    they  put   them,  to  the  sword,  25 
'devoting'   all    the    persons    therein;    he    left   none  surviving;    as    he 
had    done  with    Hebron,   so  did   he   with    Debir  and   its   king,  just  as 
he  had  done  with   Libnah  and  its  king. 

40  Joshua  massacred  *the  inhabitants  of*  the  whole   land:  the   Hill- 
country,  the  Negeb,''^  the   Lowlands,  and  the   Slopes,   with    all    their  30 
kings,    and   left    none    surviving;    he  'devoted'   every  living   creature, 

41  as  the   God   of  Israel,   Jhvh,   had    commanded.     Joshua    slaughtered 
them  from   Kadesh-barnea ''■'   as   far  as    Gaza, ^5    and    all    the    land    of 

42  Goshen^*  as   far   as  Gibeon ;   Joshua   conquered   all    those   kings   and 


10,28  "he  'devoted'  -it>  and  all  the  persons  that  were  in  it 
* 
35  *and  all  the  persons  that  were  in  it  he  'devoted'  on  that  day 

* 
37  'and  its  king^'  and  all  its  cities 


:\^  feji  am 


'{,;^? 


19  —^'■^■tsmai^  ^oe^ua -asmia*^ —  10,43-11,15 

their  land  in  a  single  season ;  for  the  God  of  Israel,  Jhvh,  fought  10 
for  Israel.  Then  Joshua,  and  all  Israel  with  him,  returned  to  the  43 
camp  at  Gilgal. 


W": 


©cfeat  of  Jafitn,  Utttg  of  l^ajor,  ani  6te  ilfftee.' 

HEN  Jabin,^  king   of  Hazor,   heard   of  it,    he   sent   to   Jobab, 
of  Madon,  and  to  the  kings  of  Shimron  and  Achshaph,3 


and    to    the    iNortherm    kings    in    the    Hill-country,    in    the   Arabah  2 
south  of  Chinneroth,   in  the   Lowlands,  and   in   the   Heights   of  Dor** 
near   the   Sea,   the   Canaanites   on    the   east   and   west,    the   Amorites,  3 

10  Hittites,  Perizzites,  the  Jebusites  in  the  Hill-country,  and  the  Hivitess 
at  the  foot  of  the  Hermon  in  the  land  of  Mizpidh.''     They  marched  4 
out   with    all    their    hosts,    a    great    army   as    numerous    as    the  sand 
upon   the  seashore,   with  a  great   force  of   horses  and    chariots.      All  5 
these   kings    met,  and    marched  on,  and    encamped    together    at    the 

15  Waters     of    Merom^    to    fight    against     Israel.       But    Jhvh    said    to  6 
Joshua :     Be    not    afraid    of   them ;    to-morrow,    at    about    this    time, 
I   will    deliver   them    all    up:     +they    shall    all    lie*    slain    in    sight    of 
Israel;    thou    shalt   hamstring   their   horses,   and   burn    their   chariots. 
When   Joshua   and   all    the   armed    men   with    him    came    upon   them  7 

20  suddenly  at  the  Waters  of  Merom,  and  fell   upon   them,  Jhvh    gave  S 
them    into   the   hand   of  Israel,   and   they  routed   them,  and   pursued 
them    to    Great    Zidon*    and    Misrephoth-maim,'   and    to    the    valley 
of   Mizpeh    eastward;     they    slaughtered    them    until    they    left    none 
of   them    surviving.     Joshua    did    with    them    as    Jhvh    had    said    to  9 

25  him;    he  hamstrung  their  horses,   and  burned  their  chariots.  ' 

Then   Joshua   turned   back,    and   took    Hazor,    and   put   its    king  io^, 
to  the  sword  (Hazor  was  formerly  the  head  of  all  those  kingdoms).      ' 
They   massacred    all    the    persons    that    were   in    it,  'devoting'   them:  n 
no   living    creature    was    left,    and    Hazor   was   burned.      Joshua   took  12 

30  all    these    kings    and    their    cities,   and    conquered    the    cities,  putting 
♦the    inhabitants*     to    the    sword,   and    '  devoting '   them,    as     Moses, 
the    Servant    of   Jhvh,    had    commanded.      Vef    Isi-acl  burnt   none    of  it, 
till    cities  sfniidino;  on   uioinids,^°  except   Hazor,-    that  did  Joshua  burn. 
All    the   plunder   of  these   cities,    and    the    cattle,    the    Israelites   took  14 

35  as  spoil   for   themselves ;    but    they   put    all    the    men    to    the    sword, 
until    they    had   extirpated    them :    they   left    no    living    creature.     As  15 


1^ 


ii,i6-i2,2  — »*e8«@S<- ^oe^ua  «eej«a*« —  20 

II  Jhvh  had  commanded  his  Servant  Moses,  so  Moses  commanded 
Joshua,  and  so  did  Joshua;  he  neglected  nothing  of  all  that  Jhvh 
had   commanded   Moses. 

^ummarj  of  Joe^ua'o  Cottqucote. 

16  JOSHUA    took    all    this    land,    the    Hill-country,    all     the     Negeb,  5 
I     all    the    land    of   Goshen,    the    Lowlands,    and   the   Arabah ;   and 

17  the  Hill-country  and  Lowlands  of  Israel;  from  Mount  Halak" 
that  rises  toward  Seir,  as  far  as  Baal-gad"  in  the  valley  of  Lebanon 
at    the   foot   of   Mount    Hcrmon ;    and    Joshua    took    all    their    kings, 

i.s  and  fell   upon  them,  and  killed  them.     Joshua   made  war  for  a    long  10 

19  time  with  all   those  kings.      No  city  made  peace  with  the  Israelites  ;<"> 

20  they  conquered  the  whole  land  by  force  of  arms;  for"'  the  stubborn 
resistance  tof  the  Amorites*  was  inspired  by  Jhvh  -Himself*,  in 
order  that  they  might  meet  Israel  in  battle,  and  be  'devoted' 
without  mercy,    extirpated,   as  Jhvh   had   commanded  Moses.  15 

Joe6ua  conquers   tBe  (Btanfe. 

21  yfT  that  tunc  Joshua  proceeded  to  extirpate  the  giants^''  from  the 
-^^  HUl-cmintry,  from  Hebron,  Debir,  and  Anab,^^  from  all  the 
I /ill-eon  ntrv  both  of  Jitdali  and  Israel,     foshna  'devoted'   them  together 

22  701th  their  cities.     No  giants  were  left   in    the   land  of  the    Israelites ,-  20 
there  were  remnants  of  them  only  in   Gaza,^^  Gath,^^  and  Ashdod.^^ 


©eutcronomtc  Concfueion  of  l^tetorp  of  Conqucef. 

23  JOSHUA  took  the  whole  land,  just  as  Jhvh  had  said  to  Mo.ses, 
and  gave  it  as  an  inheritance  to  Israel,  according  to  their  divisions 
by  their  tribes.      Then   the   land   had   rest  from  war.  25 


J 


""N 


£t6(  of  €onqucreb  "Ktnge. 

OW"    these    arc    the    kings    of    the    land,    whom    the    Israelites 
conquered,  and  of  whose  land  they  took  possession :     Beyond 
the    Jordan    eastward    from    the    valley    of    the    Arnon'    to    Mount 
2  Hermon,  and  all  the  eastern  Arabah  :3     Sihon,  king  of  the  Amorites,  30 

11,19  "except  the  Hivites   who  thvelt  in  Gibeon 


•  ^oe^ua 


who    reigned   in    Heshbon,   and    ruled   from    Arocr,   which    is    on    the  13 
edge  of  the  valley  of  the  Arnon,  and  from   the  middle  of  the  valley 
over   half  Gilead   as   far   as    ••''>Jabbok/  which    is    the   border    of  the 
Ammonites,  and    over   the   eastern    Arabah ;    ^northward*    to   the   Sea  3 
5  of   Chinneroth,*    and    ♦southward*    to    the    Sea    of  the    Arabah, ^    the 
Salt    Sea,    in    the    direction    of   Beth-jeshimoth ;     and     on     the    south 
•the   border   of  his   territory   in   the   Arabah    was*    under   the    Slopes 
of    Pisgah.      And    -^^^Og,    king    of   Bashan,    of    the    remnant    of    the  4 
Rephaim,   who    reigned   at   Ashtaroth   and   at    Edrei,  and    ruled   over  5 

10  Mount    Hermon,    and   Salcah,    and   all    Bashan   as   far   as   the   border 
of  the    Geshurites    and    the    Maachathites,   and    over    half   Gilead    as 
far   as    the   border  of  Sihon,    king   of   Heshbon.      *These   two   kings+  6 
did    Moses,    the    Servant    of   Jhvii,    and     the    Israelites    overthrow; 
Moses,   the   Servant   of  Jhvh,   gave    ♦their    land*    as   a   possession   to 

15  the   Reubenites,  and  Gadites,  and  to  the    half-tribe  of  Manasseh. 

These  5  are  the  kings  of  the  land,  whom  Joshua  and  the  Israelites  7 
overthrew  beyond  the  Jordan  westward  from  Baal-gad,  in  the  Valley 
of  the    Lebanon,    as   far   as    Mount    Halak    which    rises   toward    Seir; 
Joshua    gave    -the    land*    to    the    tribes    of    Israel    as    an    inheritance 

20  according  to  their  divisions ;   in  the  Hill-country,  and  in  the  Lowlands,  8 
and  in   the  Arabah,   and   in   the  Slopes,   and  in   the  Wilderness,    and 
in  the  Negeb.-  the   Hittites,  Amorites,   Canaanites,   Perizzites,    Hi\'ites, 
and   Jebusites : 


25 


30 


35 


the 

King 

of  Jericho,   one; 

the 

King 
side 

of  Ai,   which  is  be- 
Beth-el,  one; 

9 

the 

King 

of  Jerusalem,*    one ; 

the 

King 

of  Hebron,   one ; 

10 

the 

King 

of  Jarmuth,    one ; 

the 

King 

of  Lachish,   one ; 

II 

the 

King 

of  Eglon,   one ; 

the 

Kin<j 
0 

of  Gezer,    one ; 

12 

the 

King 

of  Debir,   one ; 

the 

King 

of  Geder,'  one ; 

13 

the 

King 

of  Hormah,^  one; 

the 

King 

of  Arad,9  one ; 

14 

the 

King 

of  Libnah,   one; 

the 

King 

of  Adullam,"°  one; 

15 

the 

King 

of  Makkedah,    one ; 

the 

King 

of  Beth-el,   one ; 

16 

the 

King 

of  Tappuah,"  one ; 

the 

King 

of  Hepher,"  one ; 

17 

the 

King 

of  Aphek,-=  <'> 

which  is 

in  Sharon, '3    one  ; 

iS 

the 

King 

of  Madon,   one ; 

the 

King 

of  Hazor,   one; 

19 

the 

King 
one ; 

of  Shimron-meron, 
14 

the 

King 

of  Achshaph,   one; 

20 

the 

King 

of  Taanach,'3  one; 

the 

King 

of  Megiddo,"  one; 

21 

'Sli^jw-. 

12,  2  "the  river 


4  "the  territory  of 


18  '■one;  the  King  of 


12 , 22-13,6 


\      -^>^^^^»- 2'>B^v.a  ■aam^^*'^- 


12,  22 


23 


24 


the  King  of  Kedesh,"'  one;     the  King  of  Jol<neam'*  in 

Carmel,   one ; 
the   King  of  Dor,   in   the  the  King  of  the  nations '»  in 

Height  of  Dor,   one;  G<a>l<i>l<ee>,°°  one; 

the   King  of  Tirzah,^'   one;        Thirt\-   >"   kings  in  all. 


2.  ®tpt0ton  of  t^t  Banb 


^3c  Banl  not  ^it  Conquer^. 


13 


,  I   "\  ^  THEN    Joshua    was     old     and    \\ell-advance( 
V  V     said    to    him :     Thou    art    old    and    wcll-ai 


iced     in    years,    Jhvh 
-advanced    in     years, 

2  and   there   is  very  much  land   left   to   be    taken    in   possession.      This  10 
is  the  land  that  was  left:    all    the   districts  of  the   Philistines,  and  all 

3  of  the  Geshu'rites,"  from  Sihor,=  which  is  east  of  Egypt,  as  far  as 
the  northern  border  of  Ekron  (it  is  reckoned  to  the  Canaanites),  the 
five    capitals     of    the    Philistines :     Gaza,    Ashdod,    Eshkalon,    Gath, 

4  and   Ekron;  also  the  -district  of  the»  Avitess  |  in  the  south-;-   *also»  1.5 
all  the  land  of  the  Canaanites  <as  far  as>  Mearah*    of   the    Sidonians. 

5  to  Aphek,  to  the  border  of'  the  Giblites ;  =  also  all  the  eastern 
Lebanon,    from    Baal-gad    at    the    foot    of    Mount     Hermon     to    the 

6  neighborhood    of    Hamath ;     -in    short-    .all     the    inhabitants    of    the 
Hill-country  from    Lebanon   to    Misrephoth-maim,   all    the  Sidonians.  20 
I    will    disposse.ss   them    in    favor   of  the    Israelites ;    only   assign    the 
land  by  lot  as  an  inheritance  for   Israel,  as  I   commanded  thee. 


13  •  4  ■  5  "tlie  .'\morites.     And  the  land 


23  -  -^^i-^ms^  ^oe^ua  ■sss^mi*^^-  13.7-23 

3n6cntance  of  f^e  Zno  t^rtfiee  <xni  of  ttii  ^atf-Zviii. 

NOW  divide  this  land  as  an  inheritance  to   the  nine  tribes     *      *  13,7 
*     *     *,*  and     the     half-tribe    of   Manasseh,   with   which    tribe  8 
the    Reubenites    and    the    Gadites    received    their    inheritance,    which 

5  Moses   had  given   them  beyond  the  Jordan  eastward  (just  as  Moses, 
the  Servant  of  Jhvh,   had  given  to  them)  from   Aroer,   on    the  edge  9 
of   the    valley    of    the    Arnon,    and    'from*    the    city    in    the    middle 
of  the    valley,    all    the   plain    of   Medeba    as    far   as    Dibon,    and    all  10 
the   cities  of  Sihon,  king  of  the  Amorites,  who  reigned  in  Heshbon, 

10  to   the   border  of  the    Ammonites ;    also   Gilead,   and    the   territory  of  1 1 
the    Geshurites  and    Maachathites,   and   all    Mount    Hermon,   and    all 
Bashan   as    far   as   Salcah,    all    the    kingdom   of  Og  in    Bashan,   who  12 
reigned    in    Ashtaroth    and    in    Edrei    (he    was    left    of    the    remnant 
of  the   Rephaim)  —  those  kings  did   Moses  oNcrthrow  and  dispossess.' 

15  But  the  Israelites  did  not  dispossess  the  Geshurites  and  the  Maacha-  13 
thites ;     Geshur    and    Maachath    have    dwelt    in    the    midst    of   Israel 
down    to    this    day.      Only    to    the    tribe    of    Le\i    -Moses-    ga\  l    no  14 
inheritance:    <°>the    God   of  Israel,   Jhvh,  is   their  inheritance,*  as    He 
had  told  them. 


T 


l^coJtng  of  dRccounf  of  ©wston  of  (Baefcrn  ^erntorj. 

HESE  are  the  inheritances  in  the  plains  of  Moab,   beyond   the 
Jordan,  opposite  Jericho,  which   Moses  gave  to  the  Israelites. > 

3n6cnfancc  of  (Kcu64n. 


MOSES    gave    an    inheritance    to    the    tribe     of    the     Reubenites  15 
according    to    their    clans.      Their    territory   was    from    Aroer,  16 
on    the    edge  of  the    valley   of   the    Arnon,    and    ♦fromt   the    city   in 
the    middle    of    the    valley,    including    all    the    plain    near    Medeba; 
Heshbon,    and    all    her    cities    in    the    plain:      Dibon,    Bamoth-baal,  17 
Beth-baal-meon,    Jahaza,    Kedemoth,    Mephaath,    Kirjathaim,    Sibmah,  18.19 

30  Zareth-shahar     on     the     Mountain     of    the    Valle\',     Beth-peor,    the  20 
Slopes    of   Pisgah,   and    Beth-jeshimoth ;     also    all    the    cities    of    the  21 
plain    and    all    the    kingdom    of  Sihon,    king    of  the    Amorites,   who 
reigned    in    Heshbon,    wlioiii   Moses  had  slaugJitcrcd  ivitli   the  princes 
of  Midinii,'^   Evi,   Rekeiii,   Ziir,    Hiir,    and  Reba,    Sihon' s   chiefs,    zuho 

35  dtM'lt    in    the    land,  —  t/ie    Israelites    also   put    to    the    sword,   among  -zi 
those    -u'hoin    they    slaughtered,    the    diviner   Balaam    ben-Bcor.^°     The  23 

13,14  "offerings  made  by  fire  of 


13,24-33                           -^*^es»- 3oa§ua  ■5e®3«»«-«—  24 

13  line    of    the    Jordan    was    the    .western*    border    of    the  Reubenites. 

This   is   the   inheritance   of  the    Reubenites   according   to  their  chins, 
the  cities,   and  the  villages  belonging  thereto. 


Jn^entance  of  <Ba5. 

24  1\    /f  OSES  had  given   .an  inheritance*  to  the   tribe   of  Gad,    to   the  5 

25  IVl  Gadites  according  to  their  clans.  Their  territory  was  Jazer, 
and   all   the   cities   of  Gilead,   and    half   the    land   of  the   Ammonites, 

26  as  far  as  Aroer  east  of  Rabbah ;  and  from  Heshbon  as  far  as 
Raniath-mizpeh    and    Betonim ;    and    from    Mahanaim    to    the    border 

27  of    Lidebir;"    and    in    the    valley:    Beth-aram,    Beth-nimrah,   Succoth,  10 
and     Zaphon,    the    remainder    of    the     kingdom     of    Sihon,    king    of 
Heshbon;   the    line    of   the   Jordan   *was    their  border*   to   the  *south- 

28  ern*  end  of  the  sea  of  Chinnereth  beyond  the  Jordan  eastward.  This 
is  the  inheritance  of  the  Gadites  according  to  their  clans,  the  cities, 
and  the  villages  belonging  thereto.  15 

5n6enfancc  of  (Baefern  QllanaeecB. 

29  1\  /r  OSES  had  given  *an  inheritance*  to  the    half-tribe  of  Manasseh," 


M 


({ 


it  was  for  the  half-tribe  of   the   Manassites  according  to  their 

30  clans ;     their     territory     was     from     Mahanaim,    all     Baslian,    all     the 
kingdom   of  Og,   king    of  Bashan,   all    the    towns    of  Jair,   in    Bashan,  20 

31  sixty  cities;   half  of  Gilead,"^  and   Ashtaroth  and   Edrci,  the  -capital- 
cities  of  the  kingdom  of  Og  in   Bashan." 


Concfueton  of  dSccounf  of  ©tmeton  of  Caefern  Ztrvitov^. 

32  ^T^HESE    are 
1    iilains  of  M 


the    inheritances    which    Moses    had    given    in    the 
plains  of  Moab,  beyond  the  Jordan  eastward,  opposite  Jericho<*>.  25 


-(•jt!s;s^#~- 


13.31  -to    the    Sons    of    Machir   ben-Manasseh  ;    to    one-half  of   the    Sons    of    Machir, 
accordintr  to  their  clans '4 


33  "hut   to  the  tribe   of  Levi,   Moses  had   given  no  inheritance;  the  God  of  Israel, 
Jnvii,  is  their  inheritance  as  He  had  told  them 


jj 


25  —^-^^tsimff- ^oe^ua -■ir-^hyi-e-<^~  14,1-15 

35«a5tng  of  dRccount  of  ©ipteion  of  (^eefem  ^crnforp.' 

THESE    are    the    inheritances    received    by    the   Israelites    in    the  14,1 
land    of    Canaan   which    the    priest    Eleazar    and    Joshua    ben- 
Nun  and  the  heads   of  the   families   of  the   Israelites  gave   them  |  by  2 
5  lot,    lasi    their  inheritance,  as  Jhvh   had  commanded,  through    Moses, 
for  the  nine  tribes  and  the  half-tribe.      Moses   had  given  the  inherit-  3 
ance  of  the  two  tribes  and  of  the  half-tribe  beyond  the  Jordan,   but 
to    the    Levites    he   had     given    no    inheritance    among    them.      The  4 
Sons   of  Joseph  were  two  tribes,   Manasseh   and    Ephraim,  and   they 
10  gave  no   portion  of  the   land    to   the    Levites,   except   cities    to   dwell 
in,  and  the  pasture-lands  belonging  thereto  for  their  cattle  and   their 
substance.     The  Israelites  did  as  Jhvh   had  commanded   Moses,  and  5 
divided  the  land. 

inheritance  of  €afe6. 

15  *"  I  ^HE  Judahites^  approached  Joshua  in  Gilgal,  and    the    Kenezite^  6 
A    Caleb   ben-Jephunneh     said    to    him :     Thou    knowest    the    word 
that   Jhvh    spoke    to   Moses,   the  Man    of   God,   on    my    behalf,    a;tt/ 
on    tliy   behalf,    in    Kadesh-barnea.       I    v.'as     forty    years    old    when  7 
Moses,   the  Servant    of  Jhvh,  sent    me    from    Kadesh-barnea  to   spy 

20  out    the    land,  and   I    brought    him    back    word    to    the    best    of   my 
knowledge ;     but    my    companions    who    went    with     me     made    the  S 
heart    of    the    people    tremble,    while    I    wholly    followed    my    God, 
Jhvh.      Moses   swore   on    that    day:     Verily,   the    land    where\'er   thy  9 
feet  have  trodden  shall   be  an   inheritance   for   thee  and  thy  children 

25  for  ever,  because   thou    hast  wholly  followed  my  God,  Jhvh.      Now  10 
Jhvh    has    kept    me    alive,    as    He    said,    for    forty-five*    j'ears,    from 
the   time  when    Jhvh   spoke   this  word   to  Moses,   while   Israel  jour- 
neyed in  the  Wilderness ;    and   now   I  am   this   day  eighty-five  years 
old.      I  am   still   as   strong  to-day  as   on   the   day   when   Moses  sent  1 1 

30  me :    as    was    my    strength    then,    so    is    my    strength    now,    for    war 
and    all    manner    of  workjS    so   give    me   now   the   hill-country  here,  12 
whereof  Jhvh   spoke   on   that   day;    thou   heardest  on  that   day   that 
the    giants 7   were    there    in    great    walled    cities;    perhaps    Jhvh    \\\\\ 
be  with    me,  so   that  I   shall    dispossess   them,   as   Jhvh    said.      Then  13 

35  Joshua    blessed    him,  and    gave   Hebron    as    an    inheritance   to  Caleb 
ben-Jephunneh.       Thus     Hebron''    became     the     inheritance     of    the  14 
Kenezite,    Caleb  ben-Jephunneh,   ♦and  so  remains,   down  to  this  da\% 
because    he    wholly    followed    the   God  of  Israel,  Jhvh.      (The  name  15 
of   Hebron    was   formerly   Kirjath-arba ;  he,    .Arba*,  was  the  greatest 

40  among  the  giants.)''     Then  the  land  had  rest  from  war. 


I5,i-i6  — •^-^ssji-^'^^i'ii  <-¥*es***- —  2^ 

5n6entancc  of  Ju6a3. 

15,1  nr^Pip:    lot  for   the  tribe  of  the  Judahitcs  according  to   their  clans 
1    was    toward    the    border    of    Edom,    southward    to    the    W'ikier- 

2  ness  of  Zin,  at  the  extreme  south.  Their  southern  border  was 
from  the  end  of  the  Salt  Sea,   from   the   bay  that   runs  southward ; '  5 

3  it  began  about  the  south  of  the  Ascent  of  Acrabbim,  and  went  on 
to  Zin,   and    went   up   southward   of  Kadesh-barnea,  and   went  on  to 

4  Hezron,  and  went  up  to  Adar,  and  turned  about  to  Karkaa,  and 
it  went  on  to  Azmon,  and  ended  at  the  Brook  of  Egypt,'  so  that 
the   end  of  the  border  was  at  the  sea.      This  shall  be  your  southern  10 

5  border.  The  eastern  border  was  the  Salt  Sea  as  far  as  the  mouth 
of  the   Jordan.      Their   border  on    the    north    side    was    from  the  bay 

6  of  the  sea  at  the  mouth  of  the  Jordan,  and  the  border  went  up 
to  Beth-hogla,   and    went   on    to   the  north   of   Beth-arabah,  and  the 

7  border  went  up  to  the  Stone  of  Bohan  ben-Reuben;   and  the  border  15 
went    up    to    Debir"    from    the    valley    of   Achor    and    northward    in 
the    direction    of    Gilgal,3    opposite    the  Ascent    of  Adummini,   south 
of  The    Brook;*    and    the    border    went    on    to    the    Waters    of   En- 

S  .shemesh,   and    came    to  a  points   at   Kn-rogel ;    and    the    border  went 
up    through    the   Valley    of    Ben-Hinnom   to    the    south    of   the    ridge  20 
of  the  Jebusites  (that  is,  Jerusalem) ;  and  the  border  went  up  to  the 
top  of  the  mountain  which  lies  to  the  west  of  the  Valley  of  Hinnom 

9  and  at  the  northern  end  of  the  Valley  of  Rephaim ;  and  the  border 
inclined  from  the  top  of  the  mountain  to  the  fountain  of  the  Waters 
of   Nephtoah   and    came   to  a  point  at   the    cities  of    Mount   Ejjhron,  25 

10  and  the  border  inclined  to  Baalah  (that  is,  Kirjath-jearim) ;"  and  the 
border  turned  about  from  Baalah  westward  to  Mount  Seir,'  and 
went  on  to  the  north  of  the  ridge  of  Mount  Jearim  (that  is, 
Chesalon),   and  went   down  to   Beth-shemesh,*^  and  went  on   to  Tim- 

11  nah ;   and  the  border  came  to  a  point  at  the  ridge  of  P^kron  on  the  30 
north,   and    the    border  inclined    to  Shicron,   and    went    on    to   Mount 
Baalah,  and    ended    by    Jabneel,   so   that   the  -end  of  the  border  was 

12  at  the  sea.  The  western  border  was  the  coast-line  of  the  Great 
Sea.      This  was    the  border  of  the  Judahites    round    about    according 

to   their  clans.  35 

13  To  Caleb  bcii-JcpIuiiiiicJi  lie  gave  a  portion  in  tlte  midst  of  the 
Judahites  according    to   tlie   comniandment  of   Jhi-H  to  Jos/iiia,    namely 

14  KirjtUii-arha  {>.-lr/><!'  the  father  of  .h/,/f).  that  is.  Hebron.  Thencesl 
Caleb    dispossessed   the   three  giants:    Shcshai,   Ahiman,   and  Talmai,"! 

15  the   sons    of  Anak.      Thence   he   went    up   against    the   inhabitants  ofj4o 

16  Dcbir   (the   older   name  of  Debir  was   Kirjath-sepher).'°     And    Caley 


27  — »*e§«@i!-  ^oe^ua  -sr+sissw-s —  15 . 1 7  -  5^ 

said :   I   will  give  my  daughter  Achsah  in  marriage  to  the  man   who  15 
attacks    Kirjath-sepher,  and    takes  it.      Caleb's   brother,    Othniel   ben-  i; 
Kenaz,"    took    it,    and    'Caleb*    gave    him    his    daughter    Achsah    in 
marriage.      When    she    came    to    him   "he    incited    h>er>    to    ask    her  is 
5  father    for    a    piece    of    land.       So    she    leaped    down    from    her    ass.l 
and    wlien    her    father    asked:    What  is  the    matter?    she    answered:  19 
Give   me   a   present ;    thou    hast   put   me   off  into    the    Negeb,    there- 
fore give    me    Gull<a>th-maim.      So    Caleb   gave   her    Gull<a>th-illi'>thi 
and  Gull<a>th-tahti-th.  | 

10  This   is    tile   inheritance   of  the   tribe  of  the  Judahites  according  20 

to  their  clans: 

The  ♦southern*  border  towns  of  the  tribe  of  Judah  in    the  Ne-  21 
geb"    toward    the    territory    of    Edom    were    Kabzeel,    Eder,    Jagur, 
Kinah,   Dimonah,   A-r»ar>ah,'3  Kedesh,    Hazor,   Ithnan,    Ziph,  Telem,  22-24 

15  Bealoth,  Hazor-hadattah,'^  Kerioth-hezron  (that  is,  Hazor), '5  Amam,  25.26 
Shema,  Moladah,  Hazar-gaddah,  Heshmon,  Beth-palet,  Hazar-shual,  27. 2S 
Beer-sheba  and  <its  dependent  towns>,'^  Baalah,  lim,  Azem,  Eltolad,  29.30 
•  Bethu-l,''  Hormah,  Ziklag,  Madmannah,  Sansannah,  Lebaoth,  Shil-  31.32 
him,  <En>.->rimmon  ;'^ — twenty-nine''  cities  with  the  villages  belong- 

20  ing  thereto. 

In    the    Lowlands:''"    Eshtaol,    Zoreah,''    Ashnah,    Zanoah,    En-  33.34 
gannim,     Tappuah,      Enam,     Jarmuth,      Adullam,     Socoh,     Azekah,  35 
Sharaim,    Adithaim,    Gederah     and     Gederothaim; — fourteen  ^^    cities  36 
with    the    villages    belonging    to    them.      *Also*     Zenan,    Hadashah,  37 

25  Migdal-gad,    Dilean,     Mizpeh,    Joktheel ;     Lachish,    Bozkath,    Eglon,  38. 39 
Cabbon,   Lahmasms'^s  Kithlish,   Gederoth ;    Beth-dagon,   Naamah,    and  40.41 
Makkedah ; — sixteen    cities    with    the    villages    belonging    to    them ; 
♦furthermore*      Libnah,      Ether, ^^    Ashan,     Jiphtah,     Ashnah,     Nezib,  42.43 
Keilah,   Achzib,   Mareshah ;  —  nine   cities   with    the  villages   belonging  44 

30  thereto. 

Ekron    and    its    dependent   towns    and    \-illage3,  from    Ekron   to  45.46 
the    sea,   all   ♦the    towns^  that    lay   on    the   side   of  Ashdod  with    the 
villages   belonging  thereto.     Ashdod   and  Gaza   and   their   dependent  47 
towns  and  villages  to  the  Brook  of  Egypt.      The   ♦western*  border ^5 

35  was  the  ♦coast-line  of+  the   oGreata  Sea. 

In    the    Hill-country:    Shamir,    Jattir,    Socoh,   Dannah,    Kirjath-  48. 49 
sannah    (that    is,    Debir),   Anab,    Eshtemoh,    Anim,    Goshen,     Holon,  50.51 
Giloh ; — eleven    cities    with    the   villages    belonging    to    them;    ♦also^  52 
Arab,     Dumah,    Eshean,    Janum,    Beth-tappuah,    Aphekah,    Humtah,  53.54 

40  Kirjath-arba  (that  is,  Hebron),  and  Zior ;   nine  cities  with  the  villages 

belonging    to    them;    Maon,   Carmel,   Ziph,  Juttah,  Jezreel,  Jokdeam,  55.56 


I5.57-I6.S  — *4^ms»- ^oe^ua  ■fiB^m-e''—  28 

15.57  Zanoah,  Cain,  Gibeah,  Tininah ;  —  ten  cities  with  the  \illages  belong- 
5S.59ing    to    them ;    Halhul,   I5etli-zur,   Gedor,    Maarath,    Beth-anotli,    and 
Eltckon  ; — six  cities  with  the  villages  belonging  to  them.     •Tekoa,''' 
Ephrath   (that    is,    Bethlehem),    Peor,    Etam,    ;Kolon,    Tatam,   Sores^, 
Kerem,   Gallim,   Bether,    Manahath ;  —  eleven    cities    with  the  \illages  5 
60  belonging  to  them>.      Kirjath-baal  (that   is,   Kirjath-jearim)  and   Kab- 
bah,—  two  cities   with    the  villages  belonging  to  them. 
61.62  In  the  Wilderness:   Beth-arabah,   Middin,  Secacah,   Nibshan,   the 

City    of   Salt,   and    En-gedi ;  —  six   cities    with    the  villages  belonging 
to  them.  10 

63  But    the    Judahites    could     not     dispossess     the     Jebusites     who 

inhabited      Jerusalem ;     the     Jebusites     live     with     the     Judahites     in 
Jerusalem   to   the  present  day.-' 


^n{)iritanci  of  ffic  Joaep^tfce. 

16,1   *"  I  ^HE    border"    of    the    Joscphites    was    from    the    Jordan     near  15 
J.    Jericho  to  the  east  of  the   Waters   of  Jericho,'  near  the  Wilder- 
ness that  extends   from   Jericho    through    the    Hill-country    to    Beth- 

2  el -["]-,   and  it    came  to    a    point  at    lietli-el    [],   and   went    on   to   the 

3  border  of  the  Archites  at  Ataroth,  and  came  down  westward  to 
the   border   of   the    Japhletites,=  to  the   border   of  Lower  Beth-horon  20 

4  and  to  Gezer,  and  came  to  an  end  at  the  sea.  So  the  Josephites, 
Manasseh  and   Ephraim,   received  their  inheritance. 

3n^cn(ance  of  (6c  6p6ratinttC0. 

5  '  I  ^HE  territory  of  the   Ephraimites  according   to    their  clans  was 3 

!-***»*,  and  the  *southern*  border   of  their  inheritance  25 

6  was  ♦from*  Ataroth-addar  on  the  east  to  Upper  Beth-horon,  and 
the  border  ended  at  the  sea.  The  northernmost  point  was  Mich- 
niethah,  and  the  border  turned  about  eastward  to  Taanath-shiloh,  and 

7  went  on  to  .  .  .  *  *  *■•  eastward  of  Janohah,  and  went  down 
from  Janohah  to  Ataroth  and  to  Naarath,  and  touched  -the   territory  30 

S  of.  Jericho,  and  ended  at  the  Jordan.  Westward  the  ^northern* 
border    went    from    Tappuah    to    the    Brook    Kanah,'    and    came    to 


16,2" Luz 


T 


29  — >*e3|«s5Ss- 3'"^"'' ^***s^*** —  16,9-17.11 

an    end    at    the    sea.      This    is    the    inheritance    of    the    tribe    of    the  16 
Ephraimites,  according   to  their  clans,   ^together*  with   the  cities  that  9 
were   set   aside   for   the    Ephraimites   in    the    midst   of  the   inheritance 
of  the   Manassites, —  all  the  cities  with  the   villages   belonging   there- 
5  to.      They  did   not   dispossess*  the    Canaanites   who   dwelt  in   Gezer;  10 
the    Canaanites    have   dwelt   in    the   midst    of   Ephraim    down    to    this 
day,   but  *the  Canaanites*   had  to  labor  for  them.  j 

3n6entance  of  t^t  ZnU  of  Q1lanae6e6. 

HE  tribe  of  Manasseh  had  its  lot;   tManasseh*  was  the  firstborn  17,1 
of  Joseph.      Machir,    the    firstborn    of    Manasseh,    the    father    of 
Gilead,   had  Gilead  and  Bashan,   because   he   was   warlike.      The  rest  2 
of    the     Manassites     had     *their    lot*     (ii-cording-    to    their    clans,     the 
Abi-ezrites,      Helekites,     Asrielites,     Shecheniites,      Hepherites,      and 
Shemidites.'       These    were     the     iiiah-    Manassites    tu cording    to    t/iiir 

15  lians. 

Zelophehad^   ben-Hepher    ben-Gilead    ben-Machir   ben-Manasseh  3 
had    no    sons    but    only    daughters.       These    are    the    names    of    his 
daughters :  Mahlah,  Noah,   Hoglah,   Milcah,   and  Tirzah.      They  went  4 
to    the    priest    Eleazar    and    Joshua    ben-Nun    and    the     Princes,   and 

20  said :  JuvH  commanded  Moses  that  an  inheritance  should  be  given 
us  among  our  fellow-tribesmen ;  and  according  to  the  command- 
ment of  Jhvh  he  gave  them  an  inheritance  among  their  father's 
fellow-tribesmen. 

The  portions    that  fell  to    Manasseh    were    te/i,^  apart  from    the  5 

2s  la)id    of   Gilead    and    Bashan    beyond   tJie    Jordan    {the   dangliters    of  b 
Manasseh  received  an  inheritance  among  his  sons,   and  the  rest  of  the 
Manassites     had    the    land    of   Gilead).      The    *southern+    border    of  7 
Manasseh     was     from     Asher    to     Michmethah,     which    is     east    of 
Shechem,  and  the  border  went  southward  to  the  *Iand  of  the*  inhabi- 

30  tants  of  En-tappuah.      Manasseh   had   the   land   of  Tappuah,   but   the  8 
Ephraimites  had  Tappuah   on  the  border  of  Manasseh.      The  border  9 
went    down    to    the    Brook    of    Kanah    to    the    southern    side    of   the 
brook      *      *      *      «'•     Ephraim  had   these  cities  in   the  midst  of  the 
cities  of  Manasseh     *     *     *     *     The  border  of  Manasseh  was  along 

35  the  northern  bank  of  The   Brook,  and  it  came  to  an  end  at  the  sea. 
Ephraim    had  »the    land*  to   the   south,  and   Manasseh    to  the    north.  10 
The    -western,    border    *of   Manasseh*    was    the    sea;    they'    touched 
Asher  on   the  north,  and   Issachar  on  the  east.      But  Manasseh   had  11 
in   Issachar    and    in    Asher    [the    three    heights''  |  but    Manasseh    did 

40  not  conquer"]'  Beth-shean '^with  the  villages  belonging  thereto,  nor 


14 


I7.i2-i8,3  -^-Msg^Si- ^oe^uo  ■*S**S"S3*-=—  30 

17  Iblcam   and    its  villages,   nor   the   inhabitants   of  Dor,-'-    nor  of  Taa-, 
i-'nach,    nor    of    Megiddo,    with    their    villages    [];    for    the    Canaanitcsl 
i;,  maintained    themselves    resolutely   in   that    region.      Hut    when    Israel 
became    strong    they    subjected    the  Canaanites    to   forced    labor,    but 
did  not  dispossess   them.'  5 

6rtva  £ot  for  (6c  3o6Cp6ttC6."° 

THI'^    "House"     of    Joseph     said    to    Joshua:     Why    hast   ^fflP 
given    us  ♦but*   one    lot    as    an    inheritance*  although    we   are   a 

5  great  people,  seeing  that   hitherto  Jiivii   has  blessed   us?   Joshua  said 

to    them:    If  ye    are  a  great    people,  go    up    into    the    Forest,'-  and  10 
hew  out   troom    enough*    for  yourselves  there,'-    if  the   Hill-country 

6  of  Ephraim    is   too   narrow    for  you.      The     House'    of  Joseph   said: 
The   Hill-country  is    not  enough  for  us,   but   all  the  Canaanites  whoj 
inhabit    the    land  of   the   Valley  have   chariots   of  iron,'-*   both    those 
who    are    in    Heth-shean'    and    its   dependent    towns    and    those    who  15 

7  are  in  the  Valley  of  Jezrecl.'^     Joshua  said  to  the   House  of  Jo.seph  :'' 
Ye   are  a  great  people,  and    have  great  strength ;  ye  shall    not  have 

s  one'  lot    only,'<5    but    ye    shall    have    the    Hill-country '?    .of    Gilead* 
though    it    .also,    is    forest  ;    ye    will    hew    it    down,   and    it    shall    be' 
yours  ;■■>    but  ye  must  dispossess   the   Canaanites,   though   the\-   have  21. 
iron  chariots, '■*  and  are  strong. 


^tvtn  CriBce  receive  t^iiv  ^n^tvxtanci. 


18,1  '  I  ^HE    whole    Congregation    of    the    Israelites    gatherec 
1    at  Shiloh,-  and  there  they  established  the  Tent  of  M 


;d    together 
hey  established  the  Tent  of  Meeting,   the 

2  land     having     been     subdued     by     them.      T/ir/r    rciVc    /iff    of    the 
Israelites  seven  tribes,  to  ivhom  their  inker  it ance  had  not  been  apportioned. 

3  Therefore  foshna    said  to  tin    /srae/ites -.    How  long   will   ye   delay   to 
go    in    and    take    possession    of    the    land,    which    the    God    of  your 


17,11   "and  the  inhabitants  of  Endor^  with  the  villages  belonging  thereto 
* 
14  *and  one  portion  15  'in  the  land  of  the  Perizzites  and  the  Rephaini'3 

17  ''to  Ephraim  and  Manasseh,  saying  18  'and  its  outlying  districts 


31  -^-Ms^eeSi- 3**5"*  ■*®^*^**^  18,4-16 

fathers,  Jhvh,   has    given  you?      Take  tlircc  uicii  for  each  tribe,  <">  let  18,4 
them  set  out,  and  go  through   the  iaiiii,    and  map   it  out'   into  suita/tte 
inlieritaiiees  *for*  their  strides*,  then  eoine  haek  to  me.      They  may  divide  5 
it  into  sei'en  portions.     Judah   may  remain  in  its  territory  in  tlie  soutli, 
5  and  the   House   of  Joseph    may   remain   in   tlieir   territory  in   tlie   itortli. 
Map   out^    t/te   iand  into   se7\'n  portions,    and  bring  back   *your   report*  6 
hither  to    me,   then    /  luill  cast   lots  for  you    here  in    the  presence    of 
our    God,    Jhi'H.     The    Levites    have   no   portion    among    you:    they 
priesthood    of  Jhvh  is  their  inheritance;    but  Gad,  and   Reuben,  and 

10  the    half-tribe    of    Manasseh    received    their    inheritance    beyond    the 
Jordan  eastward,  which   Moses,    the   Servant   of  Jhvh,    had   given    to 
them.      The   men   set  out,    and  loeiit,    and  Joshua   said  to    those    who  8 
luent  to   map  out  the  land .-      Go,  pass  through    the  land,    map  it  out ; 
then  return  to  me,    here  loill  I  cast  lots  for  you  in   Shiloh.      The  men  9 

15  zoent,  and  passed  through  the  lan</,  and  nuipped  it  out  by  cities  in  seven 
portions   on   a   scroll, '^  and   they   <brought^    *back  their  report*   to  Joshua 
in    camp    at    Shiloh.        Then   Joshua    cast   lots    for   them    in    Shiloh   in  10 
///(■  presence  of  fHi'H,   and  there    divided   the   land  for   the    fsraelitcs 
according  to  their  dii'isions. 

3n6en(ance  of  QBenjamm. 

WHEN  the  lot  of  the  tribe  of  the  Renjamites  came  out  accord-  u 
ing   to   their   clans,   the   territory   allotted   to   them    was   to    lie 
|>etween    the    Judahites    and    the    Josephites.      Their    border    on    the  12 
north  side  was  from  the  Jordan,  and  went  up  to  the  ridge  northward 

25  of  Jericho    and  up  through  the   Hill-country  westward,  passing   into 
the  Wilderness    of   Beth-aven ;    thence   the   border   went   on    to    Luz,  13 
to  the  south  of  the  ridge  of  Luz  (that  is,  Beth-el) ;  then  the  border 
went    down     to    Ataroth-adar    near    the    mountain    south    of    Lower 
Beth-horon.      The  border  inclined,  and  turned  about  on  the  western  14 

30  side  southward  from  the  mountain  in  the  south  opposite  Beth-horon, 
and   came  to  a  point  at    Kirjath-baal   (that   is,   Kirjath-jearim),  a  city 
of  the  Judahites.     This  was  the  western  side.     The  southern  side*  was  15 
from    the    end    of   Kirjath-«baal',5   and    the    border    came    to   a   point 
•at  Mount   Ephron-^  and  at  the  Fountain  of  the  Waters  of  Nephtoah ; 

35  and    the    border    went    down    to    the    end    of  the    mountain    east    of  16 
the   Valley   of  Ben-Hinnom,   at   the   northern   «end  of  the>   Valley   of 
Rephaim,^  and    went   down   through    the   Valley  of  Hinnom,    to    the 
south    of   the    ridge    of   the    Jebusites,  and  went   down    to    En-rogel, 

18,4  "and  I  will  send  them 


18,17-19.1'  — »»et^a^ ^oe^ua  -mj^t"  32 

18,17  and    inclined    northward,   and    came    to   a    point    at    En-shemesh,    and 
passed   into   tiie  regions  opposite  the  Ascent  of  Adummim,  and  went 

18  down  to  the  Stone  of  Bohan  ben- Reuben,  and  went  on   to   the  ridge 
aUing    the    north    of  the    Arabah,    and    went    down    to   the    Arabah ; 

19  and    tile    border     went     on     to     the     north     of    the     ridge    of    Beth-  5 
hoglah,  and"   came   to  an  end  at  the   northern  bay  of  the  Salt  Sea, 
at  the  southern  end  of  the  Jordan.     This  was  the  southern  border. 

20  The  Jordan  bordered  it  on  the  eastern  side.     This  is  the  inheritance 
of  the    ]?enjamites   according  to   its   borders    round   about,    according 

21  to    their    clans:     The   cities    of  the    tribe    of   Benjamin    according    to  10 

22  their    clans    were    Jericho,    Beth-hoglah,    Emek-keziz,    Beth-arabah,^ 
23. 24  Zemaraim,     Beth-el,     Avim,     Parah,      Ophrah,     Chephar-haammonai, 

Ophni,  and  Gaba; — twelve  cities  with  the  villages  belonging  to 
25-27  them.  Gibeon,  Ramah,  Beeroth,  Mizpeh,  Chephirah,  Mozah,  Rekem, 
28  Irpeel,  Taralah,  Zelah,  Eleph,  the  -city  of  the*  Jebusites  (that  is,  15 
Jerusalem),  Gibeath,  and  Kirjath-<jearim>; — fourteen  cities  with  the 
villages  belonging  to  them.  This  is  the  inheritance  of  the  Benja- 
mites  according   to  their  clans. 

3n6crt<ancc  of  ^tmcon.' 

19,1  '  I  ^HE   second   lot   fell   to  Simeon,   to   the   tribe   of  the   Simeonites  20 

1    according    to    their    clans ;     their    inheritance    was    in    the    midst 

2  of  the  inheritance  of  the  Judahites.     They  had   in    their  inheritance: 

3.4  Beer-sheba,    Sheba,    Molahah,    Hazar-shual,    Balah,    Azem,     Eltolad, 

5.6  Bethul,   Hormah,  Ziklag,   Beth-marcaboth,  Hazar-susah,   Beth-lebaoth, 

and     Sharuhen;  =  —  thirteen  3    cities    with    the    villages    belonging    to  25 

7  them;     ]-".n-.rimmon,+  <Tochen-,5  Ether,  and  Ashan ;  —  four  cities  with 

8  the  villages  belonging  to  them ;  also  all  the  villages  that  were  round 
about  these  cities  down  to  Baalath-beer  and  Ramah  of  the  South. 
This   is   the  inheritance   of  the  tribe   of  the   Simeonites   according   to 

.9  their   clans.      Out    of   the    portion    of   the   Judahites    was    the    inherit-  30 
ancc    of   the    Simeonites;     the    share   of   the   Judahites    was   too   great 
for    them,    therefore    the    .Simeonites    received    an    inheritance   in    the 
midst   of  their  inheritance. 

3n6crtfance  of  jcBufun. 

10  '  I  ^HE    third    lot   fell    to    the    Zebulunites  according   to  their  clans ;  35 

1    the     border    of    their    inheritance     stretched    as    far    as    Sarid;'' 

11  and     their    border'    went    up    westward     to     Maralah,    and     touched 


18,  19  'the  border 


33  —^>4^^m»- ^oe^ua -^sim^^t-^—        '  19,12-31 

Dabbasheth,    and    touched    the    brook    which    is    east    of    Jokneam,  19 
and    ^turned    from     Sarid    eastward    toward     the    sun-rising    to    the  12 
border    of   Chisloth-tabor,    and    came    to    a    point    at    Daberath,    and 
went   up   to   Japliia ;    thence   it^  went   on  eastward    toward    the    sun-  13 
5  rising    to    Gath-hepher    and    Eth-kazin,'    and    came    to    a    point    lati 
Rimmon,     cand)     incHned '°     to      Neah  ;    and     the     border"     turned  14 
about    it    on    the    north    lof"    Hannathon,  and    came    to  an    end    at 
the    Valley    of   Jiphthah-el      ******     Kattath,    Nahallal,  15 
Shimron,   Idalah,  and   Beth-lehem-,  —  twelve '3  cities  with  the  villages 
10  beloneinsr    thereto.       This     is     the    inheritance    of    the     Zebulunites  16 
according    to    their    clans;    those    cities    with    the    villages    belonging 
thereto. 

5n6ertfancc  of  jeeac^at."* 

FOR    Issachar.     The  fourth    lot  came  out   for  the   Issacharites  17 
according  to  their  clans ;   their  territory  was  <>'5  Jezreel,  Chesul-  18 
loth,     Shunem,     Haphraim,    Shihon,    Anaharath,     Rabbith,     Kishion,  19.20 
Abez,    Remeth,    En-gannim,    En-haddah,    Beth-pazzez.      The    border  21.22 
touched    Tabor,    Shahazimah,    and    Beth-shemesh,    and    their    border 
came    to    an    end    at    the    Jordan;  —  sixteen    cities   with    the    villages 
20  belonging    to    them.       This    is    the    inheritance    of  the    tribe    of    the  23 
Issacharites   according   to   their   clans ;    those   cities  with    the  villages 
belonging  thereto. 

JnBcnfance  of  dtleger.'* 

HE    fifth    lot    fell    to    the    tribe   of  the    Asherites    according    to  24 


THE 
their 


25      A    their    clans.      Their    territory    was    Helkath,    Hali,    Beten,    Ach-  25 
shaph,   Alammelech,  Amad,   Misheal.      ^The  border*  touched  Carmel  26 
on    the  west   and    Shihor-libnath,  and    turned    toward    the   sun-rising  27 
to   Beth-dagon,   and   touched  Zebulun   and  the  Valley  of  Jiphthah-el 
on  the  north     *     *     *     Beth-emek  and  Neiel     *     *     *,  and  ^goincr* 

30  northward  came  to  a  point  at  Cabul      *      *     *     <A>b-:d>on,'7  Rehob,  28 
Hammon,   Kanah     *      *      *    *and  went  on*  as    far    as  Great  Zidon ; 
then  the  border  turned  to  Ramah  and  to  the  fortified  city  of  Tyre;  29 
then   the   border   turned   to   Hosah,  and  came  to  an   end   at   the  sea 
*      *      *     *       <Mehalleb>,'^ "  Achzib       *     *      *      -Accho-,''   Aphek,  30 

35  and    Rehob ;  —  twenty-two  ^°    cities    with    the    villages    belonging    to 
them.      This^'    is    the    inheritance    of    the     tribe     of    the    Asherites  31 
according    to    their    clans ;     those    cities   with    the   villages    belonging 
thereto. 


19.32-51  — »*^^(!- 3oe6uo -!«s#5M-« —  34 

3tt6cntance  of  QtapBtaft." 

19,32    TTOR   the   Naphtalites.     The  sixth  lot   fell   to  the  Naphtalites 

33  1  according  to  their  clans.  Their  border  was  from  Heleph,  from 
the  Bazaan"imTree^3  (and  Adami-nekeb  and  Jabneel)  to  Lakum,  and 

34  it    came    to    an    end    at    the    Jordan.      The    border    turned    westward  5 
to  Aznoth-tabor,  and  ♦going  on*  thence  came  to  a  point  at  Hukkok, 
and    touched    Zebulun    on    the    south,    and    Asher    on    the    west. "<*■'' 

35  The  fortified ''s  cities  were  Ziddim,^*  Zer,  Hammath,  Rakkath,  Chinne- 
36-3S  reth,    Adamah,     Ramah,     Hazor,     Kedesh,    Edrei,     En-hazor,     Iron, 

Migdal-el,     Horem,     Beth-anath,     Beth-shemesh ;  —  nineteen^'     cities  10 

39  with  the  villages  belonging  to  them.  This  is  the  inheritance  of 
the  tribe  of  the  Naphtalites  according  to  their  clans ;  those  cities 
with  the  villages  belonging  thereto. 

JnBcnfancc  of  ®an.=' 

40  '  I  ^HE   seventh    lot    fell    to   the   tribe   of  the  Danites   according   to  15 

41  L  their  clans.  The  territory  of  their  inheritance  was  Zorah,""' 
42.43  Eshtaol,^'  Ir-shemesh,  Shaalabbin,  Ajalon,  Jethlah,  Elon,  Thimnathah, 
44.45  Ekron,^9  Eltekeh,  Gibbethon,  Baalath,  Jchud,  Bene-berak,  Gath-rini- 
46.47  mon,    and    Me-jarkon  .-3°    with    the    territory    opposite    Japho.     The 

territory''  of  the  Danites  was  <too  narro\v>3''  for  them;  therefore  the  20 
Danites  marched  out,  attacked  Leshiaan.^^  took  it,  conquered  it, 
♦putting  the  inhabitants*  to  the  sword,  took  possession  of  it,  and 
settled  in  it,  calling  Leslnaim:  Dan,  after  the  name  of  their  ancestor 
4S  Dan.  This  is  the  inheritance  of  the  tribe  of  the  Danites  according 
to  their  families ;    those  cities  with  the  \illages  belonging  thereto.        25 

3nBcntancc  of  JoeBua. 

49  "\  ^fHEN    they    had    finished    giving    the    land    as    an    inheritance 

V  V   according    to    its    borders,   the   Israelites    gave    an    inheritance 

50  among    them    to    Joshua    ben-Nun ;     according    to    the    command    of 
Jhvh,   they  gave  him  the  city  for  which   he  asked:    Timnath-serah '*  30 
in  the   Hill-country  of  Ephraim ;   he  built  the  city,  and   settled  in  it. 

Concfuoion  of  cSccount  of  ©tpieton. 

51  '  I  ^HOSE    are    the    inheritances    which    the    priest    Eleazar,    and 

1    Joshua    ben-Nun,  and    the    heads    of   the    families    of  the  tribes 
of  the    Israelites    gave    as    an    inheritance    by    lot    in    Shiloh,  in    the  35 
presence   of  Jhvh,   at   the   door  of  the  Tent   of  Meeting,   thus   com- 
pletely dividing  up  the  land. 

19,34  "and  to  *Judah^  'at  the  Jordan  toward  the  sun-rising 


35  — »*e#^!s- 39«?ua -isaHls** —  20,1-21,5 

titka  of  (Kcfugc 

THEN  Jhvh  spoke  thus  to    Joshua:    Command  the  Israelites  as  20,1.2 
follows :  Appoint  for  yourselves  the  cities  of  refuge,  of  which   I 
spoke  to  you  through   Moses,   that  the  homicide  who   kills   any  one  3 
5  by    accident<''>^    may    flee    thither,   and     that    they   may    be   a    refuge 
for    you    from    the    avenger    of  blood<*>^    until    he    come    up    before  6'^ 
the  Congregation    for   judgment<''>.^      So   they   dedicated ^    Kedesh   in  7 
Galilee,    in    the    Hill-country    of   Naphtali ;     Shechem,    in    the    Hill- 
country  of  Kphraim,  and  Kirjath-arba  (that  is,   Hebron)  in  the   Hill- 
10  country    of  Judah  ;    and   beyond   the  Jordan<">  they  appointed   Bezer  8 
in    the  Wilderness,   in    the    plain,   of   the    tribe    of   Reuben ;    Ramoth 
in  Gilead,   of  the    tribe    of   Gad ;    Golan    in    Bashan,   of  the    tribe    of 
Manasseh.      These    were    the    cities    appointed    for    all    the    Israelites  9 
and  for  the  strangers  sojourning  among  them,   that  whosoever  killed 
15  any  one  by   accident   might   flee   thither,  and   should  not   die  by  the 
hand  of   the   avenger  of  blood,    until    he    appeared    before    the  Con- 
gregation. 

Biviticai  Ciika.' 

THEN   the  heads  of  the   families    of  the  Levites  approached  the  21,1 
priest    Eleazar,    and    Joshua    ben-Nun,    and    the    heads    of   the 
families  of  the  tribes  of  the   Israelites,    and  spoke  to  them  at  Shiloh  2 
in     the    land     of    Canaan    as    follows:     Jhvh     commanded     through 
Moses    that    cities   should   be   given    us   to   live   in,   and   the   pasture- 
lands    belonging    to    them    for    our   cattle.      Then   the  Israelites  gave  3 
25  to    the    Levites,   at    the   command   of  Jhvh,   out   of  their   inheritance 
these   cities   and   the   pasture-land   belonging   thereto.      The   lot  came  4 
out    for    the    clans   of    the    Kohathites:     the    Sons    of  Aaron,    the 
Priest,   +who   were*   of  the   Levites,   had  by  lot  thirteen^  cities  of  the 
tribes   of  Judah,   of   the  Simeonites,   and   of   Benjamin.      The    rest   of  5 


20,3  "inadvertently 

4  *he  shall  flee  to  one  of  those  cities,  and  shall  stand  at  the  door  of  the  gate 
of  the  city,  and  shall  state  his  case  before  the  Elders  of  that  city,  and  they 
shall  admit  him  into  the  city,  and  give  him  a  place  that  he  may  live  with  them. 

5  When  the  avenger  of  blood  pursues  him,  they  shall  not  deliver  the  homicide 
into   his   hand ;    for  he   killed  his  neighbor  inadvertently,   and    not   with   malice 

6»  aforethought ;  he  shall  live  in  that  city 

* 
6    'until  the  death  of  the  reigning  High-Priest,  then  the  homicide  may  again  enter 
his  city  and  his  house,  in  the  city  whence  he  fled 
* 
8  'at  Jericho  eastward 


21,5-32  — ^*e*ffi6s•  3**5"* -^SS^i***—  36 

21  the  Koliathites  liad  by  lot  'according  to  their»  clans  3  ten  cities 
■of^    the     tribes     of    Ephraim    and     Dan    and     of    the     half-tribe     of 

6  Manasseh.      The    Gershonites     had     by    lot   =according    to    their= 
clans3  thirteen  cities   cofi  the  tribes  of  Issachar,  Asher,  and  Naphtali, 

7  and  of  the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh  in   Bashan.     The   Merarites  had  5 
according   to   their  clans  twelve  cities  of  the  tribes  of  Reuben,   Gad, 

S  and    Zebulun.       The    Israelites    gave    by    lot    to    the    Levites    these 

cities   and   the    pasture-lands    belonging    thereto,    as   Jhvh    had   com- 

9  nianded  through   Moses.     Of  the  tribes  of  the  Judahites  and  Simeon- 

10  ites    they    gave    these    cities    which    are    mentioned    by    name.      The  10 
Aaronites     of    the    clans     of    the    Kohathitcs     of    the     Levites    had 

11  (for  theirs  was  the  first  lot)  *******  and  tlicv  gave 
tJicm  Kirjatli-arha  (*Ayba*  the   father  of  Anak),   that  is,  Hebron  in  the 

12  Hill-country  of  Judah,  and  the  pastiire-lands  round  about  it,  but  the 
fields  of  the  city  and  the  7'illages  belonging  thereto  they  g^'^'C  to   Caleb  15 

13  ben-Jeplnniiieh  as  his  possession.  To  the  Sons  of  Aaron,  tlie  Priest, 
the}'    ga\'e    Hebron,    the    city    of    refuge    for    the    homicide,    Libnah, 

14-16  Jattir,     Eshtemoa,     Holon,     Debir,    A^sha-n,''    Juttah,     Beth-shcmesh, 
w  ith    the    pasture-lands   belonging    thereto ;  —  nine  cities  of  these  ttuo 

17 .  iS  tribes ;     and    of    the    tribe    of    Benjamin:     Gibeon,    Geba,    Anathoth,  20 
A!mon,5    with    the     pasture-lands     belonging    thereto;  —  four    cities. 

19  All  the  cities  of  the  priests,  the  Aaronites,  were  thirteen  cities 
with  the  pasture-lands  belonging  thereto. 

20  The    clans    of  the    Kohathitcs,    the    Levites,   the    rest    of   the 

21  Kohathitcs,  had  the  cities  of  their  lot  from  the  tribe  of  Ephraim ;  and  25 
they    gave    them    Shechem,   the    city    of   refuge    for   the   homicide   in 

22  the  Hill-country   of  Ephraim,   Gezer,   Kibzaim,    Beth-horon,  with    the 

23  pasture-lands   belonging   thereto;  —  four  cities.     Of  the  tribe  of  Dan: 

24  Eltekeh,    Gibbethon,    Ajalon,    Gath-rimmon,    with    the    pasture-lands 

25  belonging    thereto; — four    cities.       Of    the    half-tribe    of    Manasseh  :  30 
Taanach''  and    Tbleam.,'  with    the    pasture-lands    belonging    thereto; 

26 — two    cities.       In    all,   ten    cities    with    the    pasture-lands    belonging 

27  thereto  for  the  remaining  clans  of  the  Kohathitcs.  Tlie  Ger- 
shonites, of  the  clans  of  the  Levites,  had  of  the  half-tribe  of 
Manasseh :    Golan,  the   city  of   refuge   for   the   homicide,    and   Beesh-  35 

28  terah,   with    the   pasture-lands   belonging    thereto ;  —  two    cities.      Out 

29  of   the    tribe    of    Issachar:     Kishon,    Dabareh,    Jarmuth,    En-gannim, 

30  with     the    pasture-lands    belonging    thereto;  —  four    cities.       Out    of 

31  the     tribe    of  Asher:     Mishal,    Abdon,    Helkath,    Rehob,    with     the 

32  pasture-lands     belonging     thereto; — four     cities.       And     out    of    the  40 
tribe    of    Naphtcdi :     Kedesh    in    Galilee,    the    city    of   refuge    for    the 


37  — i-f^e^Sss- 3«6^ua -isssj#3*<-^  21,33-22,4 

homicide,    Hammoth-dor,    Kartan,    with    the    pasture-lands    belonging  31 
thereto; — three   cities.      All   the   cities   of  the  Gershonites,  according  33 
to  their  clans,   were  thirteen    cities    with    the   pasture-lands   belonging 
thereto. 

5  The    rest    of  the    Levites,   the   clans    of  the   Merarites    had    of  34 

the  tribe  of  Zebulun  :  Jokneam,    Kartah,    R  immo  nah,*  Nahalal,  with  35 
the    pasture-lands    belonging    thereto;  —  four    cities.       -Of    the    tribe  36 
of   Reuben :    Bezer,    in    the   Wilderness,    the    cit)'    of   refuge   for    the 
homicide,    Jahazah,    Kedemoth,    Mephaath,    with     the     pasture-lands  37 

10  belonging    thereto; — four    cities*. ^      Of   the    tribe    of   Gad:    Ramoth  38 
in  Gilead,   the  city  of  refuge  for  the  homicide,    Mahanaim,    Heshbon,  39 
Jazer,     with     the     pasture-lands     belonging     thereto; — -in     all     four 
cities.      *These    are*    all    the    cities    tthat    were    given*    according    to  40 
their    clans    to    the    Merarites    who    remained    of    the    clans    of    the 

15  Levites ;    their    lot    \vas   twelve   cities.      All    the   cities    of  the   Levites  41 
within    the    possession    of  the  Israelites    were    forty-eight   cities    with 
the    pasture-lands    belonging    thereto.       Each     of    those     cities     had  42 
pasture-lands  about  it;    so  it  was  for  all  those  cities. 


J 


Concfuitng  ^uinmarj. 

20     I  HVH    gave   to   Israel    all  the   land    which   He   had  sworn  to  give  43 
to  their  fathers ;    they   took    possession    of   it,   and    settled    in    it. 
Jhvh    gave    them    rest    round  about,  just    as    He    had    sworn    to  44 
their  fathers ;    of  all  their  enemies  not  a   man    was   able  to  hold  his 
own    against    them:    Jhvh    gave    all    their    enemies    into    their   hand. 
25  Nothing    failed    of  all    good   things   that    Jhvh    had  promised  to  the  45 
House  of  Israel ;    everything  was  fulfilled. 


(Kcfurn  of  fge  Zno  Zvi&ie  anb  of  t9,i  '§aif-tvi&i.' 

* 

THEN    Joshua   called    the   Reubenites,  and   the  Gadites,  and   the  23,1 
half-Z/v/v    of   Manasseh,    and    said    to    them :    Ye    have    kept    all  2 
30  that    Moses,  the    Servant    of   Jhvh,   commanded    you,    and    ye    have 
hearkened  to  my  voice  in  all  that  I  have  commanded  you ;   ye  have  3 
not    abandoned    your   brethren    all    this   time    until    this   day,  and    ye 
have  been  careful  to  observe  the  commandment  of  your  God,  Jhvh. 
Your  God,  Jhvh,  has  now  given  rest  to  your  brethren,  as  He  said  4 


22  to    them ;     depart    then,    and     go    to    your    tents,    to    tlie    land    of 
voiir   possession,    which    Moses,    the    Servant     of    Jhvh,    gave    you, 

5  beyond    the    Jordan.      Only    be    exceedingly    careful    to    observe    the 
commandment    and    the    Law,   which    Moses,   the    Servant    of  Jhvh, 
commanded    you,   to    love    your   God,    Jhvh,  and   to   follow    all    His  5 
ways,  and    keep    His    commandments,    and    cleave    to    Him,  and    to 

6  serve  Him  with  all  your  heart,  and  with  all  your  soul.  Then 
Joshua  blessed  them,  and  sent  them  away;  and  they  went  to  their 
tents. 

7  To    the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh  Moses  had  given  *an  inheritance*  10 
/;/  Baslian ;   to  the  mother*  half  Joshua  gave  *an  inheritance"  with  their 
brethren  beyond  the  Jordan  westward. 

8  c>   When  Josluia  sent  thciii  away  to  their  tents  and  blessed  then/  o 
<thej'>  return  <ed''  to  <thei>r^  tents    ivith    much    ivealth    and  very    much 
catde,    silver   and   gold,    bronze    and  iron,    and   great    abundance    of  15 
raiment,     and    divide-d'''    the    spod    of    <thei'r'    enemies    loith    -thei-r'' 
brethren. 

Jlffar  of  {%t  Zreo  ZxiUa  ani  of  iU  l^aff-fnBe.' 

9  -T^HE  Reubenites,   and  the  Gadites,  and  the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh 

V    returned,   and   departed  from  the    Israelites  from*  Shiloh,"*  in   the  20 
land    of   Canaan,    to    go    to    the    land    of   Gilead,    the    land    of   their 
possession,    whereof  they    had    been    given    possession    according    to 

10  Jhvh's  commandment  through  Moses.  When  they  came  to  the 
regions  of  the  Jordan,  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  the  Reubenites,  and 
the    Gadites,    and   the    half-tribe    of  Manasseh    built    there    an     altar  25 

11  near  the  Jordan,  a  great,  conspicuous  altar.  Word  was  brought 
to  the  Israelites :  Behold  the  Reubenites,  and  the  Gadites,  and 
the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh  have  built  an  altar  opposite  5  the  land  of 
Canaan    in     the    regions    of    the    Jordan    beyond     the    land    of    the 

12  Israelites.     When  the  Israelites  heard  -that*,  the  whole  Congregation  30 
of  the    Israelites    gathered    themselves    together   at  Shiloh    to  march 

13  against  them.  The  Israelites  sent  to  the  Reubenites,  and  to  the 
Gadites,   and  to    the   halfrtribe  of  Manasseh,    to   the    land   of   Gilead, 

14  the  priest  Phinehas  ben-Eleazar,  with  ten  princes,  one  prince  of  a 
family  for  each  of  the  tribes  of  AVestern»   Israel;  each  man  was  the  35 

15  head  of  a  famil_\-  among  the  thousands  of  Israel.  They  came  to 
the  Reubenites,  and  to  the  Gadites,  and  to  the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh, 

16  to  the  land  of  Gilead,  and  said  to  them :  The  whole  Congregation 
of  |nvH  sends  this-  message:*  What  is  this  breach  of  faith  which 
ve   have  committed   against   the   God   of   Israel    in    turning    awa>-   this  40 


39  — **e^mis- ^oe^ua  •^m^»i'<^-  22,17-29 

day  from   Jhvh    to   build   for  yourselves   an   altar,  and   to    rebel    this  22 
day    against    Jhvh?    Was    the    iniquity    of    Peor''    too    little    for    us,  17 
from    which    we    have   not   cleansed   ourselves   even    to  this  day,   and 
♦on    account    of  which*  the   plague   came   upon    the  Congregation  of 
5  Jhvh?     Yet    ye    will    turn    away    this    day    from     Jhvh,    and    if    ye  18 
rebel    against    Jhvh    to-day,   to-morrow    there   will    be   wrath   against 
the    whole  Congregation    of   Israel.      Moreover,  if  the   land   of  your  19 
possession  be  unclean,   pass  over   to    the   land    of  Jhvh's  possession, 
where    the    Dwelling    of  Jhvh    stands,   and    receive    a    possession    in 

10  the    midst    of   us,   but    do    not    rebel   either   against   Jhvh   or  against 
us,    by    building    for    yourselves    an    altar    other    than    the    altar    of 
our  God,  Jhvh.      Was    not  Achan   ben-Zerah    guilty  of  a  breach  of  20 
faith?    yet   wrath    fell    upon    the    whole  Congregation    of   Israel,  and 
not  he  alone  perished  in  his  iniquity. 

15  The   Reubenites,  and  the  Gadites,  and  tlic  half-tribe  of  RIaiiassch  21 

answered  the   heads  of   the   thousands  of   Israel :    el   elohim    Jhvh,  22 
EL   ELOHIM   Jhvh,^  He   knows   and    Israel    shall    know:    if  *we  acted* 
in    rebellion    or    unfaithfulness    against    Jhvh   (do    not    spare    us    this 
day!)    in    building    for    ourselves    an    altar    to    turn    from    following  23 

20  Jhvh,    or    to    offer    up    thereon    burnt-offerings,    or    cereal    offerings, 
or  peace-offerings,   let  Jhvh    Himself  require  it.      We  have   not   done  24 
this  save  from    fear   of  what   might   happen,    thinking    that    hereafter 
your  sons  might  say  to  our  sons:    What   have  ye   to  do  with  Jhvh, 
the  God    of   Israel,   seeing    that   Jhvh    has    put  a  barrier  between   us  25 

25  and  you,  ye   Reubenites   and   Gadites,   namely,  the   Jordan;    ye   have 
no   portion   in   Jhvh  ;    and   your   sons  cause  our  sons   to   cease  from 
fearing   Jhvh.      So   we   said:    Let    us    make   for   ourselves     *      *      *'  26 
by    building    the    altar    neither    for  burnt-offering    nor    for    sacrifice ; 
but    it    shall    be  a  witness    between    us,  and    between   our   sons,  and  27 

30  between    our    descendants,    that    we    are    to    perform    the    service    of 
Jhvh  before   Him  with  our  burnt-offerings,  and  sacrifices,  and  peace- 
offerings,  and    that  your   sons   shall    not  say   hereafter   to   our   sons : 
Ye   have  no   portion   in   Jhvh.      When  they  speak   thus  hereafter   to  2S 
us     and     to     our    descendants,    we    thought    to    say :      Behold    the 

35  fashion    of   the    altar    of   Jhvh    which    our    fathers    made    neither   for 
burnt-offering   nor  for   sacrifice ;    but  it  is  a  witness   between    us   and 
you ;    far  be  it  from  us  to  rebel  against  Jhvh,  and  to  turn  this  day  29 
from    Jhvh    by    building   an   altar  for  burnt-offering,   or  cereal   offer- 
ing, or  sacrifice,  other  than  the  altar  of  our  God,  Jhvh,  which  *stands* 

40  before   His   Dwelling. 


22,30-23,9  — **eg^S(- 3o«6i<a -!S*»|!3*« —  40 

22, yi  When    the    priest   Phinehas    and    the    Princes    of   the    Congrega- 

tion" heard  the  words  that  were  spoken  by  the  Reubenites  and 
31  the  Gadites  and  the  MaiiassiUs,  they  were  satisfied.  The  priest, 
Phinehas  ben-Eleazar,  said  to  the  Reubenites  and  the  Gadites  and 
the  Manassitcs:  To-day  we  know  that  JiiVH  is  in  the  midst  of  us,  5 
because  ye  have  not  been  guilty  of  tiiis  breach  of  faith  against 
JiiVH;  now  have  ye  dehvered  the  Israehtes  out  of  the  hand  of  Jhvh.'" 

33  Then  the  priest  Phinehas  ben-Eleazar  and  the  Princes  returned 
from  the  Reubenites  and  the  Gadites,  from  the  land  of  Gilead  to 
the  land  of  Canaan,  to  the  Israelites,  and  brought  them  word  again.  10 

Z2,  The  Israelites  were  satisfied,  and  blessed  God,  and  spoke  no  ♦more* 
of    marching    against    them     to    lay    waste    the    land    inhabited    by 

34  the  Reubenites  and  Gadites.  The  Reubenites  and  the  Gadites 
called  the  altar  cGalj<'ed>"  ♦saying*:  It  shall  be  a  witness  between 
us  that   Jhvh  is  God.  15 


^oe^ua'e  ^ivst  farcrocff. 

23,1      AFTER  a  long    time,  when  Jhvh    had   given    rest    to   Israel   from 
l\  all    their    enemies     round     about,    and     Joshua    was    old    and 

2  advanced    in    }-ears,    he    called    all    Israel    with    their    elders,    heads, 
judges,  and  officers,  and  said  to  them  :      I  am  old  and  advanced   in  20 

3  years,    and   ye    have    seen    all    that    your    God,    Jhvh,    has    done    to 
all    those    nations,    ♦in    overthrowing    them*    at    your    approach ;    for 

4  your  God,  Jhvh,   He   has    fought    for    you.      Behold.  I   have  allotted 
to  you  those   nations   that   remain  as  an  inheritance  for  your  tribes: 
from    the    Jordan     *     *     with    all    the    nations    that    I    have     extir-  25 
pated     *      *     <as  far  as>  the   Great  Sea  in  the  West  <shall  be  your 

5  territory^.'     Your  God,  Jhvh,  He  shall  drive  them  out,  and  dispossess 
them  to  make  room   for   you;    ye   shall    possess    their   land   as   \'our 

6  God,    Jhvh,    told   you.      Be   very   firm   faithfully   to    observe   all    that 

is  written  in  the    Book    of  the    Law   of  Moses,   lest  ye  turn   from   it  30 

7  to  the  right  hand  or  to  the  left,   or  go  among    these    nations,  these 
that  are  left  with  you;   or  mention  the  name  of  their  gods  or  swear 

8  by   them,    or   serve   them    or    bow   down   to    them ;    ye    must    cleave 

9  to   >our   God,   Jhvh,   as   ye    have    done    down    to   this    day.     Jhvh 


22,30  "that  is,  the  heads  of  the  thousands  of  Israel  who  were  with  hir 


41  — .*e#683s- ^oe^MO  •*a«^<-« —  23,10-24,4 

has  dispossessed,  to  make  room  for  you,  nations  great  and  powerful,  23 
and    as   for   yourselves,    not    a   man    has    held    his    own    against   you 
until   this   day.      One   man    of  you    chased   a   thousand ;    it   was   your  10 
God,    Jhvh,    who    fought    for    you,    as    He    told    you.     Take    good  ir 
5  care    therefore    to    love    your    God,    Jhvh.      But    if   ye    in    any    wise  12 
turn,    and    ally  yourselves  with  the  remnant  of   these    nations,   those 
that    are    left    with    you,    and    make    marriages   with   them,   and   mix 
with  them,   and  they  with  you,  ye  will  surely  learn  that  your  God,  13 
Jhvh,    will    no    more    dispossess    those    nations    in    your    favor,    and 

10  they  will    become   to   you   a   snare,    a   trap,    and    a   scourge    to    your 
sides,   and    thorns    in    your   eyes,   until    ye    are    extirpated    from    this 
good   land   which   your   God,    Jhvh,    has    given    you.      Behold    I    go  14 
to-day  the  way  of  all   the   earth,   and   ye    know   with   all   your   heart 
and  soul  that  not  one  thing  has  failed  of  all  the  good  things  which 

15  your  God,  Jhvh,  spoke  concerning  you;  they  have  all  been  fulfilled 
for  you :  not  one   of  them   has  failed.      And  as   all    the   good   things  15 
have    come    to    you    that   your    God,    Jhvh,    promised    you,    so    will 
Jhvh    bring   upon   you    all    the    evil    things,    until    He    extirpate    you 
from   this  good  land   which   your   God,   Jhvh,  has  given  you  ;    when  16 

20  ye   transgress   the   covenant   with   Jhvh    which    He  commanded   you, 
by  going  to  worship  and  bow   down  to  other  gods.  <"'> 


JOSHUA  gathered  all  the  tribes  of  Israel  to  Shechem,'  and  called  24,1 
the    elders,    heads,    judges,     and    officers     of    Israel,     and     the\' 

25  presented    themselves    before    God.=     Then    Joshua    said    to    all  2 

the    people:     Thus    says    the    God     of    Israel,    Jhvh  :     Your    fathers 
lived    of    old    beyond    the    river    tEuphrates*,    Tcrali,    the   father   of 
AbraJiain    and  Nahor,  and    worshiped     other    gods.^       I    took    )-our  3 
father    Abraham    from    beyond    the    river   -Euphrates*,    and    led    him 

30  throughout    all    the    land    of   Canaan,   and    I   increased    his   progeny, 
and    gave    him    Isaac.       I    gave    Jacob    and    Esau    to    Isaac ;     and  4 
I    gave    Mount    Seir    to    Esau    to    possess    it,    while    Jacob    and    his 


23,  16  -then  will  the  anger  of  Jhvh  be  hot  against  you,  and  ye  will  be  speedily  extir- 
pated from  the  good  land  which  He  has  given  you 


24.5-20  —t-ifs^msf  ^oe^ua  ■iiSi^a*''^-  42 

24,5  sons    went     down    to    Eg^ypt.''     I    sent     Moses    and    Aaron,    and     I 
plagued  Egypt  -with  portents- '  which  I  did  in  the  midst  of  them,  and 

6  afterward  I  brought  you  out.      /  brouglit  out  your  fathers  from  Egypt, 
and  ye  came  to  the  sea,  and  the  Egyptians  pursued  yowr fathers,  with 

7  chariots"'  and  liorsemen  to  the  Red  Sea,  and  they  cried  to  Jhvh,  and  5 
He    put    darkness    between    you    and    the    Egyptians.      He    brought 
the    sea    upon    them,    and    covered    them,    and    your  eyes   saw   what 

S  He    did    in    Egypt.      Ye    Hved    a    long    time    in    the   Wilderness.      I 
brought    you    to    the    land    of   the    Amorites    who    lived    beyond    the 
Jordan,    and    they   fought   against   you,    and    I    gave   them   into   your  10 
hand ;    ye  took  possession  of  their  land,  while  I   destroyed   them   to 

9  make   room  for  you.     Then    the   King   of  Moab,    Balak   ben-Zippor, 
undertook   to   make  war^  upon    Israel,   and   called   Balaam    ben-Beor 

10  to   curse   you.      But  I   would   not   listen   to   Balaam,  and   he   had    to 

11  bless  you,  and    I   delivered  you  out   of    his    hand.     Then  ye   passed  15 
over   the    Jordan,    and    came    to    Jericho,    and    the    mcn^   of  Jericho 
fought'    against    you,    the    Amorites,    Perizzites,    Canaanites,    Hittites, 
Girgashites,  Hivites,  and  Jebusites,  but  I  gave  them  into  your  hand. 

12  I  sent  before  you  the  hornets,'"  they  drove  out  before  you  the  tw<elve>" 
kings    of  the   Amorites,    neither  by   your   sword    nor    by  your  bow.  20 

13  I  gave  you  a  land  for  which  ye  had  not  labored,  and  cities  which 
ye  had  not  built;  ye  settled  in   them;  ye  ate  of  vineyards  and  oli\-e 

14  yards  which  yc  had  not  planted."  Now,  therefore,  fear  Jhvh, 
and  worship  Him  loyally  and  faithfully;  put  away '3  the  gods  which 
your     fathers     worshiped     beyond     the     river    ^Euphrates*     and    in  25 

15  Egypt;  worship  Jhvh!  If  ye  are  not  willing  to  worship  Jhvh, 
choose  this  day  whom  ye  will  worship,  whether  the  gods  your 
fathers  worshiped  who  dived*  beyond  the  river  *Euphrates.,  or 
the  gods  of  the  Amorites  in  whose  land  ye  live ;  but  as  for  me 
and    m_\'    House,   we   will   worship   Jh\'h.  30 

16  The    people    answered :     Far    be    it    from    us    to    forsake    Jhvh 

17  to  worship  other  gods.  Jhvh  is  our  God,  it  was  He  who  brought 
up  ounselves  and  our  fathers  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt  where  we 
were  bondmen,  and  who  did  those  great  signs  before  our  -very- 
eyes,  and    kept   us   all   the   way   wherever   we   went,    and    among   all  35 

iS  the  peoples  through  the  midst  of  whom  we  passed.  Jhvh  drove 
out    before   us   all  the  peop/es  and  the   Amorites   who    inhabited    the 

19  land.  We,  too,  will  worship  Jhvh,  for  He  is  our  God.  Joshua 
said  to  the  people:  Ye  cannot  worship  Jhvh  ;  He  is  a  holy  God; 
He  is   a  jealous  God ;    He   will    not   forgive   your   transgression    and  40 

20  your    sins.      If   ye     forsake     Jhvh,    and    worship    strange    gods.    He 


43  ^«4«3|*sSs- 3*^^"*  ■*^**^^**"~  24,21-33 

will  turn,  and  do  evil  to  you,  and  consume  you,  after  He  has  24 
done  you  good.  But  the  people  said  to  Joshua:  Not  so,  we  will  21 
worship  Jhvh.  Then  Joshua  said  to  the  people:  Ye  are  witnesses  22 
against  yourselves,  that  ye  yourselves  have  chosen  Jhvh  to  worship 
5  Him.<">  Now,  therefore,  put  away  the  strange  gods  who  are  among  23 
you,  and  give  your  heart  to  Jhvh,  the  God  of  Israel.  The  people  24 
said  to  Joshua:  We  will  worship  our  God,  Jhvh  ;   Him  will  we  obey. 

Then   Joshua   made   a    covenant    on    behalf   of   the    people    that  25 
day,    establishing    statutes    and     ordinances    for    them    at    Shechem. 

\o  Joshua    iL'rotc   titisc  loords  in    the   Book   of  tlic   Lcnu   of   Got/,'*    took    a  26 
great    stone,    and   set    it    up    there    under    the    Oak    that  was    in  the 
sanctuary    of    Jhvh.     Joshua    said    to    all    the    people:     This     stone  27 
shall   bear   witness   against    us,   it   has    heard   all    the   words    of  Jhvh 
which    He    spoke    with    us,    and   it    shall    bear    witness    against    you, 

15  lest    ye    deny   your   God.      Then  '^    Joshua    dismissed    the    people    to  28 
their  several  possessions. 

©eafg  of  3o80ua. 

AFTER  these  things   Joshua  ben-Nun,   fhc-  Scri'ant  of  jHi'H,   died  29 
I-  at  the  age  of  a  hundred  and  ten    years ;   and  they  buried  him  30 
20  within  the  bounds  of  his  estate,  at  Timnath-serali '*  in  the  Highlands 
of  Ephraim,   north  of  Mount  Gaash. 

®aj0  of  (6e  ^urptmng  (EfJere. 

ISRAEL  worshiped  Jhvh  all  the  days  of  Joshua  and  all  the  days  31 
of  the   Elders  who  outlived  Joshua,  and  who  knew  all  the  works 
25  of  Jhvh  that   He  had  done  for  Israel. 

Q0onC0  of  ^oecpB. 

THE    bones    of  Joseph'"    which    the    Israelites    had    brought    up  32 
from    Egypt    they    buried    in    Shechem     in    the    portion    of    the 
field  which  Jacob  had  bought'^  for  a  hundred  pieces  of  silver, '^  from 
30  the   Sons   of  Hamor,   the   father   of  Shechem,  and  which  *Jacob  had 
given*  to  <>  Joseph  as  his  portion.'" 

©cafB  of  Sfcajar.^' 

ELEAZAR    ben-Aaron    died,    and   they  buried"   him   in   Gibeah,  33 
♦the  city-   of  his  son   Phinehas,   which  had  been   given    to    him 
35  in  the   Hill-country  of  Ephraim. 


24,22  "they  said:  'we  are*  witnesses 


(jflokB  on  ^oB^na 


'•  .AX-  ■ ; 


-'■/'In  :.-^*^''^SMUCH    as    the   Book   of  Joshua    is  an    integral    part   of   the 
^"'  /f\  "^^  Hexateuch    (/.  c.   Pentateuch  +  Joshua),    the   reader  is   referred   for 
V    A    ^^'       information  as  to  date,  authorship,  and  composition  to   the   Intro- 
i;        "-  '^'i.^f^*      ductions  to  the  previous  books. 

'       .^V-V;'  't-^  By  way  of  brief  recapitulation,   the  process  of  composition  of 

M    <«>.    'E    ^^^  Hexateuch  may  be  described  as  follows.     Two  parallel  works, 
J     A     i      '''-•  the  Judaic  document  (J)  and   the  Ephraimi/ic  document  (E), 
°"      ■      were   compiled   between   850   and   650  b.  C;    these   were   afterward 
10  combined   into   a   single   work    (JE)    by    redactors   or   editors   (RJ^).      The   first 
edition  of  Deuteronomy  (D)  was  promulgated  under  Josiah  in  621   B.C.,  having 
been   composed   shortly   before.      This   work    was    afterward    supplemented   and 
combined   with  JE,  by   editors  writing,  at  various   times,  in   the  style  and  sjiirit 
of  Deuteronomy   and   denoted   by   the   symbol    HP   (cf.   below,  note   i  on   c.  i). 
15  The   result  of  this  second  combination   was  a  still   more  composite  work  desig- 
nated as  JED. 

A  fourth  work,  parallel  to  J  and  E,  but  mainly  devoted  to  Ritual  Legisla- 
tion, was  compiled,  by  Priestly  Writers,  in  successive  stages  in  Babylonia  during 
and  after  the  Exile,  and  is  known  as  the  Priestly  Code  (P),  including  P*  as  a 
20  later  stratum.  Tliis  was  combined  with  JED  by  priestly  redactors  (R'")  about 
440-400  B.C.  The  result  of  this  last  combination  was  the  complete  Hexateuch, 
from  which  the  portion  now  known  as  the  Book  of  Joshua  was  separated, 
either  at  that  time  or  somewhat  later,  in  order  to  emphasize  the  Mosaic  author- 
ship of  the  Law ;  or,  perhaps,  the  Joshua  sections  of  JED  and  P  were 
25  separated  from  the  preceding  sections  before  the  latter  were  combined  to  form 
the  Pentateuch. 


Three  points  should  be  noticed  as  peculiar  to  the  Book  of  Joshua :  — 
{a)  Whereas   the  Pentateuch  under   the  title   of  the   Torah   became  the  first 
Canon   of   the   Hebrew   Scriptures,  the   Book    of   Joshua    was    relegated    to   the 

30  second  ( Prophetical )  stratum  of  the  Hebrew  Canon.  Hence  the  history-  of  its 
text  is  different  from  that  of  the  Pentateuch.  Not  being  part  of  the  authorita- 
tive Code  of  Judaism,  it  was  not  subject  to  the  emendations  and  modifications 
necessarily  made  in  such  a  code ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  was  more  liable 
to  unauthoritative  alterations,  and  would  be  likely  to  suffer  more  from  careless 

35  copying.  Further,  the  Septuagint  translation  of  Joshua  is  by  other  hands  than 
that  of  the  Pentateuch. 


— ^^^tsje-  Qtofce  on  ^oe^ua  -sssi^BW^—  45 

{6)  In  combining  JE  and  D,  R°  made  comparatively  few  alterations  in  the 
JE  narratives  of  the  period  before  the  death  of  Moses,  but  dealt  ver>-  freely 
with  the  JE  sections  relating  to  the  Conquest. 

(f)  In  the  Pentateuch,  P  is  used  as  a  framework;  in  Joshua,  JED  (see 
above,  p.  44,  1.  16).  5 

^outcce  of  f6e  (^ooft. 

The  JE  sections  relating  to  the  Conquest  constitute  a  special  difficulty  in 
the  literary  analysis  of  Joshua.  P  and  the  original  matter  of  R^  and  Rp  can  be 
distinguished  with  comparative  certainty.  But  J  and  E  are  similar  in  character 
and  subject,  and  were  somewhat  carefully  combined  by  RJ^;  hence  the  separa-  10 
tion  of  J  and  E  is  always  difficult.  In  Joshua,  however,  the  difficulty  has  been 
increased  by  R°,  who  have  further  harmonized  their  materials.  The  problem 
with  regard  to  the  analysis  of  J  and  E  in  Joshua  may  be  stated  as  follows  :  — 

(i)  The  whole  book  has  passed  through  the  hands  of  R^,  and  the  JE 
sections  through  the  hands  of  RJ^  and  R''.  These  Redactors  use  phrases  &c.  15 
of  J  and  E  in  their  redactional  work,  and  in  the  small  fragments  the  style  of 
different  hands  carujot  be  always  distinguished.  Hence  the  reference  of  a 
passage  to  J,  E,  or  JE  does  not  exclude  the  presence  of  neutral  material 
introduced  by  RJ^,  R",  or  even  R"".  Such  passages,  however,  remain  substan- 
tially in  their  earlier  form.  20 

(ii)  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  Redactors  had  these  earlier  sources  before 
them,  the  reference  of  a  passage  to  RJ^,  R°  or  R^  does  not  exclude  the 
possibility  of  its  being  based  on  earlier  material,  or  the  use  in  it  of  JE  phrases. 
Such  passages,  however,  have  been  so  completely  recast  by  the  Redactors  that 
they  rest  simply  on  their  authority;  c/.  22,9-34.  25 

(iii)  In  JE  n<}rratives  (as  distinguished  from  the  E  speech  in  c.  24)  two 
parallel  accounts  can  be  clearly  detected,  especially  in  cc.  3-9.  The  leading 
characteristics  also  of  each  story  can  be  pointed  out.  The  reference  in  the 
several  cases  of  the  one  story  to  J,  and  the  other  to  E,  is  also  fairly  estab- 
lished, though  not  yet  universally  accepted.  But  in  cc.  3-9  there  is  much  30 
neutral  material  which  might  be  equally  well  referred  to  either  of  the  two 
stories,  or  two  sources,  and  the  distribution  of  this  material  cannot  be  always 
made  with  entire  confidence.  These  remarks  apply  with  special  force  to  the 
separation  of  the  older  and  later  strata  of  J  and  E,  /.  e.  of  J'  from  y,  and  E' 
from  E'.  35 

(iv)  In  the  Account  of  the  Division  of  the  land  in  cc.  13-19.  fragments 
of  earlier  sources,  probably  of  JE,  are  entangled  in  the  P  sections.  Some  have 
been  pointed  out,  but  it  is  not  certain  whether  in  these  sections  we  have  a 
use  of  earlier  sources  by  P  itself,  or  a  combination  of  P  with  these  sources  by  Ri*. 

6rpfanatton  of  Cofore. 

In  the  foregoing  translation  these  sources  of  the  Book  of  Joshua  are  repre- 
sented by  colors  as  follows  :  — 

Dark  red  {e.g.  10,13)  is  used  for  Older  Strata  (about  850  b.  c. )  of  the 
Judaic  Document,  J  (see  above,  p.  44,  1.  S  and  cf.  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  48,  1.  24). 

Light  red  {e.g.  2,12-14)   is  employed   for   Later  Strata   (about   750-650  45 
B.C.)   of  J{Y). 

D.\rk  blue  {e.  g.  6,5)  represents  Older  Strata  (about  750  B.C.)  of  the 
Ephraimitic  Document,  E  (see  above,  p.  44,  1.  8). 

Light  blue  {e.  g.  1,1.2)  indicates  Later  Strata  (about  650  b.  c.  )  of  E  (E°). 

Purple,    the  combination   of  red  and   blue,   {e.  g.  2,1-9)  represents  the  50 
composite  document  JE  (about  630  n.  c. ),  that  is,  those  parts  of  the  Prophetical 


46  ^-**e§®Sf  (Jlotee  on  ^oe^ua  -jassiia**— 

Narrative  of  the  Hexateuch,  in  which  the  Judaic  Document  (J  )  and  the  Eph- 
rainiitic  Document  (E)  are  so  intimately  fused  that  they  cannot  be  separated 
by  literary  analysis.     Cf.  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  46,  11.  26 .  41 ;   p.  53,  1.  35. 

Green  (e.  ff.  1,3-9)  indicates  R''  (see  above,  p.  44,  1.  14),  that  is,  Dculer- 
5  onomistic  Expansions  (additions  written  in  the  spirit  of  Deuteronomy  about 
570-540  B.C.). 

Brown  [e.  g.  22,9-34)  is  used  for  P*  (see  above,  p.  44,  1.  19),  that  is. 
Later  Strata  (440-400  B.C.)  of  the  Priestly  Code  (P),  the  main  body  of  which 
(compiled  in  Babylonia  about  500  B.C.)  is  printed  on  a  white  background  with- 
10  out  any  additional  coloring  {e.  g.  5,  10-12). 

Orange  is  employed  for  the  fragment  5,13-15,  the  source  of  which  is 
unknown  ;  see  p.  62,  I.  24.  The  purple  border  around  this  section  indicates 
that  it  has  been  introduced  by  the  compiler  of  JE. 

Italics    indicate    the    latest    strata    of   the    respective    documents,    especially 
15  Redactional   Changes    or  Additions,    made   in   the   process   of    uniting    and   har- 
monizing  different  sources,   or   in   adjusting   the   narrative   to   the   point   of  view 
of  the   editors,  or  under  the  influence  of  a  parallel  passage ;    see  Judges,  p.  46, 

11.  48  ;    Leviticus,    p.  93,  !.  31  ;    p.  94,  11.  I  -7  ;    p.  95,  1.  53  ;    p.  96,  1.  3. 

Italics  on  uncolored  background  (e.  g.  5  ,  6.  7)  =  R""  (about  b.  c.  440-400; 
20  see  above,  p.  44,  1.  20). 

Italics  on  purple  background  (e.  g.  2,i7)  =  RJ^  (about  630  B.C.;  see 
above,  p.  44,  1.  10). 

Italics  on  green  background  (e.g.  ii  ,  21  .  22)  =redactional  adjustments  &c. 
of  R"^  (about  570-540  B.C.;   see  above,  1.  4). 
25  Italics    on    brown   background    (e.g.  22.io|  =  R''*    (about    440-400    B.C.; 

see  above,   1.  7). 

The  symbols  -  •■  [e.g.  7,  15.21.25)  indicate  Doublets  of  adjacent  words  (or 
clauses)    which    are   presumably   from   a   different   source,    although   we   have   no 
clue   as  to   which   document  either    should   be   referred  to  (cf.  note  21   on  c.  7, 
30  p.  66,  1.  22  ;   also  p.  64,  1.  iS). 

For   the   e.xplanation   of  the   other  critical  marks,  --,   ■>,  &c.,  see  above,  pp. 


v  and  vi. 


(pfacc  of  ^oo^wa  t"  f6c  '^i6tov2  of  ^evad. 

The   Book  of  Joshua  is  parallel  to  Jud.  i.     The  picture  drawn  of  the  Con- 

35  quest    by    these    two    authorities    is,    however,    quite   different.      In    Joshua   the 

conquest   is  effected  by  United  Israel  under  the   single   leadership  of  Joshua  in 

a  series    of   systematic   and    continuous   campaigns  ;    the   conquest   is   immediate 

and  complete.     In  Judges   the  conquest  is  a  gradual  process  ;  separate  portions 

of  the   country   are   conquered   by    independent   operations   of   individual   tribes. 

40  The  conquest  is  far  from  complete.     An  examination  of  Joshua  shows  that  the 

picture   of  an   inmiediate   and   thorough   subjection  of  the  whole  country  is  due 

to  the  interpretation   put  upon   the  history   by  R'',  and   that  the   earlier  sources 

of  Joshua  agree  with  Jud.  i  and  are  in  part  identical  with  it.     The  view  taken 

by  these  earlier  sources  is  historical ;   that  introduced   into  Joshua  by  R°,  and 

45  possibly  also  by   RJ^,  is  due  to  a  mistaken   theory  of  history,  as   are  also  the 

statements  of  R"^  and   P  about  the   observance  of  the   Law  of  Moses.     There 

are   no   trustworthy   data   in   OT  by  which   the   chronology  of  the  Conquest  can 


— »*^6€a!-  (Jlotce  on  ^oB^ua  ■«tm^c3*<- — 


47 


be  determined ;  nor  have  they  been  yet  furnished  by  Egyptian  or  Assyrian 
inscriptions.  The  Exodus  has  been  often  referred  to  the  reign  of  Merneptah 
(about  1300-1266  B.C.),  and  the  absence  of  any  reference  to  Egypt  in  the 
Books  of  Joshua  and  Judges  would  suit  the  period  of  weakness  through  which 
Egypt  passed  in  tlie  closing  years  of  the  Nineteenth  Dynasty  (1266 -1200  n.  c.  ). 
But  an  inscription  of  Merneptah  has  been  recently  discovered  which  mentions 
Israel  amongst  other  Palestinian  peoples  conquered  by  Merneptah  (c/.  note  11 
on  Ezek.  37),  so  that,  apparently,  the  Exodus  must  be  placed  earlier.  Some 
archeologists  have  identified  the  Khabiri,  who  appear  as  an  aggressive  power 
in  Palestine  in  the  time  of  Amenophis  IV.  { Ikh-en-atn ;  see  below,  p.  49,  1.  6), 
with  the  Hebrews  ;   but  this  view  is  precarious  ;   see  I.  27  and  p.  53,   1.  2S». 

.\\  any  rate,  our  early  information  agrees  with  the  Book  of  Joshua  in 
representing  Palestine  as  divided  up  among  a  number  of  small  city-states,  each 
with  its  own  king.  It  was  also  mostly  tributarj'  to  Egypt.  Compare  the  remarks 
on  the  Chronology  of  the  Book  of  Judges,  p.  45  of  the  Notes  on  Judges  ;  and, 
for  the  account  of  the  Conquest,   ibid.  p.  47,  1.  32. 

til  ef-ilmarna  tcAiHs.. 

The  famous  discovery-  of  cuneiform  tablets,  which  has  made  Tel  el-Amarna 
a  household  word  among   Bible  students,   was   made   in    18S7.     Many  of  the  dis- 


15 


AMENurms  III. 


.\.MENOI-HIS    IV. 


coveries   in   Egypt  and   Assyria  have   been   barren   of  any    results    immediately  20 
bearing    on    the    Sacred   Scriptures,    and    e.xperts    have   been    often   tempted    to 
soothe  popular  impatience   by   ingenious   but  erroneous  conjectures.     E\en  now, 
indeed,   we   are   probably   not   brought   face    to   face    with   the    actual   characters 
and    events   of  Hebrew    history-.      Lt.-Col.   Conder's   proposed   identification   of 
Ebed-tob,    king    of  Jerusalem,    with  Joshua's   Adoni-zedec   is    not    accepted    by  25 
other    scholars,    nor    has   the   theory    that    the    Hebrews    are    mentioned    under 
the    name    Khabiri    met    with    general    approval.      But    these    tablets    throw   a 
flood   of  light    on   Eg>'pt  and   Western   Asia,  and  especially   on  Palestine,  about 
1400  B.  c.;"   probably  some  time  before  the  Exodus  and  Conquest.     The  informa- 
tion obtained  from  this  wonderful  discovery  is  a  joint  contribution  of  Assyriology  30 
and  Egyptology. 

"  Cf.  Professor  J.\strow's  papers  on  Egypt  and  Palestine.  1400  B.C.  and  "The 
Men  of  Judah"  in  the  El-.\marna  Tablets  {Journal  of  Biblical  Literature,  vols. 
II.  12,  Boston,  1892-93). 


48 


-'•itjjcoai-  (Hotce  on  ^oe^ua  ■ 


Tel  el-Amarna,  about  iSo  miles  south  of  Cairo  by  river,  was  the  site  of  the 
palace  of  Amenophis  IV.,  the  son  and  successor  of  Amenophis  III.  The  latter 
seems  to  have  reigned  about  b.  c.  1414- 1379.  Amenophis  is  the  Greek  form 
of  the  Egyptian  name  Amen-hotep.  The  throne  name  of  this  king  was  Neb-nia't- 
5  Re'  (that  is,  Re  or  Ra,  the  Sungod,  is  the  Lord  of  Truth),  which  appears  in 
the  Amarna  Tablets  in  the  form  yibmuaria,  Niimm'iria,  &c.  (see  below,  p.  51, 
1.  6).°  He  seems  to  have  ascended  the  throne  in  his  sixteenth  year,  and  is 
said  to  have  been  a  mighty  himter  who  slew  more  than  a  hundred  lions  with 
his  own  hand  during  the  first  ten  years  of  his  reign.  Then  he  married  and 
10  apparently  relinquished  this  dangerous  sport.  His  only  campaign  was  against 
the  Ethiopians  in  his  fifth  regnal  year.  He  married  Gilukh^pa,  a  sister  of 
King  Dushratta  of  Milan  (see  below,  p.  49,  1.  34),  and  also  an  Egyptian  lady, 
Teie,  the  mother  of  Amenophis  IV.  (see  p.  50,  1.  9).  Numerous  temples 
were  erected  by  Amenophis  III.,  especially  at   Luxor  and   Karnak,  on  the  site 


15  of   Thebes,    the    ancient 

capital  of  Upper  Egypt. 

The    annexed   engraving 

represents  one  "  of  the  two 

famous  colossal  statues  of 
20  Amenophis    III.  on    the 

western  bank  of  the  Nile 

near  Thebes  (see  Ezckiel, 

p.  159).     It  is  the  more 

southern  of  the  two  stat- 
25  ues,  commonly  known  as 

the  Colossi  of  Meninon. 

The  other,  which  is  still 

more    mutilated,    is    thu 

celebrated   Vocal  Statue 
30  of     Memnon,     so-called 

because    for    about    two 

centuries,    at  the   begin- 
ning of  the  Christian  era, 

it     emitted     a     harplike 
35  sound    at    sunrise.'      At 

that  period  these  colossi 

were     looked     upon     as 

statues  of  Memnon  who 

commanded    the    Ethio- 
40  plan  allies  of  the  Trojans,  name         was 

Nefr-khepru-Re    (i.  e.  Noble  in  his  Manifestations  is  Re),   whicli  appears  in   the 

Amarna  Tablets    as     Napkhtiraria,    Nipkhiiriria,    &c.   (see   below,  p.  51,  1.  41). 

He    was    co-regent    during    the   last    years   of  his    father's    reign,    and    married 

the   Mitanian   princess    Tddukhepa,    a    niece   of  his   father's   wife    Giliikhepa    (see 
45  above,  1.  11).      In    the   picture  on  p.  47,  which   is   part   of  one  taken  from  the 

Egyptian    monuments,     he    is   represented    as    adoring    the    Sun,    whose    rays, 

ending    in    hands,    stretch   out  to    him,   to    .support    him    and    bestow    life    and 

strength.    Amenophis  IV.  was  a  fanatical '  reformer  who  endeavored  to  supersede 


and   the   musical    wonder    was    ex- 
plained   as    Memnon's    greeting  to 
his    mother,    Eos,    the    goddess    of 
morn.       The    sound     (which     was 
heard  no  more  after    the   colossus 
was  repaired  about  a.  d.  200)  may 
have  been   produced  by  the  influ- 
ence  of  the   heat  of   the  sun   sud- 
denly following  upon  the  cold  nights 
in   Egypt.     Similar   phe- 
nomena   have    been   ob- 
served     elsewhere :      at 
Karnak  and  Syene ;  east 
of    Damascus ;      in     tlie 
Pyrenees  ;   on  the  banks 
of  the  Orinoco,  &c. 

The    son    and    suc- 
cessor of  Amenophis  III., 
the  heretical  king  Amen- 
ophis   IV.   (later   Ikh-en- 
atn  ;     see  be- 
low, p.  49, 1.  6) 
reigned  about 
8.0.1383-1365. 
His        throne 


COLOSSrS   OF   MEMNON. 


"  Cf.   Notes  on  Isaiah,   p.  139,  1.  24. 

*The  original  height  of  this  statue  seems  to  have  been  nearly  70  feet. 

'Tacitus,   Ann.  2,61:   Memnonis  saxea   effigies,    ubi  radiis  soils  icia  est,    vocalem 
sonnm  reddens. 

'His  fanatic  character  is  apparent   in  his  portrait  (see  above.  !.  45). 


Qtofco  on  ^oe^ua  -ssjss^em-* —  49 

the  old  polytheistic  religion  of  Egypt  by  the  exclusive  worship  of  the  Sun. 
He  prohibited  the  cult  of  Amon  and  of  all  other  gods,  especially  those  of 
Thebes  ;  their  images  were  destroyed  and  their  names  erased  from  the  walls 
of  the  temples  and  other  public  buildings.  He  changed  his  own  name  Amen- 
ophis  ( Amen-hotep,  which  contains  the  name  of  the  god  Amon)  into  Jkh-en-  5 
atn  (K/iu-cn-aten,  Akh-en-aten),  that  is,  Spirit  of  the  Sun  (or  Splctidor  of  the 
Solar  Disk;  see  Isaiah,  p.  143).  He  left  the  residence  of  his  father,  Thebes, 
and  built,  half-way  between  Thebes  and  Memphis,  in  Middle  Egypt,  a  new 
magnificent  capital,  Khut-atn  (that  is.  Horizon  of  the  Sun),  the  site  of  which 
is  now  known  as  Tel  el-Amarna.  After  his  death,  however,  a  reaction  set  in :  10 
his  innovations  were  abolished,  his  name  erased  from  monuments,  and  the  new 
city  he  had  founded  was  destroyed. 


LEFT-H.\ND    EDGE   OF   CUNEIFORM    DISPATCH    OF   KING    DUSHR.\TTA. 

The   majority   of  the   cuneiform   dispatches   found   in   the   record-chamber  of 
the   royal   palace   at   Tel  el-Amarna   are   addressed   to   Amenophis  IV.  or  to  his 
ministers.     The  tablets,  numbering  over  300"  are   part  of   the   official  correspon-  15 
dence  of  this  king,   and  of  his  father,  with   the  kings  of  Babylonia   and  Assyria 
and   of   the    other    states    of   Western    Asia,    and    especially   with    the   Egyptian 
officials    and    subject-allies   in   Palestine.      A   remarkable   feature   of    this   corres- 
pondence is  that  the  letters  are  in  the  cuneiform  character,  and  in  the  Babylonian 
language."     It   thus   appears  that  Babylonian   was  the   language  of  diplomacy   in  20 
Western   Asia    and   Syria,   and   these    tablets   show  that    Egyptians    had    some 
acquaintance  even   with   Babylonian   mythology.      [One   of  the  tablets   (No.  240 
in   the   edition   of  the  Berlin    Museum)  contains  a  Babylonian   mythological  text, 
known  as  the  Adapa  Legend  ( cf.  Jastrow,   Religion  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria. 
Boston,   189S,  p.  544).     The  cuneiform   te.xt   of  this  legend  has   been   marked  by  25 
an  Egy-ptian   scribe  with  a  number  of  dots   in  black   ink.     Another   mythological 
text  (No.  82  in  the   edition   of  the  British  Museum  ;   cf.  ibid.  pi.  17)  refers  to  the 
goddess  of  the  nether  world,  the  consort  of  Nergal  (2  Kings  17,30),  and  to  her 
messenger  Namtar  (see  Jastrow,  op.  cit.,  pp.  570.  584).*     This  text  is   marked 
with  dots  in  red  ink.     The  practice  of  marking  short  clauses  or  sentences  with  30 
red  dots  was  common  in  Egypt. 

Several    of   the    cuneiform    dispatches    have    dockets    in     Egy'ptian    hieratic 
characters,  recording  the  date  of  their  arrival  in  Egypt,  the  name  of  the  sender, 
&c.     For   instance,    in    one    of    the    letters'   of    King    Dushratta    of    Mitan    (in 
northern   Mesopotamia,    on   the    eastern   bank   of    the   Euphrates,    north    of   the  35 
mouth   of  the   river   Bellas,  Arab.  el-Balikk)  to   Amenophis  IV.,  we  find,  on  the 


"One  of  the  letters  (No.  27  in  the  edition  of  the  Berlin  Museum)  Is  in  the  language 
of  Milan  (see  above,  1.  34)  ;  another  (No.  10)  in  the  language  of  Ar(api  or  rather  Ar:aya. 
that  is,  perhaps,  the  non-Semitic  name  oi  Alashia  {if.  below,  p.  50,  I.  15)  =  Cyprus  (ZA 
10,263);   No.  238  also  is  in  this  language. 

^The  texts  of  two  other  fragmentary  mythological  tablets  have  been  partially 
restored  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  Contributions  to  Assyriology,  vol.  4,  pp.  131-134. 

'No.  23  in  Hugo  Winckler,  The  Tel-el- Ainarna  Letters  (Berlin,  1896);  p.  19  in 
the  edition  of  the  Berlin  Museum  (Berlin  X .\.  Th.  233)  ;  cf.  W.  M.  Flinders  Petrie, 
Syria  and  E.^ypl,  from  the  Tel-el-Amarna  Letters  (London,  1898),  p.  36,   No.  12. 


50  — »*«#eai<-  (llotca  on  3°"^"'^  -ss^'es** — 

left-hand  edge  of  the  tablet,"  a  hieratic  note,  in  black  ink,  stating  that  this 
dispatcli  was  received  when  the  Egyptian  Court  resided  in  the  Southern  capital 
(Thebes)    and    that    it    was   the   copy   of  a   Naharinian**    letter   which   the   ines- 


HIERATIC    NOTE  ON    CUNEIFORM    DISPATCH   OF    DUSHRATTA. 

sengers  had  brought.  In  the  same  way  a  letter'  of  Dushratta  to  Amenophis 
5  III.,  tlie  father  of  Amenophis  IV.,  contains,  at  the  end  of  the  reverse,  three 
lines  of  hieratic  writing,  much  defaced,  which  give  the  arrival  of  this  dispatch 
in  Egypt,  apparently  in  the  36'''  year  of  Amenophis  III.,  in  the  month  of 
Pharmuthi  (March- April).  Another  letter'  of  Dushratta  is  addressed  to  the 
widow  of  Amenophis  III.,  Queen  Teie,  and  on  the  lower  part  of  the  reverse 
10  are   two  lines  of  hieratic  writing,   much  defaced  ;    on   the  left-hand   edge  also   a 

few  hieratic  characters  are 
visible,  apparently  stating  that 
this  letter  was  For  the  Queen. 
One  of  the  letters"  from 
•  ^ i  H  IfiS  ^^^  \0*^  t  ?^  ^ ;      -^I'-ishia    ( Cyprus )    bears    on 

the  reverse  a  hieratic  docket 

in  black   ink  :     Letter  of  the 

Prince  of  Atashia.' 

HiERAiiL  .Nijii^  ...x  m^iATCH  FROM  ALASHiA.  The    plate     facing     p.    I 

20  represents     the     obverse     of 

one   of  the   largest  tablets   found    at   el-Amarna.     This   tablet   contains   a   letter' 

of    King  Dushratta    to  Amenophis  IV.     On  the   reverse  is  an   illegible  hieratic 

character  in  black  ink.     The  size  of  this  tablet,  which  is  preserved  in  the  Royal 

Museum,  Berlin,  is  45x26  cm  (lyfxioj  in.). —  P.  H.] 


\\\  b  i^±t^M 


25  The  tablets  fall  into  three  classes  : — 

(i)  Correspondence  between  Amenophis  III.  and  Amenophis  IV.  of  Egypt, 
on  the  one  hand,  and  Dushratta.  king  of  .Milan  ;  Kadashman-Bel,*  king  of  Baby- 

■SSsigSssC-— 

"See  the  cut  on  p.  49.     The  size  of  this  tablet  is  26  .x  15  cm  (ioJx6  in.). 

*  Naharina  =  Syria  on  the  Eufihrates  (see  Judges,  p.  57,  1.  14),  i.  e.  the  Lowland  of 
Northern  Syria  on  both  sides  of  the  Euphrates,  west  of  the  river  Habor  (2  Kings  17,6; 
18  ,  II  ;  I  Clir.  5  ,  26;  Arab.  el-Kltabfir).  It  is  not  Mesopotamia  but  Parapotamia  (Strabo 
16.7.53)- 

'No.  20  in  WiNCKLER's  translation:  No.  10  (pi.  23)  in  the  edition  of  the  British 
Museum;    Petrie,  No.  8.     Size  of  tablet :   3i'5X2l|  in. 

'No.  22  in  Winckler's  translation;  No.  11  (pi.  9)  in  the  edition  of  the  British 
Museum;   Petrie,  No.  9.     Size  of  tablet:  5JX3}  in. 

•No.  29  in  Winckler's  translation;  No.  12  in  the  edition  of  the  Berlin  Museum; 
Petrie,  No.  29.  The  original  is  preserved  in  the  Egyptian  Museum  of  Gizeh.  Tlie 
size  of  this  tablet  is  i2xS  cm  (45x3^"^  in.).     For  Atashia  cf  Elishali,  Ezek.  27,7. 

'See  also  Nos.  5.  9.  131 .  158  .  163. 187  .  213  .  220.  254  .  255  in  Winckler's  transla- 
tion, =Nos.  17.6  (Hieratic  docket,  in  red  ink,  on  the  upper  edge) .  160.  94  .  112 .  167. 
122.  131  .  136.  139  in  the  edition  of  the  Berlin  Museum. 

"No.  21  in  Winckler's  translation;  No.  24  in  the  edition  of  the  Berlin  Museum 
(see  ibid.  pi.  ii);   Petrie,  No.  11. 

*It  has  been  recently  shown  that  we  must  read  Kadashman-Bet  instead  oi  Kulliiiia- 
Sin.    See  Johns  Hopkins  Contributions  to  Assyriology,  vol.  4.  P-  n^,  1.  27. 


—'^■^m!^  (JlloUe  on  ^oe^ua  -ss^ —  51 

Ionia ;  and  the  kings  of  the  Hittites,  and  of  Alasliia,  on  the  other.  The 
letters  of  Dushratta  and  Kadashman-Bel  show  that  the  Egyptian  Icings  of  the  18* 
dynasty  frequently  intermarried  with  the  royal  house  of  Milan,  and  less  often 
with  that  of  iJ^itiylon.  One  letter,  from  which  we  give  extracts."  strikingly 
illustrates  the  relations  of  these  great  powers  of  1400  B.  c.  This  letter  is  from  5 
IVidinuaria  ( Anienophis  III.)  to  Kadashman-Bel.  In  a  previous  letter  Nih»iiiiiria 
had  asked  for  Kadashman-Bel's  daughter  in  marriage  ;  and  Kadashman-Bel,  in 
his  reply,  had  demurred,  because  he  was  doubtful  about  the  treatment  of  his 
sister,  who  had  been  previously  sent  to  Egypt.     The  letter  opens :  — 

To  Kadashman-Bel,  King  of  Karduniash,  my  brother,  from  Nibmuaria,  the  great  10 
King,  the  King  of  Egypt,  your  brother.  I  am  well,  may  you  be  well ;  with  your 
house,  your  wives,  your  sons,  your  chief  men,  your  horses,  your  chariots,  and  your 
lands,  may  it  be  very  well.  I  am  well ;  with  my  house,  my  wives,  my  sons,  my 
chief  men,  my  horses,  my  chariots,  my  people,  it  is  very  well ;  and  with  my  lands  it 
is  very  well.  15 

Verily,  I  have  heard  the  communication,  which  you  have  written  me,  namely  : 

"You  wish,  indeed,  my  daughter  to  wife,  although  my  sister,  whom  my  father 
gave  you,  is  there  with  you,  and  no  one  has  seen  her  as  yet,  whether  she  is  alive, 
or  whether  she  is  dead." 

These  are  your  words,  which  you,  in  your  letter,  have  written  me.     But  you  have  20 
never  sent   a  kamirii,  ^  who  knows:      our  sister,  who  could  have  conversed  with,  and 
could    have   recognized   her,    and   could   have  spoken   with   her.      The    people,    whom 
you  sent  .  .  .  there  is  not  one  among  them,  who  stood  near  (?)  your  father. 

And  when  you  write : 

"Even  if  you  connnand  my  messengers  and  your  wives,  that  they  should  all  25 
come  together  in  open  session,  in  your  presence,  and  even  if  you  (Pliaraoh)  sa\'  (to 
the  messengers)  :  '  Behold  your  mistress,  wiio  stands  before  you/  nevertlieless  my 
messengers  do  not  know  whether  she  (really)  is  my  sister,  who  is  with  you.  .  .  . 
Who  knows  but  what  she  may  be  the  daughter  of  a  beggar,  or  of  a  Gagean,'  or  a 
maiden  of  Khanigalbat,''  or  who  knows,  whether  she  is  from  Ugarit,«  she  whom  my  30 
messengers  see  .  .  .  When  my  messengers  come  there  and  speak  with  her,  they  ought 
to  bring  me  a  present  from  her,  as  proof  of  the  fact  that  she  is  with  you." — (E.xtract 
from  No.  i,  in  Winckler's  translation;  Petrie,  No.  13.) 

Later   letters   show   that    Kadashman-Bel   was   induced   to  send  his  daughter 
to   Amenophis  ;   so  that  we  may  hope   that  Kadashman-Bel's  sister,  about  whom  35 
he  was  an.xious,  was  living  in  all  due  state  and  honor  at  the  Egyptian  court. 

Other  letters  also,  of  this  class,  refer  to  intermarriages  between  the  various 
royal  houses.  Romance,  however,  is  much  mi.xed  up  with  business ;  and  the 
kings  are  very  keen  to  obtain  satisfactory  presents  from  each  other.  They 
seem  to  have  bartered  princesses,  gold,  and  other  valuable  products.  For  40 
instance,  in  a  letter  from  Kadashman-Bel's  successor,  Burraburiash,  to  Napkhuraria 
(Amenophis  IV.  of  Egypt),  the  Babylonian  king  makes  the  following  complaint: 

Your  messengers  have  come  three  times,  but  you  have  sent  no  beautiful  present; 
and  I,  too,  no  beautiful  present  at  all  have  I  sent  you.  If  nothing  is  refused  me,  I 
will  refuse  you  nothing.  Your  messenger,  whom  you  sent,  the  20  minas  of  gold,  which  45 
he  brought,  were  not  complete,  and  when  it  was  put  in  the  furnace,  it  did  not  amount 
to  5  minas  .  .  .  .-Vnimals,  be  they  of  the  country,  be  they  of  tlie  city  (?),  as  if  they 
were  alive  shall  they  be  made ;  the  skin,  as  if  it  were  alive,  I  will  prepare,  your 
messenger  shall  bring  (them)  ...  As  your  present  I  send  you  2  minas  of  azure 
stone  .  .  .  your  daughter,  my  son's  wife  ...  a  necklace  of  gems  and  azure  stones,  50 
1048  in  number,  I  have  sent  you  for  her  present. — (Winckler,  No.  8;  Petrie,  No.  19.) 


s»^?C^€^— 


"Our  extracts  are  taken    from  Winckler's  translation    (see   above,  p.  49,  note  >) 
with  a  few  slight  corrections  and  adaptations  to  English  pronunciation  and  idiom. 

*  Probably  a  court  official. — 'That  is,  a  Northern  barbarian;   cf.  Gog,  Ezek.  38,2. 

' Apparently  =  Mitan  (p.  49,  1.  34).  'Not  identified;  perhaps  near  Antioch. 

'Apparently  only  betrothed  and  still  at  home. 


52  — **e#{®ii-  (Jlofce  on  ^ee^ua  ->S99f»«-» — 

Probably  these  state  embassies  parlixik  of  the  character  of  tradiivj;  caravans, 
and  furnislied  an  opportunity  for  other  commerce  besides  the  interchantje  of 
presents  and  princesses  between  the  sovereigns  of  Egypt,  Babylon,  Milan,  and  the 
Hittites.  Doubtless,  too,  other  caravans  passed  to  and  fro  betvveeif  these  different 
5  countries.  The  caravan  routes  passed  either  through  Palestine  or  along  its 
borders  ;  so  that  the  Amarna  Tablets  imply  considerable  intercourse  between 
Palestine  and  these  neighboring  empires. 

(ii)  The  Second  Group  of  Letters  refers  to  Northern  Syria  and  Phoenicia. 
At   the  beginning  of  the  period   covered   by  this  correspondence,   these  regions, 

ID  as  well  as  the  rest  of  Palestine,  were  sulyect  to  Egypt ;  and  the  cities  were 
governed  by  princes  dependent  upon  Egypt.  We  gather  that  the  weakness  of 
Egypt  and  the  withdrawal  of  its  troops  led  to  dissensions  and  revolts  of  the 
subject  princes  ;  and  that  the  Hittites  took  the  opportunity  to  encroach  upon 
the  Syrian  dominions  of  Egypt.     Many  of  the  letters  are  appeals  from  the  sub- 

15  ject  kings  for  aid  against  one  another.  In  more  than  one  instance,  each  of  two 
mutual  enemies  claims  that  Ae  is  a  loyal  subject  of  Egypt  and  fighting  in  its 
interests,  and  that  the  other  is  a  rebel  against  their  common  suzerain. 

For  instance,  the  Amorite  Prince,  Aziru,  writes  to  the  king  of  Egypt  as 
follows :  — 

20  To   my  Ii:)rd,  the  King,  my  god,  my  suii :    .Azini,  your   servant.     Ai   the  feet  of  my 

lord,  the  King,  seven  times  and  seven  times  I  fall  ...  In  all  respects  I  and  my 
sons  are  servants  of  my  lord,  the  King,  to  all  eternity. — (Winckler,  No.  47;  Petrie, 
No.  150.) 

This   is   only  one  of  many  protestations  of  Aziru's  loyalty ;  he  often  appeals 

25  to  the  king  of  Egypt  not  to  listen  to  those  who  accuse  him  (Aziru)  of  enmity 
to  Egypt.  On  the  other  hand  Rib-Addi,  Prince  of  Gebal  (Byblos),  constantly 
protests  /lis  loyalty  to  Egypt,  and  seems  to  have  defended  its  interests  to  the 
utmost  of  his  ability.  In  Rib-Addi's  letters,  Aziru  appears  as  the  consistent 
enemy   of  Egypt   and   her  adherents.     Evidently   the  Intelligence  Department  of 

30  the  Egyptian  Foreign  Office  was  very  imperfectly  served,  and  Pharaoh's  minis- 
ters had  great  difficulty  in  distinguishing  friends  and  foes.  The  Egyptian  vassals 
received  scant  aid  from  Egypt,  and  town  after  town  fell  into  the  hands  of  the 
enemy,  amongst  whom  the  Khabiri  are  conspicuous.  We  read  of  the  loss  of 
Zidon,   Beyroot,   and  Arvad.      Damascus   is   spoken   of  as  appealing    for    help, 

35  and  when  last  we  hear  of  Tyre,  its  king,  Abimelech,  is  still  holding  out  for 
E.gypt,  but  is  reduced  to  great  e.xtremities. 

Naturally  the  decay  of  E.gyptian  authority  and  the  consequent  wars  inter- 
fered with  communication  between  Egypt  and  the  countries  beyond  Palestine. 
In    the    following    extracts    Burnaburiasli    complains    to   Amenophis    IV.  of    the 

40  injuries  done  in  Palestine  to  Babylonian   subjects  and  envoys. 

Inasmuch  as  they  told  me,  that  the  road  is  dangerous,  the  water  supply  cut  off, 
and  the  weather  hot,  I  have  not  sent  you  many  beautiful  presents  .  .  .  With  regard 
to  5;almu,  my  messenger,  whom  I  sent  to  you,  his  caravan  has  been  twice  plundered 
.  .  .  Since  they  have  plundered  him  in  your  land,  which  is  a  land  of  vassala.ge,  let 
45  therefore  my  brother  adjust  this  strife.  When  my  messenger  comes  into  my  brother's 
presence,  let  ^almu  also  come  before  my  brother,  that  they  may  refund  him  his 
ransom,  and  make  good  his  loss.— (Winckler,  No.  10;   Petrie,  No.  22.) 

Now  my  merchants,  who  journeyed  with  Akhitab  (.\hitub),  and  tarried  in  Kinakhi 
(Canaan)  on  business  .  .  .  they  have  killed  and  appropriated  their  money  .  .  . 
50  Kinakhi  is  your  land,  and  you  are  the  King.  I  have  been  violently  dealt  with  in 
your  land ;  subdue  them.  Make  good  tlie  money  they  have  stolen ;  and  the  people, 
who  killed  my  servants,  kill  them  and  avenge  their  blood.— (Winckler,  No.  ii; 
Petrie,  No.  124.) 


—^^e^ms^  (Uofea  on  ^oefixiCi  •^sm^*^ 


53 


(iii)  Letters  from  the  south  of  Palestine  (the  Phihstine  cities,  and  the 
district  which  was  afterwards  Judea).  The  distinction  between  (ii)  and  (iii)  is 
geographical,  the  letters  of  the  two  groups  are  ver>-  similar.  Those  in  (iii)  are 
from  Eg>-ptian  governors  and  dependent  princes  to  Pharaoh  and  his  officials. 
We  find  the  same  break-up  of  the  Egyptian  power  in  the  South  as  in  the  5 
North ;  and  in  the  South  also  the  dependent  princes  strive  to  profit  by  the 
weakness  of  Egypt  to  aggrandize  themselves  at  each  other's  expense.  Here 
again  mutual  enemies  all  profess  to  be  loyal  to  Egypt ;  each  correspondent, 
according  to  his  own  account,  is  a  faithful  subject  and  is  attacking  some  one 
else,  only  because  the  other  is  betraying  the  interests  of  Egypt.  Such  pro-  10 
fessions  are  made  even  by  princes  who  have  allied  themselves  to  the  enemies 
of  Egypt.  The  letters  are  full  of  mutual  recriminations.  But  there  were  clearly 
two  chief  parties,  one  loyal  to  Eg>pt ;  the  other  professing  loyalty,  but  in  reality 
allied  with  the  enemies  of  Egypt.  The  latter  party,  as  in  the  North,  is  every- 
where successful.  15 

A  few  names  connect  the  history  of  the  South  w-ith  that  of  the  North. 
Zimrida,  prince  of  Lachish,  can  scarcely  be  the  same  as  the  Zimrida,  prince  of 
Zidon,  of  group  (ii)  ;  but  a  certain  Lapaya  is  active  against  Egypt,  not  only  in 
the  South,  but  as  far  north  as  Megiddo.  The  chief  common  element  in  the 
situation.  North  and  South,  is  the  Khabiri.  They  seem  ubiquitous,  and  appear  20 
as  far  north  as  Gebal,   Beyroot,   and  Zidon   (Winckler,   Nos.  55.60.147);'"   but 


they  are  perhaps 
most  conspicuous 
and  successful  in  the 
South.  The  wide 
Tange  of  their  opera- 
tions makes  it  diffi- 
cult to  identify  them 
with  the  Hebrews. 
Any  such  identifica- 
tion would  seriously 
add  to  the  objections 
to  the  historic  char- 
acter of  any  portion 
of  Joshua. 

An  interesting 
point  as  regards  this 
group  is  that  Zim- 
rida of  Lachish,  who 
is  the  writer  of  one 
of   the    letters    and 


'**/ 


OBVERSE    OF     TEL-HESY    TABLET. 


is      mentioned       in 
another,  is  also  men- 
tioned    in    a    letter 
found     at     Lachish  25 
(Tel-Hesy;    c/.  be- 
low, note  6  on  c.  10 ) 
by  Mr.  Bliss, on  May 
14*  1892.*   This  let- 
ter   is    a    tablet    in  30 
Babylonian      cunei- 
form,    in     a     script 
similar    to    that    of 
the  Amarna   tablets 
of  this  third  group.   35 
It    belongs    to     the 
jieriod  of  these  tab- 
lets, and  is  a  report 
from    one   Egyptian 
official    to    another.  40 
It   mentions  a  mes- 


sage sent   to   Zimrida   by  a   certain   Shipti-Addi   (or   Dan-Hadad).     The   original 
tablet  (size:   2|.x2jxjJ  in.),  which  is  of  dark  brown,   baked  clay,  nearly  flat  on 
both    sides    (contrast    Ezekiel,    p.  98,  1.  48),    is    now    in    the    Imperial   Ottoman 
Museum,   Constantinople.     The  cuneiform  text  is  published   in   the    Transactions  45 
of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  New  Series,  vol.  xviii,  part  3  (Philadelphia, 


"  See  above,  p.  52,  1.  34.  The  presence,  however,  of  the  Khabiri  in  the  North 
depends  on  Winckler's  interpretation  of  sx-gaz^  Kliah  in' ,  which  is  doubtful;  [SA- 
GAZ  seems  to  be  merely  an  ideogram  for  kliabbalic  'spoiler'  {cf.  Jud.  2,14),  that  is, 
raiding-  nomads.  According  to  Dr.  Reisxer  the  Khabiri  were  Cassites;  see  Joiirn. 
Bibl.  Lit.,  vol.  16  (Boston,  1S96),  p.  143  and  cf.  note  on  Gen.  10  ,  8,  also  The  Language 
of  Nimrod,  the  Cassite  in  the  Andover  Review  (July,   1S84)  p.  88. —  P.  H.] 

*\VlN"CKLER,    No.  219;     PeTRIE,    No.   235. 


54  — »*^6%3Si-  QloUe  on  ^oe^ua  -sj*3«5«-» — 

1896),  1)1.64,  No.  147;  rf.  ibid.  pi.  xxiv,  Nos.  66.67  ^"d  P.  65  (contrast  OLZ 
2,5  and  Johns  Hopkins  Contributions  to  Assyriology,  vol.  4,  p.  153).  See  also 
F.  J.  Bliss,  A  Mound  of  Many  Ci/ies  (London,  1894),  pp.  52 -60  and  pp.  184-187. 
The  half-tone  reproduction  of  this  tablet,  on  p.  53,  is  from  a  plaster  cast  in  the 
5  possession  of  Professor  Jastrovv,   Philadelphia. 

We  add  two  or  three  extracts  from  letters  of  this  group.  The  first  shows 
how  the  Egyptians  arranged  for  a  supply  of  loyal  native  officials.  The  writer, 
Yabitiri,  is  a  native  prince  or  noble,  commanding  for  Egypt  at  Gaza  and  Jojjpa. 
He  writes  thus  :  — 

10  I   am   a  faithful  servant  of  my  lord,  the   King.     I  look   here  and  I  look  there,  and 

there  is  no  light,  but  I  look  to  my  lord,  the  King,  and  there  is  light.  And  (though) 
a  brick  move  away  from  under  its  coping,  I  will  not  remove  from  under  the  feet 
of  my  lord,  the  King.  Let  my  lord,  the  King,  ask  Yankhamu,  his  officer.  When  I 
was   (still)   young,  he   carried   me  to    Egypt,    and    I    served  my   lord,    the   King,    and 

15  stood  at  my  lord,  the  King's  gate.  Let  my  lord,  the  King,  ask  his  officer,  if  I  do 
not  guard  the  gatfc  of  Gaza  and  the  gate  of  Joppa. —  (W'inckler,  No.  214;  Petrie, 
No.  101.) 

Special  interest  attaches  to  a  series  of  letters  from  Abdi-khiba,"  prince  of 
Jerusalem.      The   mention   of  Unisa/im   decides   the   long   controversy  as  to   the 

20  e.xistence  of  the  name  in  pre-Davidic  times,  and  affords  new  data  for  its 
etymology  (see  below,  note  2  on  c.  10).  But,  according  to  Winckler,  No.  183 
(Petrie,  No.  256),  the  supposed  discovery  of  a  description  of  Jerusalem  as  Ihe 
city  of  the  temple  of  Urash,  whose  name  is  Salim^  is  due  to  a  mistranslation. 
[Nevertheless,  this  letter  of  Abdi-khiba  to  the  King  is  most  interesting  as  to  the 

25  early  history  and  importance  of  the  city  of  Jerusalem.  Line  10  of  this  text 
can  hardly  be  interpreted  as  meaning  anything  else  but :  they  have  taken  the 
district  of  the  holy  city ;  and  11.  14.15:  the  capital  of  the  land,  whose  name  is 
Jerusalem,  the  city  of  the  temple  of  Adar,  the  royal  city''  (so  Professor  Delitzsch  ). 
The  reading  of  the  name  Adar  (  Urash,  Nin-ib)  is  uncertain,  but  we  know  that 

30  this  god  was  the  Assyro-Babylonian  god  of  war  and  the  god  of  the  destruc- 
tive storm-cloud  (see  Jastrow,  Religion  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria,  Boston, 
1898,  pp.  214.217),  just  as  Jhvh  was,  according  to  early  Israelitish  conception, 
a  god  of  war  who  revealed  himself  in  thunderstorms  {cf  Jud.  5,5;  1  Kings 
19,11;   Ps.   18.7,    and    Professor    Budde's  Lectures   on   The  Religion  of  Israel 

2,^  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Exile,  New  York,   1899,   Lecture  I).     Adar  may, 

therefore,  refer  to  Jhvh,  just  as,  for   instance,  the  Babylonian  god  Ea  is  called 

Kronos   in   Berossus'  version   of  the  Chaldean   account   of  the   Deluge.     Ancient 

writers  often  apply  names  of  their  own  gods  to  deities  of  other  nations. — P.  H.] 

Again,  clauses  in  Abdi-khiba's  letters  have  been  translated  as  describing  him 

40  as  owing  his  authority  neither  to  father  nor  mother,  but  to  the  Most  High 
God  ;  and  this  description  has  been  compared  to  that  of  Melchizedek,  who  was 
priest-king  of  Jerusalem.  But  according  to  Winckler,  No.  i8r  (  Petrie,  No. 
234;   cf.  ZA  6,247),  the  passage  reads:  — 

Neither  my  father  nor  my  mother,  but  the  strong  arm  of  the  King  (scil.  of  Egypt) 
45  established  me  over  my  father's  territory. 

Abdi-khiba  seems  to  have  been  the  most  zealous  supporter  of  Egypt  in 
Southern   Palestine,    and   his   letters   enable   us   to    understand   how    rapidly   the 


"Some  archeologists  regard  this  name  as  equivalent  to  Ebed-tnb. 

*So  Savce  in  Records  of  the  Past-,  vol.  5  (London,  1S91),  p.  72 ;  contrast  ZA  6,  263. 

>■  C/.  Josh.  10,2.  Winckler  translates  line  10:  and  have  taken  the  territory  of 
Rubnti;  and  11.  14.15  a  city  of  the  territory  of  Jerusalem,  called  Bil-Xinib,  one  of 
the  cities  of  the  king;   see  below,  p.  55,  I.  22. 


1,1  ^»*^esss- (Jlofce  on  3o65«4  •**»§«**—  55 

cities   fell   away.      The   following    extracts   illustrate    these   events,  and   show   us 
that  the  Khabiri  played  a  most  important  part  in  them. 

Let  the  King  care  for  his  land,  and  (pay  some  heed)  to  his  land;  the  cities  of 
mv  lord,  the  King,  belonging  to  Ili-milki  (Elimelech),  have  fallen  away,  and  the 
whole  territory  of  the  King  will  be  lost  ...  If  you  do  not  listen  to  me,  all  the  5 
dependent  princes  will  be  lost,  and  my  lord,  the  King,  will  have  no  more  dependent 
princes  {cf.  Ezra  4,  16).  Let  the  King  therefore  turn  his  attention  to  the  princes,  and 
let  my  loi'd,  the  King,  send  troops.  The  King  has  no  longer  any  territory.  If  troops 
come  in  this  year,  the  territory  will  remain  my  lord,  the  King's;  but  if  no  troops 
come,  the  territory  of  my  lord,  the  King,  is  lost.  1° 

Abdi-khiba, —  knowing  that  his  letter  will  pass  through  the  hands  of  the 
royal  scribe  or  secretary,  and  apparently  not  certain  that  Pharaoh  will  ever  see 
it, —  adds,  in  a  kind  of  postscript,  a  special  appeal  to  the  scribe:  — 

To  the  scribe   of    my  lord,    the   King: — Abdi-khiba,    your  servant.     Bring   plainly 
(aloud)    before  my   lord,  the   King,   (these)  words:    "The  whole  territory  of  my  lord,    15 
the  King,  is  going  to  ruin." — (Winckler,  No.  179;   Petrie,  No.  227;   cf.  ZA  6,251.) 

In  another  letter  of  Aljdi-khiba's  {cf.  above,  p.  54,  1.  42)  we  read:  — 

The  Khabiri  are  occupying  the  King's  cities.  There  remains  not  one  prince  to 
imy  lord,  the  King;  every  one  is  ruined.— (Winckler,  No.  181 ;   Petrie,  No.  234.) 

And  again  in  another  letter :  —  20 

The  territory  of  the  King  has  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  Khabiri.  And  now 
indeed  a  city  of  the  territory  of  Jerusalem,  called  Bit-Ninib,"  one  of  the  cities  of  the 
King,  has  fallen  into  tlie  hands  of  the  people  of  Kiltu  (perhaps  =  AV;7<7A,  Josh.  15,44). 
....  Send  troops  that  I  may  bring  back  the  King's  land  to  the  King.  For  if  there 
are  no  troops,  the  land  of  the  King  will  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  Kliabiri. —  (Winck-  25 
LER,  No.  183;    Petrie,  No.  256;   cf.  ZA  6,263.) 

Letters  like  these  naturally  contain  much  repetition,  a  large  proportion  of 
their  contents  consists  of  the  complimentary  formulas  addressed  to  the  kings  of 
Egypt  and  Babylon.  Yet  the  letters  throw  much  incidental  light  on  religion 
and  commerce,  and  above  all  else  give  us  a  clear  idea  of  the  political  situation.  30 
We  see  that  the  commercial  and  political  system  of  the  lands  between  the 
Euphrates  and  the  Nile  was  ancient  in  the  days  of  Abraham,  and  scarcely 
altered  its  essential  features  till  the  surrender  of  Babylon  to  Cyrus  (538  B.C.). 
Indeed  the  Ptolemies  of  Egypt  (323-30  B.C.)  and  the  Seleucid  kings  of  Syria 
(312-64  B.C.)  reproduced  in  a  measure  the  conditions  of  Egypt  and  Babylon.  35 
Throughout  there  are  the  city-states  of  Palestine  and  Phoenicia,  and  the  great 
empires  SE,  NVV,  and  W  along  the  Nile,  the  Euphrates,  and  the  Tigris.  The 
chief  change  was  the  formation  of  the  larger  states  of  Israel  and  Damascus. 
Otherwise  the  Palestine  of  the  Amarna  Tablets  is,  in  its  political  aspects,  sub- 
stantially the  Palestine  of  almost  all  pre-Roman  periods.  40 


(IXofce  on  Chapter  t. 

(i)  Servant  of  JriVH,   Deut.  34  ,  5  ;  Minister,   Ex.  24,  13.  I,  I 

It  will  be   seen    that    here,    as    elsewhere,    the    Deuteronomic    passages    in 
Joshua  are   largely  a  mosaic  of  sentences  and  phrases  taken  from  Deuteronomy 


■Or  Adar:   contrast  above,   p.  54,  1.  28. 


1,4-11 


— »*e*e@!!-  (Hotes  on  ^oe^ua  ^SJ*iE»*<— 


56 


or  characteristic  of  it ;   (/.  vv.  3 - 5a  =  Deut.  11,24.25;  vv.  5b.  6  =  Deut.  31 ,  6-S  ;  i 
vv.  13- 15  =  Deut.  3,  18-20.     Note  also:   obserz'e  to  do   (Deut.  11,32  &c. )  ;    that 
thou  mayst  deal  prudently   7vhithersoever  thou  goest  (Deut.  29,9)  ;    this  hook   of 
the  Law  (Deut.  29,  21   &c.)  ;  yotir  God  or  thy  God  in  connection  witli  Jhvh. 
5  This    chapter   strilces   the    two    key-notes    of   the    Deuteronomic    etlitor,    or 

editors,  of  Josliua:  (a)  v.  5,  Joshua  the  equal  successor  of  Moses:  as  I  ivas  zvith 
Moses,  so  I  -vill  be  with  thee;   (b)  v.  7,   Observe  the  Law;  Joshua's  mission,  the 


condition  of  his  suc- 
cess and  of  Israel's 

10  prosperity,  is  the  ob- 
servance of  the  Law 
of  Moses,  i.  e.  (as 
always  in  Deut.  pas- 
sages )    the    legisla- 

15  tioninDeut.  12-26. 

( 2 )  Great  Sea  = 
Mediterranean  ;  ef. 
Ezek.  47,  10  &c. 

(3)  Hittites,\Mc 
20  and  rare  use  of  this 

word  for  inhabitants 
of  Palestine   gener- 


HITTITE    W.\RRI0RS. 


ally.  For  the  Hit- 
tites  see  Ezekiel,  p. 
122,  1.  25.  The  an- 
nexed illustration 
represents  some  Hit- 
tite  warriors  who 
took  part  in  the 
l)attle  of  Kadesh  on 
the  Orontes,  the  4 
climax  of  Rameses 
II. 's  (see  p.  91, 
1.  11)  great  cam- 
paign against  the 
Kheta  or  Hittites, 
then   the    dominant 


power  to   the   N  and  NE   of  Syria.     Its   incidents   are   narrated   in   the   Egj-ptian 

'Poem  of  Pentaur.'     Rameses  was  cut  off  from  the  main  body  of  his  army,  and 

25  defended  himself  with  miraculous  valor  and  success  till  reinforced.     The  Hittites 


I  HI-.     |oKl).\N    NE.\K     lERICHO. 


in  Palestine,  however,  can  only  have  been  outlying  settlements  of  this  great  nation. 

(4)  Quoted  Heb.  13,5  as  reason  for  being  content  -with   such   things  as  ye  5 
have. 

(5)  3Leditate  thereon  day  and  night,  quoted  Psalm  1,3.  8 


30  (6)  Compare  Exodus,  chapter  5,  verse  6.  10 

(7)  Cf.    interval    of    preparation    before    giving    of    Law    from    Sinai,    Ex.   11 
19,  II  (E). 


57 


(JlotcB  on  ^oe^ua  • 


1 ,  14-2  ,  I 


(S)  That    is,    east    of    the   Jordan;    the    writer's    point    of    view   is    Western  1,14 
Palestine.     The   illustration   on  p.  56   shows  a  bend  of  the  Jordan  and  its  valley, 
not  far   from  Jericho.     Note   the  deep   trench,    in   which    the   stream    flows,  and 
the  rich,  tropical  vegetation.     The  distant  hills  appear  in  the  background. 

(VLotiB  on  CRajptiv  2. 

There  are  indications  of  the  combination  of  two  sources  in  the  doublets  in 
vv.  3.4a  and  6».  15 .  21b  and  22a.  Again,  invv.  6.8  the  men  are  on  the  roof,  and 
in  V.  15  they  are  let  down  through  the  window.  The  conversation  in  vv.  17-21  is 
out  of  place,  if  the  men  have  already  been  let  down.  The  //ii-ee  days  in  vv.  16.  22 
10  is  to  be  identified  with  the  //ircc  days  in  i,  11  ;  3,2.  Mathematical  accuracy  is 
not   to  be   looked  for  in  these  narratives,  the  various  references  simply  indicate 


PI/     U        J  I     Ai-p 


JERICHO. 


that   the  same  interval  is  intended  ;    cf.  the   phrase   three   days   and  three  niglits 
for  the  interval  between  the  burial  of  our  Lord  and  the  Resurrection. 


(i)  Mentioned   in   Num.  25,1   (JE)  and   33,49  ( P,  Abel-Shittim )  as  the  last  2, 
15  halting  place  of  the  Israelites. 

( 2 )  Previously  referred  to  only  as  a  landmark  ( Deut.  32 ,  49  &c. )  ;  Jericho 
and  Gilgal  lay  in  the  Plain  of  the  Jordan,  opposite  .Shittim,  west  of  the  river. 
The  plain  at  this  point  is  about  16  miles  wide,  and  the  river  flows  through  it 
at  about  equal  distances  from  the  mountains  of  Moab  and  the  Hill-country  of 
20  Judah  and  Benjamin,  which  rise  somewhat  abruptly  from  the  plain  as  its  eastern 
and    western    boundaries.     Jericho   lay  close  under  the   western   hills,  in  a  large 


sre$msf  QTotoo  on  ^'^^ua  -5»s*fsw-« — 


58 


and  fi.'rtile  oasis  watered  by  the  stream  of  the  Wady  el-Qelt"  and  two  iniportaiU  2 
springs.  As  Jericho  is  called  in  2  Chr.  28,  15  the  Ci(y  of  Palui-lrccs,  tlie  oasis 
was  probably  at  this  time,  as  in  later  days,  rich  in  palm-trees,  which,  however, 
have  now  disappeared  {cf.  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  49,  1,  47).  Pliny,  Nat.  Hist., 
5,  14  (70),  calls  the  city:  Hicricus  palmetis  consita,  fontibus  rigiia  \  cf.  Tac, 
Hist.,  5,6.  (For  palm-trees,  cf.  the  full-page  illustration  facing  p.  gS  of  P.'ialms 
and  note  21  on  Ezek.  40. )  The  position  was  of  military  importance  —  'the 
Chiavenna  of  Palesdne  to  any  invader  from  this  quarter'  (Stanley)  —  opposite 
Jericho  the  Jordan  could  be  crossed  by  fords,  and  through  the  hills  south- 
west and  north-west  ran  the  passes 
leading  up  to  the  Hill -country  of 
Judah  and  Benjamin. 

The  name  has  been  interpreted 
(a)  Place  of  Fragrance  ;  from  the 
balsam  and  other  odoriferous  pro- 
ducts of  the  oasis  (Heb.  ri'iakh  'to 
smell');  (b)  City  of  the  Moon 
{WiHt).  yerafih),  the  etymology  sug- 
gesting that  it  was  in  ancient  times 
a  centre  of  Moon-worship.  In  the 
illustration  on  p.  57  we  are  west 
of  the  Jordan,  with  our  backs  to 
the  river,  looking  across  the  plain 
of  Jericho  to  the  Hill-country  of 
yudah,  seen  in  the  backgrovmd. 
The  squalid  group  of  huts  in  the 
foreground  ('a  few  hovels  and  a 
tower  on  the  edge  of  a  swamp,' 
G.  A.  Smith,  Hist.  Geog.  of  Pales- 
tine, p.  266),  is  Er'ilia  or  Rthd,^  the 
residuum  of  the  Jericho  of  the 
Crusaders,  and  the  modern  repre- 
sentative of  the  wealth  and  splendor 
of  the  City  of  Palm-trees.  The 
ancient  city  lay  to  the  v\'est  of 
Rilid,  the  OT  Jericho  about  Ain 
es-.Sii/fdit,^  Herod's  city  on  the 
Wady  el-Oelt  (p.  66,  1.  33)  a  little 
til  the  south  of  the  latter.  In  the 
[ilate  facing  p.  2,  we  are  on  the 
northern  mountains  of  Moab,  shown 
in  the  foreground,  and  look  east- 
ward. The  plain  of  the  Jordan  fills 
the  middle  distance,  and  through  it 
45  winds  the  river  in  its  deep  trench.  Underneath  the  eastern  hills  lay  the  camp 
of  Israel  before  they  crossed  the  Jordan.  The  hills  in  the  distance  are  the 
highlands  of  Judah,  and  between  them  and  the  river  lay  Jericho.  The  Dead 
Sea  is  not  shown  ;  it  would  be  to  the  left  of  the  picture. 


'i'jlit  Oy  D.  Aiiftclun  ■k  C'c  in  lite  U.  S.  vj  America. 
HOUSE  ON  THE   CITY   WALL. 


"See  below,  note  23  on  c.  7  a"d  ""'^  4  on  c.  15 

« These  two  forms  are,  of  course,  corruptions  of  the  name  fericho. 
'That   is,  the  'Fountain   of  the  Sultan,'  which   may   be   identical   with   the   Waters 
of  Jericlio  in  Josh.  16 ,  i  and  with  the  Fountain  of  Elisha  in  2  Kings  2,21 


59  — »4«^^s- (Uo(£0  on  ^os^"* -«®'§»«'*^ —  2,9-3,10 

(3)  By  the  fords  (v.  7)  or  swimming,  if  (as  in  3,  15)  tlie  river  was  already  2 
in  flood,  as  in  i  Chr.  12,  15  the  Gadites  swam  to  David. 

(4)  Prostitution    was   not    regarded    as   a    sin   by   heathen    nations,    and   was 
practiced   as    a    religious   observance    in   connection    with   their   temple-worship  ; 

5  (compare  Leviticus,  p.  86,  1.  50;  Ezekie/,  p.  135,  1.  31).  In  Matth.  1,5  Rahab 
is  an  ancestress  of  David  and  Jesus ;  she  is  adduced  as  an  example  of  faith 
Heb.  II  ,31,  and  of  works  Jas.  2,25. 

(5)  Compare  Exodus  15,14-16  (lEi)  and  Deuteronomy  2,25;  11,25.  9 

(6)  Compare  Exodus  22,20;  Leviticus  26;  Deuteronomy  7.  10 
10           (7)  ARV  a   true   token    (Vulg.   verum   siguuin),  some   clear   means   of    indi-  12 

eating   to   the   conquerors    Rahab   and   her  friends,  and  of  securing   their  safety. 
The   clause   interrupts   the  connection,  and   is   either  from  a  second  source  (and 
should  possibly  connect  with  the  scarlet  thread  below)  ;    or,  as  it  is  omitted  in 
the  Greek  Bible,  it  may  be  a  late  redactional  addition. 
15  (8)  They  will  die  if  Rahab  is  not  saved  ;  a  form  of  oath.  14 

(9)  Compare  St.  Paul's   experience  at   Damascus,  Acts  9,25.     The  custom  15 
of  building  houses  on  the  walls  of  cities  still  prevails  in  the  East.     The   cut   on 
p.  58  gives  a  modern  example  of  a  house  on  the  present  city  wall  of  Damascus. 

(llotee  on  lti)a.)ftiv  3. 

20  Note    as    doublets:    (a)    The    crossing    is    mentioned    at    least    twice,    first 

3,i6''-4,ia,  and  secondly -4,  10 ;  —  (b)  The  priests  pass  over  twice,  4,11  and 
18. —  (c)  Two  sets  of  twelve  stones,  first  in  the  midst  of  the  Jordan,  4,9; 
secondly  at  Gilgal,  4,1.8. 

3,  12  is  quite  out  of  place  in  its  present  connection,  as  are  also  4  ,  i''-3. 
25  4,il'-3  (Jhvh's  instructions  to  Joshua)  must  precede  3,12  (Joshua's  orders 

to  the  people). 

Note   also   the   following   connections   in   E  :   3,3  and  14   the  people  remove 

from    their  place;    in   3,15   the   waters    are  staid  as    soon   as    the   feet   of   the 

priests   dip   in  them,    in   4,18   they   return   as  soon   as   their  feet  are   lifted   out 

30  of  the  water  to  the   dry  ground ;    also   the   references   to   the    twelve  stones  at 

the  lodging  place. 

Neither  account  is  complete,  but  the  E  narrative  serves  as  a  framework. 

(i)  Shittim  {cf.  2,1)  to  the  Jordan,  six  or  seven  miles.  3, 

(2)  Probably  J's  account  originally  used  Ark  of  jHl'H,  and  E's  :  Ark  of  the  3 
35   Coi'Ciiant,    but   editors   and  scribes    have   combined    and   confused    the   designa- 
tions.     The    Greek    Bible    has    carried    the    combination    still   further,   and   has 
almost  everywhere  Ark  of  the  Covenant  of  jHl'H. 

In  the   detailed  accounts   of  the   movements   of  the   Ark,  here   and   in   c.  6, 
notice  the  entire  absence  of  any  reference  to  the  Tabernacle  (Lerit.,  p.  86,  I.  26) 
40  and  its  elaborate  furniture. 

(3)  That  is,  about  a  thousand  yards  (cf.  note  on   Ezek.  40,5).      In   Num.  4 
35. 5  (P)  this  was   to  be   the   extent  of  the  pasture-lands   to   be  attached  to   the 
Levitical     cities,    measured    outward    from    the    city-walls.      The    Sabbath-day's 
journey  of  the  NT  (Acts  i  ,  12)  and  of  later  Judaism  was  also  two  thousand  cubits. 

45  (4)  A  similar  command   is   given   in   Ex.   19,14.15   ('Ei),  the    only   details  5 

given  being  that  they  should  wash  their  clothes,  and  observe  a  special  chastity. 
Special  care  would  be  taken  to  ensure  the  ceremonial  cleanness  of  the  people, 
and  it  would  be  accompanied  by  sacrifices.     Q^  7,  13  and  i  Sam.  16,5. 

(5)  Compare  Deuteronomy,  chapter  2,  verse  25.  7 

50  (6)  Heb.  St  khay,   only  here  in  the   He.xateuch  ;    living  God  in  Dent.  5,26  10 

( Heb.  23)  is  a  different  phrase  (elohun  khayyiin) ;  cf.  Hos.  i  ,  10  ;  Pss.  42  ,  2  ;  84  ,  2. 


3.  15-4.  lo 


-=-*s^«SS5-  (Jlotco  on  Joofiua  -«ij*§eM-=^ — 


60 


(7)  In  the   Greek    Bible:    wheat-harvest;   but  as   the   flood-time   is  April,   it  3.i5 
must   have   been   the   barley-harvest,  which  is  important  in  Palestine.     In  i  Chr. 
12,15  the  river  is  flooded  in  the  first  month   (Nisan  =  March- April).     C/^.  Sir. 

24  ,  26  :    The  La-iC  makes  uiidersfaiiding  ahoutid  tike  the  Jordan  in  the  time  of  the 
5  harvest. 

(8)  Readings  vary  between  at  Adam  imA  from  Adam.    Adam  {=red'>)  men-  i5 
tioned   only   here,   has   been   identified   with   ed-Diiniiye,   south   of  the   mouth   of 
the  Jabbok    (see  p.  75,  1.  7),   opposite   Qarn   (;artabeh,    the   western   point   where 
the  valley  of  the  Jordan   contracts   to  a   narrow  gorge,  about  17  miles   north   of 

10  Jericho.  The  river  might  have  been  dammed  up  in  this  vicinity  by  an  exten- 
sive slide  of  its  high  banks  (Conder). 

(9)  Zaretan  is  the  same  as  Zereda  (see  note  on  Jud.  7,22),  the  native 
place  of  Jeroboam.  It  cannot  have  been  in  the  neighborhood  of  Beth-shean 
(cf.  p.  84,  I.  6),    which   is    more    than  40  miles  north  of  Jericho,    about    12   miles 

15  south  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee  ;  it  must  have  been  near  Qarn  (^artabeh,  although 
the  two  names,   Zaretan  and   fartabeh,  are  not  identical. 

(10)  Arabah  =  Desert,  the  Valley  of  the  Jordan,  and  its  continuation  south 
of  the  Dead  Sea.  Between  the  Sea  of  Galilee  and  the  Dead  Sea,  it  is  called 
by   the   Arabs   et-Ghor,  while   its   southern  part,  between   the  Dead  Sea  and  the 

20  eastern  gulf  of  the  Red  Sea,  still  retains  its  ancient  name  et- Arabah  (cf  Ezekiet, 
p.  2or,  1.  53).  Arabah  is  used  elsewhere  as  a  common  noun  for  desert,  or  with 
qualifying  words  to  form  names  for  districts  similar  to  the  Arabah.  The  name 
of  the  Arabs  is  connected  with  this  word,  and  means  Inhabitants  of  the  Desert. 

(11)  Salt  Sea  =  Dead  Sea;  (/-notes  on  Ezek.  16,49;   47.S-I2. 

{(JLdtia  on  £6apfcr  4. 

( I )  No  instructions  of  Moses   are   extant  with  regard  to  the  crossing  of  the  4 ,  10 
lordan.      The    scribe,    or    editor,    who    added    this    note    merely    e.xpresses   the 


CROMLECH    IN    THK    Nlili .  Hill  IKHOCJD    OP"    HESHBON. 


general  idea  that  Joshua  was  in  all  lhin;<s  carrying  out  the  Law  and  the  orders 
of  Moses;  ef.  note  i  on  c.  i   (p.  56,  1.  ii-M. 


6i  — ^-s^ieSSs- (Pofce  on  3*86m<i  ^S?S€a** —  4,11-5,2 

( 2 )  The  Greek  Bible  has  stones  for  priests.  4 ,  1 1 

(3)  Compare  chapter  i,  verse  14.  12 

(4)  Only  a  part  of  the  adult  males,  of  whom  there  were  (Num.  26 ,  7  .  iS .  34 ;  13 
also  P)   136,930. 

5  (5)  Fulfilment  of  promise  in  3,7,  expressed  in  almost  identical  terms.  14 

(6)  The  Received  Text  has    Testimony  =  the  tables  of  the  Law   (see  Levit.,    16 
p.  82,  1.  2),  a   characteristic    expression   of   P,  due   here    to   some   scribe   familiar 
with  P's  language. 

(7)  Abib  or  Nisan  =  March  -  April ;   see  Levit.,  p.  94,  1.  21  ;   p.  95,  1.  17.  19 
10          (8)  According  to  Josephus  and  St.  Jerome,  about  !><  or  2  miles  from  Jericho  ; 

but  probably  to  be  identified  with  Tel  JeljAl,  about  half-way  between  Jericho 
and  the  Jordan.  Tel  Jeljul  is  one  of  twelve  small  mounds  of  earth  and  debris. 
The  name  is  usually  interpreted  circuit ;  it  may,  however,  be  a  reduplicated  form 
oi  gat  'stone-heap ;'    in   either   case   it   will   refer  to  a  stone   circle   or   cromlech 

15  [cf.  notes  on  Jud.  2,1)  similar  to  those  still  standing  in  large  numbers  in 
Palestine,  especially  in  the  region  east  of  the  Jordan.  The  cut  on  p.  60  repre- 
sents a  cromlech  in  the  neighborhood  of  Heshbon,  in  the  land  of  Moab  (see 
Isaia/i,  p.  169,  1.  14).  Gilgal  appears  in  later  history  as  an  important  sanctuary 
or  high-place  (Jud.  3,19;  Hos.  4,  15  ;  9, 15  ;  Amos  4 ,  4  ;   5,5).     There  seem  to 

20  have  been  other  places  of  the  same  name  (see  2  Kings  2,1),  but  throughout 
Joshua  the  Camp  of  Gitgal  must  refer  to  this  Gilgal.     Cf.  p.  69,  1.  19. 

(9)  So  RV  ;    AV,  following  the  vowels  of  the  Received  Text,  that  ye  might  24 
fear. 

(llofce  on  £6a}5(er  5. 

25  (i)  So   Qfre  (</;  p.  vi,  1.  3),  Ancient  Versions  and  some  Heb.  MSS  ;   ARV  5,1 

with  most  Heb.  MSS,  we  passed  over ;  ef  w.  6.  If  we  be  original,  it  may  be 
due  to  an  unconscious  lapse  of  R°  into  the  language  of  personal  discourse, 
much  of  his  matter  consisting  of  speeches.  If  intentional,  it  marks  the  writer's 
identification   of  himself   with   the   nation   in  its  continuous   history,    and   is   not 

30  due  to  his  being  an  eye-witness. 

(2)  An    account    of   the    institution    of   circumcision    by    Joshua    at    Gilgal  2-9 
(ascribed   to  J'    on  account  of  its   apparently    ancient    character).      In    Deuter- 
onomy  the   use   of   the   figure   circumcise   your  hearts,  in   speeches   ascribed   to 
Moses  ( Deut.  lO,  16;  30,6),  implies  the  pre-Mosaic  institution  of  the  rite,  and  in 

35  P  the  institution  is  ascribed  to  Abraham.  The  presence  and  importance  of  this 
discrepancy  were  a  continual  source  of  trouble  to  the  editors;  vv.  4-7  and  the 
other  redactional  additions  are  due  to  successive  attempts  to  harmonize  this 
account  with  D  and  P. 

According   to   some   critics   this   narrative   is   not  history,   in  tlie  strict  sense, 

40  because    no    commander    would    thus    disable    his    army   when  on   a   campaign. 
It  is  a  Temple  story, 
explaining  the  origin 
of  a  custom   (Lev., 
p.  56,  1.  6)  observed 

45  by  the  tribe  of  Ben- 
jamin or  some  of 
its  clans.  Among 
them  circumcision 
was   performed   at    the  sanctuary    of    Gilgal,    and   the    circumcised   remained   at 

50  the  sanctuary  till  they  were  healed.  The  Hitt  of  the  Foreskins  was  so  called, 
because  the  foreskins  were  buried  there.  Many  similar  customs  are  reported 
from  the   South   Seas  and  Africa.     Among  tribes  that  circumcise,  the  operation 


EGYPTIAN    STONE    KNIVES. 


5  ,  2-6,4  ^**e*es»:-  dlotco  on  ^o^Bua  -sSBSfa** —  62 

is  usually  performed  in  a  special  locality,  and  the  circumcised  remain  apart  from  5 
the  rest  of  the  tribe  before  and  after. 

(3)  A  stone  is  the  instrument  of  circumcision  in  Ex.  4,25  (J).     The  ancient  2 
Egyptians   also   performed   the   operation   with   stone    knives.     The    employment 

5  of  a  stone  knife  for  the  purpose  of  circumcision  represents  the  survival  of  a 
primitive  usage  (<-/"•  below,  p.  63,  1.  43)  like  the  primitive  ram's  horn  (Heb.  sliojdr; 
see  below,  1.  47)  in  the  service  of  the  modern  synagogue  (Lagarde,  Mitthcil., 
4,  192).     See  also  Ezek.  p.  192,  1.  30. 

(4)  Verses   6.7   repeat  the   explanation   in   4.5   in  a  slightly  different  form.  4-7 
10  The  Greek  Bible  re-arranges  and  supplements  tliese  verses,  stating  that  most  of 

the  armed  men  who  came  out  from  Egypt  were  uncircumcised. 

(5)  Compare  the  note  on  verse  i.  6 

(6)  Circumcision  was  regarded  in  Egypt  as  a  mark  of  civilization.     By  this  9 
institution   at  Gilgal   the   reproach  of  Egypt,   that   Israel  was   barbarous   because 

15  uncircumcised,  was  rolled  azvay. 

This  quasi-etymology  is  a  play  upon  tlie  resemblance  between  have  I  rolled 
a-way  {W^h.  gallothi)  and  Gilgal. 

(7)  Nisan,  t/.  4,19.     In  Ex.  12  (P)  the  preparations  for  the  Passover  begin  10 
on  the  10"' ;   P  accordingly  fixed  the  encampment  at  Gilgal  on  the   lo"" ;  hence 

20  the  date  in  4 ,  19. 

(8)  Compare  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  199,  1.  40.  11 

(9)  This  section   does   not   connect   with   what   precedes,  and   ends   abrupdy  13-15 
(6,2  is   not   the  original   continuation  of  S,  15).     It  is  apparently  a  fragment  of 
ancient  story,  used  by  the  compiler  of  JE  (or  of  the  Hexateuch?)  to  introduce 

25  the  narrative  of  the  Fall  of  Jericho  ;  cf.  the  appearance  of  angels  to  Jacob  in 
Gen.  32 ,  I  .  2,  which  is  equally  foreign  to  its  context  and  without  sequel. 

As  the  story  now  stands,  no  march  to  Jericho  is  noticed,  ana  nothing  is 
said  about  the  war  with  the  men  of  Jericho,  24,11. 

(10)  Compare  Numbers  22,31   (J);   \  Chronicles  21,16.  13 
30           (11)  Compare  Exodus,  chapter  3,  verse  5.  iS*" 

(TXofce  on  CRapfcr  6. 

Note  doublets:  v.  5  (blowing  of  horns);  command  to  shout  (vv.  5.10); 
shouting  (v.  20)  ;  destruction  of  city  and  contents  (vv.  21.24);  deliverance  of 
Rahab  (vv.  21 .  22  and  24.  25).     Note  how  vv.  17.  18  interrupt  the  connection. 

35  In  J  they  compass  the  city  once  a  day  for  7  days  (vv.  3.  10.  11)  ;  they  shout 

at  the  command  of  Joshua.  In  E  they  compass  the  city  7  times  on  one  day 
(vv.  4.  12.  13),  rising  early  (v.  12)  in  order  to  have  plenty  of  time;  the  Ark 
and  the  priests  are  prominent,  and  the  signal  for  shouting  is  given  by  the  horn 
(v.  5).     There   are   also   traces   of  a  third   story,  used   by  E,  according  to  which 

40  the  signal,  as  in  Ex.  19,  16,  was  given  by  a  long  (supernatural?)  blast  of  a  single 
horn.     Accordingly  v.  5  and  parts  of  vv.  7  and  20  are  ascribed  to  E'. 

RJE  and  R''  have  done  their  best  to  combine  the  two  accounts  into  a  con- 
tinuous narrative ;  and  some  one  with  musical  enthusiasm,  after  the  manner  of 
Chronicles,   has  thrown  in  a  perpetual  blowing  of  horns,  which  would  have  ren- 

45  dered  the  horns  useless  as  a  signal,  and  is  excluded  by  vv.  6  and  16. 

(i)  As  a  precaution  against  surprise  l>y  the  Israelites.  6,  i 

(2)   Cf.    Ex.    19,13.     [These   horns    (Heb.   shofarfilh)    were    made  of    rams'  4 
horns   and,    as   a   rule,  straightened   and   flattened   by   heat.      The   horns   of  any 
animal   may   be   shaped   either  by   heat   or  by  boiling  in  oil.     The  bore  of  this 


63  ^fl-*sa8«e:- Qlofce  on  ^^''^"O -iSsats*^-  6,5-26 

instrument  is  a  cylindrical  tube  of  small  caliber,  which  opens  into  a  kind  of  6 
bell  of  parabolic  form.  The  sound  is  produced  by  the  blast  of  a  volume  of 
air,  the  lips,  pressed  against  the  orifice  of  the  horn,  acting  as  a  reed.  The 
shaping  of  the  lips  is  difficult,  and  only  three  proper  tones  are  usually  obtained, 
5  although  in  some  instances  higher  notes  can  be  sounded.  See  Cyrus  Adler, 
The  Shofar  (Report  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  for  1892,  pp.  437-450), 
Washington,   1894,  and  cf.  Notes  on  the  Psalms,  p.  222. —  P.  H.] 

(3)  Literally,  will  fall  under  it,  that  is,  in  its  place  or  where  it  stood;    cf.  5 
I  Sam.  14  ,  9  ;   2  Sam.  2,  23  ;  Jud.  7  ,  21  ;  Is.  25  ,  10  ;  Hab.  3,  16  ;  so,  too,  in  v.  20. 
10  (4)  So  Q§re,   Peshita,  Targum,  Vulgate  (cf.  p.  v,  1.  26)  ;  Received  Te.xt  :  a)id  7 

/  h  e y  said,  that  is,  the  priests. 

(5)  RV  following  the  Received  Text:    And  it  ivas  so,   that  luhen  Joshua  had  8.  c 
spoken   unto   the  people,   the  seven  priests   bearing   the  seven  trumpets   of  rains' 
horns  before  the  Lord  passed  on,  and  blew  &c.     What  was  part  of  the  directions 

15  has  been  transformed  into  a  narrative.  The  present  version  virtually  follows 
the  Greek  Bible. 

(6)  That  is,  before  the  Ark  [cf  note  2  on  c.  24).  8 

(7)  The    word    devoted   is    here    analogous    to    the    Polynesian    taboo    and  17 
the   Greek   anathema,  and  signifies  anything  withdrawn   from   common   use,  and 

20  consecrated  to  Jhvh  (cf.  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  104,  11.  21.32;  p.  131,  1.  8 ;  p.  134, 
1.  44;  p.  195,  11.  2.10).  Devoted  men  and  animals  were  killed,  and  devoted 
things  either  destroyed  or  given  to  the  sanctuary;  cf.  Lev.  27 ,  28  ;  Num.  18,  14, 
and  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  135,  1.  17  ;  p.  196,  1.  15  ;  see  also  Levit.,  p.  68,  1.  42 
and  p.  69,  1.  10,  and  cf.  below,  p.  65,  1.  32. 

25  (8)  Hebrew  consonants  t-kh-m-d-w,   d=-\,  with   LXX  ;     RV   ivhen  ye   have  18 

devoted  it  (Heb.  consonants  t-kh-m-r-w,  r  =  -|,  with  Received  Text.    Cf.  notes  on 
9,4;  IS ,  22  ;  19 ,  10 ;  21  ,  35  ;  Judges,  p.  70,  1.  49  ;  p.  90,  1.  22  ;  Ezck.,  p.  loS,  1.  17. 

(9)  Compare    Notes   on    Ezekiel,    p.   151,  1.  36.      [Some   bronze   tools,  which  19 
were   found  by  Professor  Petrie  at  Gurob,  Egypt,  and  which  appear  to  belong 

30  to  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  (about  1450  B.C.),  contain  about  7  per  cent,  of  tin. 
In  some  of  the  earlier  Egyptian  alloys  the  quantity  of  tin  is  so  small  that 
they  must  be  regarded  rather  as  imperfectly  purified  copper  than  as  bronze. 
The  Assyrian  bronze  ornaments  of  the  palace-gates  at  Balawat  (see  Psalms, 
p.  206,  I.   10)   contain  about   11   per  cent,  of  tin;   and   one  of  the  bolts,    which 

35  fastened  the  bronze  bands  to  the  wooden  frainework  of  the  doors,  contained 
a  little  more  than  9  per  cent.,  a  proportion  approaching  that  usually  found  in 
ancient  bronze,  as  well  as  that  of  modern  gun-metal.  The  bronze  votive- 
tablet  from  the  palace  of  Sargoh  (see  Isaiah,  p.  152)  at  Khorsabad  contains 
about  10  per  cent,  of  tin.     As  in  Assyria  and  elsewhere,  bronze  seems  to  have 

40  been  used  by  the  Israelites  for  some  time  to  the  total  exclusion  of  iron  [cf. 
I  Sam.  17 ,  5  .  6 .  38  ;  I  Kings  4,13;  Ps.  18  ,  34  &c. ;  contrast  Deut.  19,5;  27  ,  5  ; 
Josh.  8,31  and  the  iron  chariots  of  the  Canaanites,  Josh.  17,16);  and  between 
the  stone  age  (cf.  above,  p.  62,  1.  5)  and  the  bronze  age  there  must  have  been 
a  copper  age  in  which  copper  ores  were  smelted  and  used  for  implements  &c. 

45  A  small  votive  figure  found  at  Telloh  (Ezek.,  p.  179,  1.  43)  is  nearly  pure  copper, 
without  any  tin  whatever.  Most  of  the  earliest  copper  objects,  however,  contain 
certain  impurities  which  make  the  metal  somewhat  harder  than  refined  copper. 
Cf].  H.  Gladstone,  On  Copper  and  Bronze  of  Ancient  Egypt  and  Assyria  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archceology,  Mar.  4,  1890. —  P.  H.] 

50  (10)  As  heathen  and  therefore  unclean;   cf.  Num.  5,3;   31  ,  19  (both  P).  23 

(11)  If  any  man   rebuilt    Jericho,    his    firstborn    son    should    die    when    the  26 
foundation  was  laid,   and   his  youngest  son  when    the  fortifications   were   com- 
pleted by  setting  up    the  gates.      As   Jericho   is    mentioned   in    Jud.  3,13    (cf. 
above,  p.  58,  1.  4)  and  in  the  time   of  David  (about   1000  B.C.),  2  Sam.  10,5, 


7,1.2 


—>4fmi»-  (tXotce  on  JooBua  ^fisSa+< — 


64 


the  curse  apparently  applied  to  fortifying  the  city.  This  was  done  by  Hiel  in  6 
the  time  of  Ahab  (876-854  n.c),  and  the  fulfilment  of  the  curse  is  recorded 
in  I  Kings  16 ,  34 ;  the  Greek  Bible  inserts  the  fulfilment  here  also.  In  Neh. 
7,36,  among  the  Jews  who  returned  from  the  captivity,  are  mentioned  345  of 
5  the  Men  of  Jericho.  The  rebuilding  of  a  city  cut  off  by  divine  judgment  is 
generally  held  to  be  sacrilege  {rf.  the  curses  pronounced  on  Troy  and  Carthage). 
About  596-586  n.  c.  the  town  and  territory  of  Kirrha,  in  Phocis,  SW  of  Delphi, 
were  put  under  a  curse  for  sacrilege  against  the  sanctuary  of  Apollo  at  Delphi. 
Two  centuries  and  a  half  afterward  the  rebuilding  of  Kirrha  was  the  prete.xt  for 
10  the  Amphictyonic  War  (355-346  11.  c. )  in  which  Philip  of  Macedon  overtlirew 
the  liberties  of  Greece. 

In  Jol)  15,28  Eliphaz  gives  as  a  proof  of  the  reckless  audacity  of  the 
wicked  man,  that  /if  dwelt  in  cities  that  had  been  cut  off.  So  Dent.  13,16 
says  of  an  idolatrous  city :  It  shatt  be  a  heap  for  ever,  it  shatt  not  be  built  a,t;aiu. 

(llotce  on  £0ap(cr  7. 

There  are  indications  that  two  narratives  are  combined  in  this  chapter,  but 
the  amalgamation  is  too  well  done  to  admit  of  complete  analysis.  Observe 
doublets  in  vv.  3 .  7  =  vv.  8.9.  12.  15.25,  and  see  notes  on  these  verses. 

(1)1  Chr.   2,7;   Greek    Bible   and    Josephus :    Achar,    an   adaptation   to   the  7 ,  i 
20  name  of  the  valley  Achor ;  cf.  v.  25,  and  i   Kings  18  ,  17.  18. 


nKTIl-KI,. 


(2)  ^/='Heap.'      The    name    occurs    as   a   landmark    in    connection    with  2 
Beth-el,  Gen.  12,8;    13,3.     Variously  identified  with  a  certain  knoll,  ct-Tcl,  and 
other  sites  near  Beth-el,  most  probably  with   Haiydn,  two  miles  east  of  Beth-el, 
separated  from  it  by  a  deep   ravine.      For  Beth-el,  see  Gen.  12  ,  8 ;  Judges  i ,  22. 


65  ^^*ts^^B<- (Jlofce  on  ^oafivia -tii^^im*^ —  7.3-21 

Our  picture  shows  the  modern  village  of  Bi-itn  (about  four  hours  north  of  7 
Jerusalem,  on  the  road  to  Shechem  ;  see  Jud.  21  ,  19),  which  occupies  the  site  of 
the  ancient  Beth-el  (that  is,  House  of  God),  a  sanctuary  before  the  dawn  of 
history,  and  the  most  important  centre  of  worship  in  the  Northern  Kingdom. 
5  The  hill  on  which  Bet'ui  stands  rises  in  a  series  of  terraces,  or  steps,  which 
may  have  suggested  the  ladder  reaching  to  heaven  in  Jacob's  Dream.  The 
ruined  tower  on  the  summit  is  built  on  ancient  foundations.  The  modern 
Bet'in  consists  of  a  few  poor  huts,  amidst  three  or  four  acres  of  ruins.  An 
enormous  cistern  (300x200  feet)  is  the  chief  relic  of  antiquity.  The  country  is 
10  stony,  and  there  are  traces  of  cromlechs  (see  above,  p.  61,  1.  14).  The  hill  rises 
to  over  2S00  feet ;  and  one  of  the  main  roads  from  Jerusalem  to  the  north 
has  always  run,  and  still  runs,  along  its  western  slope  (f/i  above,  I.  2).  The 
earlier  name  of  Beth-el  was  Luz  \   see  16,2;    18,13;  Jud.  1,23. 

(3)  i^t/Zz-rtiV;/ =' House  of  Vanity;'    omitted   in  the  Greek  Bible.     In  Hosea 
^5  4  I  15 ;  5.8;   10 ,  5  it  occurs  as  a  name  of  contempt  for  Beth-el  (  House  of  God)  ; 

but   in  Josh.    18,12;    i  Sam.  13,5;    14  ,  23  it  is  mentioned  in   a  way  that  seems 
to  establish  its  separate  e.xistence.     Its  site  is  not  identified. 

(4)  The   suggestion  that  only  a   part  of  the  people  should  go  up,  and  the  3-5 
account  of  the  flight  and  smiting,  are  both  given  twice  over,  probably  through 

20  combination  of  sources. 

(5)  Shebariiu=  'breakings'  or  'broken  places,'  either  natural,  broken  ground  5 
with  ravines   and   precipices,  or  (as  RV''')  artificial,  /.  e.  quarries.     Both  quarries 
and   ravines   are   numerous   in   the   neighborhood.     As  a  proper  name  the   word 
occurs  only  here,  and  the  site  is  not  identified. 

25  The  LXX,   Pesh.,  Targ.  by  a  slight  alteration  of  the  vowels  translate:    until 

they  (the  Israelites)  were  broken  in  pieces. 

(6)  Descent  (Heb.  Mordd).  From  Shebarini,  which  was  probably  on  the 
edge  of  the  plateau  on  which  Ai  stood,  down  the  passage  from  v\hich  the 
Israelites  had  come. 

30  (7)  J's   equivalent   for   v.  7    (E)  ;    note   the   new  beginning  in  v.  8;   Aniorite  8.9 

in  V.  7,   Canaanite  in  v.  9 ;  and  cf.  Jacob's  fears  in  Gen.  34,30  (J). 

(8)  Note  the  contagious  character  of  the  taboo  ;  cf  Ezekiel,  p.  195,  1.  2.  12 

(9)  Compare  chapter  3,  verse  5.  13 

(10)  Before  the  Ark;  r/  6 ,  8.  14 
35          ( 1 1 )  By  lot ;   cf.  the  election  of  Saul  to  the  kingdom,    i  Sam.   10,  and  the 

scene  in  i  Sam.  14.     The  tribes  &c.  are  to  be  represented  by  their  chiefs. 

(12)  RV,    with    the    Received    Text,    And   he    brought  near  the  family  of  17.18 
Judah,   and  he  took  the  family  of  the  Zarhitcs,  and  he  brought  near  the  family 

of  the   Zarhitcs,   man   by  man,  and  Zabdi   was   taken,   and  he  brought  ?iear  his 
40  household,   man  by  man  &c.  &c. 

The  present  version  follows  the  Greek  Bible,  whose  text  is  supported  in 
some  points  by  the  Vulgate,   Peshita,  and  some  Heb.   MSS. 

(13)  LXX  and  Peshita  omit  my  son.  19 

(14)  Achan's    confession    showed   that    Jhvh   had   discovered    the   offender, 
45  and  that  the  defeat  of  Israel   was   not  due  to  any   failure  of  Jhvh's  power  or 

faithfulness,  but  to  the  sin  of  Israel. 

(15)  RW^  give  praise. 

(i5)  Indicating  that  Achan's  words  are  not  given  in  full;   cf.  2  Sam.  17,  15.  20 

(17)  .S/»'«rt;- =  Babylonia,    cf.    Gen.    10 ,  lo.        LXX     many-colored,    tliat     is,   21 

50  embroidered    robe ;     Vulg.    scarlet    robe ;     suggesting    the    costly    materials    and 

elaborate  workmanship  of  Babylonian  wares.     Cf.  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  139,  1.  51. 

(iS)  The  shekel  is  here  a  weight  of  metal  (200  shekels  =  8|  lbs.,  50  shekels 

=  about   2\  lbs. ) ;   but  the   data   as   to   the  amount   of  this  weight    are  obscure 

and  inconsistent.     The  Phcenician  shekel  was  about  224  grains  ;  the  Maccabean 

5 


7  ,  22-  26 


— »4«#^a*-  (JtoUa  on  ^iedua  -sasifs^t-t — 


66 


shekels,  as  coins,  weigh   21S  grains,  and  are  about  the  size   of  an   English   half-  7 
crown.      The   accompanying   illustration   represents   a  Jewish   silver  shekel,  gen- 
erally  supposed   to  have   been   coined   under  Simon  Maccabaeus  (B.C.  142-135), 


but  it  must  probably 
5  be  assigned  to  the 
time  of  the  great 
rebellion  of  the 
Jews,  A.  D.  66  -  70 
(see  Notes  on  the 
10  Psalms,  p.  219,  1.  17  ; 
r/.   ibid.  p.  221,  fig. 

£■ ;   p.  223,  figs.  Ill,  I!  ; 
p.    224,    figs.    />.    (7) 


JEWISH    SHEKEL. 


The  AR  between 
the  obverse  and  re- 
verse means  argen- 
/iiiii,  silver.  On  the 
obverse,  with  the 
goblet,  we  read,  in 
Old  Hebrew  char- 
acters, 'PNX'"  "jiX' 
Shekel  of  Israel ; 
the    X     above     the 

goblet  signifies  First  Year.  On  the  reverse,  with  the  lily  (?),-  we  find: 
15  ncnp  D''?"J'1T  Jerusalem,    the   holy   one.      Cf.   notes    on  Lev.  27,3;    Jud.  17,4; 

Ezek.  45 ,  10-12. 

(19)  Under  it  and  the  absence  of  any  reference  to  the  gold  in  v.  22  suggest  22 
the  introduction  of  the  bar  of  gold  from  a  second  source. 

(20)  So  RV  following  the  Received  Te.xt.     LXX,   Elders  of  Israel.  23 
20           (21)  The  Greek  Bible  omits  the  list  of  stolen  things.     The  present  position  24 

of  all  Israel  with  him  suggests  that  the  intervening  words  after  Achan  are  an 
addition.  There  seem  to  be  traces  of  two  stories :  in  one,  Achan  alone  was 
stoned  (compare  the  provision  of  Deut.  24,16  that  the  children  should  not  be 
punished   with   the   parents),  thus   in   v.  25   they  stoned  him;   v.  26  the   heap   is 

25  erected  over  hitn;  —  in  the  other  story  he  was  treated  according  to  the  law 
of  'devotion'  (see  the  note  on  6,17),  Deut.  13,15-17,  and  his  family  and 
possessions  were  burnt  with  him,  thus  v.  25  they  burnt  them.  The  two  words 
for  stoning  in  v.  26  are  different,  and  the  former  is  probably  due  to  a  redactor. 

(22)  Should  be  him.  24.25 

30  (23)  Northern   boundary   of  Judah    15,7;   its    desolation   is   implied   in   Hos.  24.26 

2,  15  /  -ivill  give  her  the  I 'alley  of  Achor  as  a  door  of  hope,  and  Is.  65,  10 
the  Valley  of  Achor  shall  become  a  resting-place  for  herds.  Probably  the  Wady 
el-Qelt  [cf.  above,  p.  58,  1.  i)  which  leads  from  Jericho  into  the  Hill-country. 
The  plate  facing  p.  10  represents  a  wild  gorge  of  this  Wady.     The  ruins  in  the 

35  foreground  are  those  of  an  ancient  aqueduct,  either  one  built  by  Herod  to 
supply  Jericho,  or  a  later  one  which  supplied  some  monaster)'.  The  scene  of 
the  stoning  of  Achan  would  not  be  this  narrow  gorge,  but  the  more  open  part 
of  the  valley,  where  it  debouches  into  the  Plain  of  Jericho  (cf.  above,  p.  58,  1.  43). 
The   meaning  of  the  name  Achor  (AV'  Trouble,   RV^'   Troubling)  is  uncertain  ; 

40  it  may  have  been  Desolation.  The  narrator  evidently  derived  the  name  from 
the  verb  'achar,  translated  in  the  preceding  verse  and  in  6,18:  bring  calamity 
upon. 

(24)    77/dV/ ////'// >r/('«fe</=  Deuteronomy  13,  17.  26 


(llofco  on  €6apfcr  8. 

45  Note  doublets:  arising  to  go  up  (vv.  3  and   10 ;  9  and  13.14);  the  emptying 

of  the  city  (vv.  16.  17.24). 

In  J  the  ambush  is  30,000  (v.  3),  in  E,  5,000  (v.  12).— In  J  flight  is  feigned 
(vv.  5-7);  in  E  it  is  real  (v.  15). —  In  J  the  ambush  set  fire  to  the  city  (vv.  8. 
20.21);   in   E  Joshua  burns   it.— In   E  they  flee  to  the  Wilderness  (vv.  15.20), 


"  According  to  some  this  'lily'  represents  the  budding  rod  of  .\aron  (Num.  17,8). 


67  — »*«#ei8Ss- (Tlotcs  on  Joe^ua  ^@Jis*« —  8,2-32 

and  rally  when  Joshua  stretches  out  the  javelin  (vv.  1S.19);  in  J  they  turn 
when  they  see  the  smoke  of  the  city  (v.  21). 

( 1 )  The  fate  of  the  king  of  Jericho  has  not  been  mentioned.  8  , 

(2)  Agrees  almost  word  for  word  with  11 ,  14  and  Deut.  2,  35  ;  3,7;  20,  14. 

5  (3)  From  Gilgal  to  Ai  (</.  the  map  on  p.  71 J  was  about   16  or  17  miles.         3 

(4)  In  the  ravine  between  Ai  and  Beth-el.  4 

(5)  Q^-  ^-  13.   which  was  probably  composed   by  the  Redactor  to  harmonize  9 
with   this    verse.     ARV,   with   Received   Te.xt,  have  people  (one   Heb.  consonant 
less). 

10  (6)  Joshua  and  the  Elders  (that  is,  chiefs),  v.  10.  13 

(7)  The  main  body,  see  verse  11. 

(8)  So  Vulg.  and  Pesh.,  lit.  its  heel;  ARV  (with  Targ. )  their  Hers  in  wait, 
the  word  is  apparently  used  in  this  sense  in  Ps.  49 ,  5,  the  malice  of  mine  oppos- 
ers  surrounds  me  (RV"''  them  that  cvould  supplant  me).      It  has   been   suggested 

15  that  an  ambiguous  word  is  used  intentionally  to  indicate  that  the  rear  included 
one  or  both  of  the  ambushes. 

(9)  As  in  V.  9  and  some  MSS  here;   ARV  (with  Received  Text)  went. 

(10)  This  verse  is  omitted  in  the  Greek  Bible.  It  is  obscure  and  confused, 
apparently  an  attempt   by   the   Redactor  to   render    it  possible  to   interpret  the 

20  two  combined  accounts  as  a  single  coherent  narrative. 

(11)  Heb.  mordd  for  moed,  of  the  Received  Text,  translated  in  ARV  time  14 
appointed,  RV^  place  appointed;    neither  makes  sense  as  the  narrative  stands. 

If  moed  be  the  correct  reading  it  must  refer  to  something  omitted  by  the 
Redactor.      For  mordd  see  above,  p.  65,  1.  27. 

25  (12)  Usually   the   name   of  the  Jordan   valley  {cf.  above,    p.  60,  1.  17);    here 

commonly  understood  of  some  desert  tract  opposite  Ai  and  identical  with  the 
Wilderness  in  vv.  15 .  20 .  24,  and  possibly  with  the  Wilderness  of  Beth-aven  in 
18,12;  but  this  view  is  improbable.  Here,  again,  if  the  reading  be  correct, 
we  have  an  obscurity  due  to  the  redaction.     The  Greek  Bible  omits   the  clause 

30  to  the  'moSd<  opposite  the  Arabah. 

(13)  ARV  tnade  as  if  they   were  beaten,  but   there   is   no   suggestion   in   E  15 
that  they  only  pretended  to  flee. 

(14)  Desolate  country  east  of  Ai. 

(15)  Cf.  Ex.  17,  II,  where   similarly   Moses'   hand   is   uplifted   till   the   battle  26 
35  is  over. 

(16)  It  was  apparently  rebuilt,  possibly  on  a  neighboring  site;   in  Ezra  2,28  28 
we  read  of  the  men  of  Beth-el  and  Ai. 

(17)  Complies  with  the  laws  in  Deut.  13,16;  21,22.23.     It  need  not,  how-  29 
ever,   be  referred  to   R^^;  these  passages  probably  give  ancient  customs   which 

40  were  incorporated  in  the  Deuteronomic  Code. 

(iS)  For  the  gate,  see  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  178,  1.  20. 

(19)  For  the  altar,  see  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  106,  1.  51. 

(20)  The  peace-offerings  were  sacrificial  meals;   see  Levit.,  p.  65,  1.  9.  31 

(21)  Not  the  stones  of  the  altar,  but  the  stones  described  in  Deut.  27,  1-4,  32 
45  to   which   the   writer   is   referring.     "The   letters   were   not  to  be  carved   in   the 

stone  (as  is  usually  the  case  in  ancient  inscriptions),  but  to  be  inscribed,  with 
some  suitable  pigment,  upon  a  prepared  surface  coated  with  lime  or  gypsum. 
This  practice  was  Egyptian.  In  Egypt  it  was  the  custom  to  put  a  layer  of 
stucco,  or  paint,  over  the  stone  used  in  architecture,  of  whatever  quality,  even 
50  granite  ;  and  in  the  case  of  sandstone,  which  was  porous,  a  coat  of  calcareous 
composition  was  laid  on  before  the  paint  was  applied.  The  black  pigment, 
used   in   Egypt,    consisted   of   bone-black    of   ivory ;    and   figures,    or  characters, 


8.33-9.3 


(Uofco  on  ^aedua  -«®» 


68 


^S^^M'^^W'^ 


15 


\ 


\^^  \ 


.-■■■* 


h\<y  u 


,.^,vyo,..^ 


h^B/f:.W"V'"/   ;VW 


■  > 


25 


30 


35 


W' 


\ 


inscribed  by  this  method  were  very  permanent  (cf.  above,  p.  49,  1.  26).     It  was  a  8 
common  custom  in  antiquity  to  engrave  laws  upon  slabs  of  stone  or  metal,  and 
to  set  them  up  in   some  public  place.     At  Carthage   the   regulations   respecting 

sacrifices  were  thus 
engraved.  In  Greece 
such  slabs  were  called 
stelar  ;  many  laws  and 
decrees  of  Athens,  and 
other  Greek  states,  so 
inscribed,  have  been 
discovered  during  re- 
cent years"  (Driver 
on  Deut.  27  ,  2). 

(22)  In  Deut.  this 
law,  with  no  clear  in- 
dication of  its  contents, 
but  probably  the  Deu- 
teronomic  Code,  Deut. 
12-26.  The  later  Jews 
called  Deuteronomy 
itself  ///(•  diip/i<a/e  of 
the  Law. 

( 23 )  In   Deut.  27,  33 
the   curses   come    first 
and  the  main  emphasis 
is  laid  on  them. 

(  24  i  Shechem  be-  35 
tween  Ebal  and  Geri- 
zim  (see  full-page 
illustrations  facing  pp. 
iS  .  20  of  Judges)  is 
about  20  miles  N  of 
Ai  ;  in  c.  9  the  army  is 
again  at  Gilgal.  Noth- 
ing is  said  about  either 

of  these  long  marches   through   an   unconquered   country.      The   incident  is  not 

only  a  late  insertion  but  without  any  historical  probability. 


■^v 


\^v%  y^'ih 


ym 


■;).-] 


\', 


FRAGMENT    OF   CARTHAG!NI.\N   SACRIFICIAL  TABLET. 


(llotce  on  €6apfcr  9. 

Note   triplet,  v.  15;   and   doublets,  vv.  6^  and  8^;    16''  and    17^;   18  and  26. — 

40  Also  (i)  J  lias  Me/i  of  Israel  (vv.  6.  14a);  E,  Joshua  (vv.  3 .  6 .  8.  15);  P,  Princes 

of  the   Congregation  (v.  15  &c.  1. —  (ii)  J,   treaty  (vv.  6.  16)  ;   E,  peace   (v.  15). — 

(iii)  I,   Hix-itcs   (v.  7);    E,   Inhabitants    of   Gibcon   (v.  3). —  (iv)  E,    thy  servants 

(vv.  S.  II). 

In  vv.  15.  17-21    the   ignoring   of  Joshua  shows   that  this   section   does   not 
45  belong  to   the  main  body  of  P  in  Joshua,  in  which  Joshua  is  always  introduced, 
as    subordinate,  however,  to   Eleazar   (14,1;    19,51;    21,1);    cf.   22,13,  where 
Joshua  is  similarly  ignored. 

According   to   the  Priestly   Code   the  servants  of  the  altar  were  the   Levites 
{cf.  notes   on    Ezek.  44,  11.  14);    accordingly  P*  (cf  above,  p.  46,  1.  7)  changes 
50  tlie  Gibeonites  into  zcood-cuttcrs  and  water-carriers. 


{i)  The   present   el  fib  on  a  little  isolated  hill  about  iS   miles  W  of  Gilgal,  9,3 
about  7  miles  S\V  of  Ai,  and   about   5  miles  SE  of  Upper  Beth-horon  {cf  notes 


69  — »*e«ea*- (Pofcs  on  ^o^^ua -sBs#s*** —  9,4-10,1 

10  and  12  on  c.  10).    The  remains  of  an  old  fortress  and  a  few  scattered  hovels  9 
stand  on  the  top  of  the  liill  whose  sides  are  terraced  for   vineyards  and  covered 
with  oHves,  figs,  and  pomegranates  (see  the  plate  facing  p.  14). 

(2)  So  following  the  Ancient  Versions;   ARV,  following  the  Received  Text,  4 
5  made  as  if  they  had  been  ambassadors.     The  reading  of  the  Versions  has  d  ='\ 

where  the  Received  Text  has  ;■=  1  (cf.  note  on  6,iS);  there  is  no  other 
difference.  The  word  in  the  Received  Text  is  found  only  here,  and  if  read, 
its  meaning  would  be  very  doubtful. 

(3)  Literally   bound  up   (so   ARV),  that   is,   the   edges   of  a   rent   were   tied 
10  around  with  string.     Wine-skins  (cf.  the  illustration  on  p.  92)  are  mended  in  the 

East  by  being  hound  up  in  this  way,  or  patched,  or  even  by  covering  the  holes 
with  round,   flat  pieces  of  wood. 

(4)  Heb.    niqqudim;    Vulg.,    Targ.,    Aquila    crutnhlcd ;     ARV,    with    LXX,  5 
mouldy.    NiqqudUn  were  part  of  the  present  Jeroboam's  wife  took  to  the  prophet 

15  Abijah,  with  barley  loaves  and  honey  (i  Kings  14,3);  the  word  is  there  trans- 
lated cracknels  in  ARV.  Things  dry  and  broken  might  apply  to  stale  bread 
and  equally  to  hard  biscuits  or  crackers.  [Contrast  the  fresh  fig  produced  by 
Cato  in  the  Senate  to  illustrate  the  proximity  of  Carthage  (Pliny  15,20). —  P.  H.] 

(5)  The   Gilgal   of  the   first   encampment;   suggestions  that  this  is  a  second  6 
20  Gilgal   are   quite   unnecessary,  and   arise   simply   from   a   desire   to   interpret   the 

narrative,  so  as  to  connect  R^'s  addition  8,30-35  with  the  earlier  narratives 
between  which  it  has  been  placed.      Cf.  above,  p.  6r,  I.  21. 

(5)  No   king  is   mentioned;    apparently  Gibeon   was   under   family   or   patri-  11 
archal  government. 
25  (7)    Third  day  (omitted   in   the  Greek  Bible),  a  distance  of  about   iS   miles  17 

as  the  crow  flies  {cf.  v.  3),  but  longer  by  rough,  hilly  roads.  In  10,9  Joshua 
went  up  from  Gilgal  to  Gibeon  in  a  single  night. 

(8)  Cf.   18,25-28;    Chephirah    (that    is.    Village)  =  Kcfirc   about   five   miles 
SW   of  Gibeon;    Beeroth    (that   is,    Cisterns;    cf.  the   name   Bey  root,  see  above, 

30  P-  53.  1-  21)  perhaps  =  c/-i?/')r,  about  four  miles  NE  of  Gibeon;  Kirjath-jearim 
(that  is.  City  of  Woods),  probably  Qaryet  el- Ineb,  about  two  miles  south  of 
Chephirah,   cf  15,9  and  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  91,  note  22. 

(9)  RV  :   And  the  princes  said  unto   them.   Let  them   live:   so   they   became  21 
heivers  of  wood  and  drawers  of  water  unto  all  the  congregation ;  as  the  princes 

35  had  spoken  unto  them. 

(10)  Saul  made  an  unsuccessful  attempt  to  extirpate  the  Gibeonites  (2  Sam.   26 
21,1);   later  on,  they  seem   to   have   been   merged   in    Israel  :   in  Neh.  7 ,  25  the 
Gibeonites  are  included   in   the   list   of  those   who   returned   from   the   Captivity 
without  being  in  any  way  distinguished  from  the  rest  of  the  Jews. 

40  (11)  Compare  Deuteronomy  12,5  and  passim.  27 

(VLottB  on  €^ajpUv  10. 

In  the  E  portions,  note  Amorites,  and,  as  in  E  of  c.  9,  inhabitants  of  Gibeon 
(v.  i);  made  peace  (vv.  1.4). —  As  v.  15  is  out  of  place  before  v.  21,  vv.  12-15 
were  apparently  a  general  note  appended  to  the  conclusion  of  the  narrative  at 
45  V.  27;  parts  of  vv.  12-14  'i''e  from  an  ancient  source  containing  material  similar 
in  character  to  J'  (orvv.  16-27  is  mainly  J).  V.  15  (as  D  in  v.  43)  brings  Israel 
back  to  Gilgal  after  each  campaign.  —  The  section  vv.  28-39  (D)  rests  on  a  basis 
of  JE,  and  bears  the  traces  of  more  than  one  redaction.  Note  the  frequent 
redundancies  of  expression  and  the  broken  constructions   (vv.  2S.35.37  &c. ). 

50  ( I )  LXX  throughout  Adoni-bezek,  as  in  Jud.  1,5-7;   the  author  of  Judges  10 ,  i 

seems    to   have    understood    that    Adoni-zedec    was    king  of    Bezek,   Jud.    i  ,  5. 


10,2-11  — **^aBf  (UofcB  on  ^oedua -iSm^^-^—  7° 

Adoni-zedec,    according    to  traditional    pronunciation,  =  Lord   of  Righleousness,  lO 
originally:  Zydyc  (a  Canaanite  deity)  is  my  Lord.     Cf.  Melchizedek,  Gen.  14,  18. 
The  proposal  to  substitute  Adoni-zedec   for   an   obscure   name    in    the    Amarna 
Tablets   (see  above,  p.  47,  1.  25  ;  p.  54,  note  •■)  is  a  mere  conjecture. 
5  (2)  Jerusalem  =  6"a/««  of  Melchizedek;  mosUy  in  early  books  Jcbiis,  City  of 

the  Jebusites,  Jebiisi.  [Jerusalem  = /r«.srt//7«,  a  byform  of  the  oldest  form, 
Uriisa/im,  found  in  the  Amarna  Tablets  (cf.  above,  p.  54,  1.  19).  The  meaning 
of  the  name  seems  to  be  City  of  Safety.  Uru  =  city  in  Sumerian  (that  is,  the 
idiom  of  the  non-Semitic  aborigines  of  Babylonia)  ;  cf.  Ur  of  the  Chaldees, 
10  Gen.  11,28.31;  15,7;  Neh.  9,7.  The  later  form  of  the  old  Sumerian  wu, 
ur  '  city '  is  cri,  cr,  ir,  which  has  passed  into  Hebrew  as  'ir,  tlie  common 
Hebrew  word  for  city.  The  traditional  rendering  of  Jerusalem,  City  of  Peace,  is 
inaccurate.     Cf.  Critical  Notes  on  the  Heb.  text  of  Isaiah,  p.  100.— P.  H.] 

(3)  Probably  cities  with  smaller  towns  dependent  on  them  ;   cf.  above,  p.  54,  2 
T5  1.  28. 

(4)  These   five    cities    are   spread    over   a   large   area   of  Southern   Palestine.  3 
Hebron  is  about  19  miles  south  of  Jerusalem.    The   plate  facing  p.  16  shows  the 
modern  town   el-K/ialil,  which   is   east   of  the   site   of    the   ancient   Israelite   city 
of  Hebron.     The  modern  Arabic  name  is  an  abbreviation  of  Khali!  Allah,  'The 

20  Friend  of  God,'  that  is,  Abraham  (Is.  41,8;  2  Chr.  20,7;  Jas.  2,23).  The 
large  building  to  the  right,  marked  by  the  tall  minarets  at  each  end,  is  the 
Great  Mosque,  Arab.  Hardm,  which  encloses  the  traditional  Cave  of  Machpelah 
and  the  graves  of  Abraham  and  Sarah,  Isaac  and  Rebekah,  and  Jacob  and 
Leah.     The  minarets   and  the  outer  wall  (which  is  about  200  feet  long  by  115 

25  feet  square,  and  upward  of  50  feet  high,  without  a  single  window  or  opening 
of  any  kind  e.xcept  the  doorways  to  the  north )  are  Saracenic,  but  the  lofty  inner 
wall  is  at  any  rate  older  than  the  Christian  era,  and  has  been  ascribed  even 
to  Solomon.  Hebron  is  no  doubt  one  of  the  oldest  exisdng  cities  in  the  world 
(cf.  Num.  13,  22  and  note  on  Ps.  78,  12).    See  Gen.  23,  20  and  the  picture  (facing 

30  p.  16  of  Isaiah)  of  the  'Oak  of  Abraham,'  the  famous  holm-oak  (about  a  mile 
and  a  half  west  of  Hebron)  which  is  22  feet  in  circumference. 

(5)  ]amm\.\\  =  yar»ifik,  about  18  miles  SE  of  Jerusalem,  NVV  of  B^t-Nettif 

(6)  The  site  and  important  remains  of  Lachish  have  been  recently  recovered 
at   Tcl-el-Hesy  (cf.  note  on  Is.  37 ,  8  and  see  above,  p.  53,  1.  26''),  about  two  miles 

35  south  of  Eglon,  while  the  name  is  preserved  at  Umm-laqis,  two  miles  west  of 
Eglon.  The  proposed  idenUfication  ■  of  this  Japhia,  King  of  Lachish,  with  a 
king  of  Gezer  (cf.  v.  33)  of  similar  name  [  lapakhi)  mendoned  in  the  Amarna 
Tablets  is  precarious. 

(7)  Eglon  (the  modern  'Ajidn)  is  about  20  miles  west  of  Hebron. 

40  (8)  Not  certainly  identified,  coupled  with  Socoh  in  15,35;   i  Sam.  17,  i,  and  10 

with  Lachish  in  2  Chr.  11,9;  Neh.  11,30;  Jer.  34,7.  Possil>Iy  Zakarya  close 
to  Jarmuth,  or  Bir-ez-za,s;h  north  of  Socoh  (?). 

(9)  Possibly   el-Mughar   (that   is,   'The  Cave'),  about  17  miles  S\V  of  Beth- 
horon,  close  to  Ekron.     There  are  caves  at  el-Mughar. 

45  (10)  Attacking   from   the    SE,    Israel   drove    the   Canaanites   NW,    along   the  11 

road  past  the  two  Beth-horons  to  the  coast ;  then  apparently  the  fugitives 
turned  southward,  in  order  later  on  to  make  for  the  Hill-country  on  the  east  and 
regain  their  own  cities.  Upper  Beth-horon  (Bet  'Ur),  2000  feet  above  sea  level, 
is  five   miles  NW  of  Gibeon  ;    Lower   Beth-horon  (500  feet  lower)  is  about   two 

50  miles  further  on  ;  from  the  latter  there  is  a  steep  and  rough  descent  to  the 
Mediterranean  Plain.  Beth-horon  was  the  scene  of  a  great  victory  of  Judas 
Maccaba5us  over  the  Syrians  (b.  c.  166)  and  of  another  of  the  insurgent  Jews 
over  Cestius  Gallus  in  a.  d.  66.  Our  picture  shows  the  decayed  modern  village 
of  Bet  'Ur  el-F6qa,  which  stands   on   the   site  of  the  ancient   Upper  Beth-horon. 


71 


(Jlofce  on  ^oa^ua  -r«H#3*<i — 


lO,   12 


It  is  perched   on   the   crest   and   steep   side  of  the  hill,  on  hard   grey  limestone,  lO 
and  beyond   it  we  see   something  of  a  straggling  olive  grove.     In  the  distance, 
on   the    left,    are    the    coast    line    and    the    waters    of   the    Mediterranean  ;    and 
between    Beth-horon   and   the  Sea,   the  Shephelah    (see  /iids^rs,  p.  49,  I.  12)   and 


UPPER    BETH-HOKON. 


5  the  Maritime   plain.     Loiver  Beth-horon   is   hidden   by   the   hill    on   which  Upper 
Beth-horon  stands. 

(11)  So  the   Battle  of  the  Frigidus  (that  is,  the   river  Wippach,  S  of  Goritz 
and  N  of  the  Gulf  of  Trieste)  by  which  Theodosiiis  regained  Italy  for  Christen- 


REC;lON    BETWEEN    GILG.^L    AND    BETH-HORON. 


dom  (394  A.  D.)  is  said  to  have  been  decided  by  the  Bora  or  north-east  wind, 
10  which  blew  in  the  faces  of  the  enemy. 

(12)  Joshua  was  on  the  Beth-horon  ridge,  with  Gibeon  on  the  SE  and   the  12 
\'alley   of  Ajalon  to  the  SW.   running   from    Beth-horon   toward  the  sea.     It  was 


lo,  13-21 


»-  (Jlotco  on  ^oedua  -iffss^sM^ — 


72 


something  before  noon  (<■/.  v.  13),  the  sun  was  still  in  the  East,  the  setting  10 
moon  in  the  West.  The  subjoined  picture  shows  part  of  the  valley  of  Aja/oii, 
with  the  modern  village  which  preserves  the  ancient  name  in  the  form  Vd/o. 
It  stands  on  a  hill  at  the  southern  end  of  the  valley,  the  end  furthest  from 
5  Beth-horon.  The  valley  is  a  broad  stretch  of  corn-land.  The  name  Ajalon  occurs 
in  the  Amarna  Tablets  in  the  forms  Aia/i'ina  and  lalAna. 

(13)  The  quotation  is  poetic  and  figurative,  as  in  the  Song  of  Deborah,  Jud.  13 
5 ,  20,  ///('  stars  fought  against  Sisera  ;  it  seems,  however,  to  have  been  mis- 
understood and  taken  literally  by  subsequent  editors.  It  means  simply :  A[ay 
10  God  grant  us  victory  before  the  sun  sets.  Similarly  Agamemnon  prays  to  Zeus 
that  the  sun  may  not  set  before  Priam's  dwelling  is  overthrown  ( //.  2,413  ff.). 
At  the  bidding  of  Athene,  the  sunset  was  delayed  for  the  sake  of  Ulysses 
(  Od.  23 ,  241  ff. )  and,  on  another  occasion,  hastened  at  the  command  of  Hera, 
in  order  to  save  the  Greeks  (//.  18,  239  ff. ).    Of  course,  if  there  were  an  adequate 


AJALON. 


15  motive  for  a  miracle  here,  or  any  appreciable  evidence  that  a  miracle  took 
place,  scientific  objections  would  be  irrelevant  because,  from  the  ver>'  idea  of  a 
miracle,  its  physical  antecedents  and  mechanism  are  unintelligible  and  cannot 
be  discussed.  But  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  narrative  originally 
stated  that  a  miracle  happened. 

20  (14)  Mentioned    2  Sam.  1  ,  18  as   containing   David's    Lament   over  Saul   and 

Jonatlian  ;  and,  according  to  a  probable  interpretation  of  a  reading  in  the  Greek 
Bible,  in  i  Kings  8 ,  53,  as  containing  a  poetic  utterance  of  Solomon.  Hence  a 
collection  of  poems,  and  possibly  also  narratives,  made  soon  after  the  time  of 
Solomon   (about  930  n.  c. ).     Jashar  (upright  I,  either  (as  feshurun)  a  poetic  title 

25  of  Israel  [cf.  note  on  Is.  44,2),  or  a  collective  term  =  heroes,  cf.  the  Nine 
Worthies  (Hercules,   Hector,  &c. ). 

(15)  RV  the  remnant  which  remained  of  them.  20 

(16)  Cf.  Ex.   11,7;    Is.   10,14.      The   Received   Text   would    mean:    'None'  21 
moved  his  tongue  against  the  Israelites,  against  'any-  man  'of  them'. 


73 


— »*«^«S!s-  Qte<e0  on  ^oe^aa  -m^^^^ 


lO  ,  24  -  II  ,  I 


(17)  Cy.  Ps.  110,1.     In  Assyrian  wall-sculptures  we  often  see  kings  putting  10,24 
their  feet  on   the    necks    of   prostrate    enemies.      In  the  famous   monument  of 
Darius   Hystaspes   (b.  c.  521-486),  on  the   rock  of  Behistun  (between   Baghdad 

and   Hamadan),   the  king  places  his  foot  on  the  stomach  of  a  prostrate  rebel. 

(18)  C/'.  the  treatment  of  the  King  of  Ai  in  8 ,  29.  26 

( 19)  Not  identified  ;   somewhere   in   the   Lowland   of  Judah  ;    it  cannot   have  29 
been   very   far  from   Lachish    (see   above,  p.  70,  1.  33);   </.   Is.  37,8  (see  Isaiah, 

p.  49,  1.  30 ;  p.  165,  1.  50). 

(20)  The   modern    Tcl-Jezer,    between    Beth-horon    and    Ekron.      According  33 


.\SSVRHN    KING   PUTTING    HIS   FOOT   ON   THE    NECK    OF    A    PROSTRATE    ENEMY. 


10  to  16,  10  and  Jud.   i  ,  29  Israel  did  not  conquer  Gezer,  and  in  i   Kings  9,  15-17 
Gezer  is  taken  by  the  King  of  Egypt,   and  given  to  Solomon. 

(21)  Killed   already   in   vv.  23.26.      Hebron   and   Debir   are   again   taken   by  37 
Joshua,    11,21;     and   by   Caleb    and    Othniel,    15,13-17    {cf.    14,12-14);    Jud. 

I,  10-13.     The  king  of  Debir  is  included  in  the  list  of  conquered  kings  in   12, 
15  but  not  the  king  of  Hebron. 

(22)  Also   Kirjath-sepher,  15,15;    and   Kirjath-sannah.   15,49;   not    certainly  38 
identified,  possibly  ed-Ddhariye  about  12  miles  SW  of  Hebron,  on  the  southern 
edge  of  the  Hill-countrv-  (cf.  notes  on  Jud.  i,ii). 

(23)  The  desert  plain  of  the  south  ;   see  Judges,   p.  49,   1.  8.  40 
20           (24)   Cf.  Gen.  14,7  and  Notes  on   Psalms,  p.  177,  1.  2.  41 

(25)  Cf.  Gen.  10,  19  and  the  full-page  illustration  facing  p.  30  oi  Judges. 

(26)  Mentioned  only  here;  some  district  in  Southern  Palestine,  not  at  present 
identified.     No  connection  with  the  Egyptian  Goshen  or  the  town  in  15,  51. 

(Uofee  on  C^ajjter  11. 


25  Verses   1-15,  R''  on  a  basis  of  E 

E  besides   those   indicated;   vv.  21 
of  Joshua. 


there  being  probably  other  fragments  of 
22  a  Deuteronomic  addition   to  R'^'s  edition 


(i)  This    narrative   is   probably    a  variant  of   the  history   in    Jud.  4.5;   cf.  11,  i 
Notes  on  Judges,  p.  60,  11.  38.43;   p.  61,   II.  6.  16.31  ff. 
30  (2)  The  identification   of  this  Jahin   with   the   king  of  Hazor  (Abdi-tirshi'>) 

in  the  .•Vmarna  Tablets  is  more  than  doubtful. 

( 3  I  These  sites  have  not  been  identified  with  any  certainty.     Hazor  is  given 
to  Naphtali  (19,  36)  and  is  said  by  Josephus  to  be  near  Lake  Hflle  {cf.  note  7), 


11,2-22  ^<*^s^ESs- Qtotce  on  ^oe^ua  ■iim^-t-^—  74 

in  the  western  neighborhood  of  which  it  may  be  placed  (see  Judges,  p.  61,  1.  43).  11 
3fadoi!  I LXX  Max  on  \  cf.  p.  63,  1.  27)  may  be  Madin  close  to  the  Horns  of 
Hattin,  a  little  \V  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee  (see  p.  75,  1.  11). —  Shimron,  given  to 
Zebulun  in  19,  15,  has  been  identified  with  Scmiriye  on  the  sea-coast,  near  Accho, 
5  and  with  Sfinuniye  near  Nazareth. —  Achshaph,  given  to  Asher  19 ,  25,  has  been 
identified  with  Iksdf,  a  little  south  of  the  Leontes  (e/-Litdiiy,  see  below, 
note  6). —  As  the  five  cities  of  cc.  9.  10  were  spread  over  a  wide  area  in  the 
South,  so  these  four  represent  a  wide  area  in  the  North,  including  the  territory- 
afterward  occupied  by  Asher,  Naphtali,  and  Zebulun. 
10  (4)  That   is,  the   Carmel   range   E   and   N   of  Dor,   a   Phcenician   port  about  2 

fifteen  miles  south  of  Carmel. 

(5)  Elsewhere  (Gen.  34,2;  Josh.  9,7)  only   in  Central   Palestine.  3 

(6)  Not  identified  ;  the  land  or  valley  (v.  8)  is  apparently  the  valley  of  the 
Litany    (el-IJIdnU    the    upper    course    of    the    Nahr    cZ-Qasiiniye,    N    of  Tyre) 

15  between  the  Lebanon  and  the  Hermon  (see  the  illustration  facing  p.  146  of 
Psn/iiis ) . 

(7)  Only  here  and  v.  7;  commonly  assumed  and  marked  in  maps  as  Lake  5 
Hfile,  which  makes  a  third   in   the   chain   of  lakes   with   the   Dead   Sea   and   the 
Sea   of  Galilee ;    but   this   assumption   is   not   supported    by   any   conclusive   evi- 

20  dence.  3fero/i,  about  four  miles  W  of  ^afed  {c/.  p.  75,  1.  15),  has  no  waters 
to  speak  of  and  no  level  ground  for  chariots.  Josephus  locates  the  battle  near 
Kadesh  not  far  from  Lake  Hule  (cf.  p.  75,  1.  41),  but  substitutes  a  city  Bcroiha 
for  the  Waters  of  Merom.  Lake  Hiile  is  about  four  miles  long  and  four  broad  ; 
a  reedy   marsh   stretches   for   more  than   si.x  miles  further  north.     The  lake  and 

25  marsh  lie  in  a  valley  about  sixteen  miles  long  by  six  broad.  The  snow-capped 
summits,  in  the  background  of  our  picture  facing  p.  18,  belong  to  the  Lebanon. 

(8)  Cf.  Gen.  49,13;    probably   the   main   town   as   distinguished   from  some  8 
secondary    or    dependent    Lesser    Zidon.     Sennacherib  (b.  c.   705-681),   in   the 
cuneiform  account  of  his  campaign  against  Hezekiah  of  Judah  (70:  B.C.),  men- 

30  tions  both  fiddmi  rabiX  and  ^iduim  <;ikhru  (Great  and  Lesser  Zidon).  Cf.  the 
full-page  illustration  facing  p.  48  of  Ezekiel. 

(9)  That  is,  Burnings  of  the  Waters,  hot  springs  or  glass  manufactories, 
which  were  common  among  the  Phcenicians ;  either  Sarepta  between  Tyre  and 
Sidon,    or   'Ain-Mcsherfe    at    the    southern    end   of   the    rocks   of   the   so-called 

35  Ladder  of  Tyre  (Scala  Tyriorum,  Joseph.,  War,  ii,  10,2;  Arab.  Rds  en-A'dgura). 

(10)  Cf.  Jer.  30,18   the  city  s/ia/l  be  built  upon   its   own   mound-   the  most   13 
important  cities  were  built  on  natural  or  artificial  elevations.     Assyrian  buildings 
were   regularly   placed    upon    artificial    mounds  ;    r/.   note    on    Ezek.   41,5.      In 
modern   Palestine  te/  is  the  name  for  the  mounds  that  mark  the  site,    and  often 

40  contain  the  ruins,  of  ancient  cities. 

(11)  RV*'    bare    mountain,     some     hitherto    unidentified     mountain    in     tlie   17 
extreme  South  of  Palestine;  also  12,7. 

(12)  Cf.  12.7;  13,5,  often  identified  with  Bdiiids  ( Paueas  or  drsarea 
PliiUppi.    the   northernmost  point   Jesus   visited,    Matth.   16,13;    Mark  8,27;   cf. 

45  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  201,  1.  39)  ;  but  some  site  nearer  Lebanon  would  seem 
more  suitable. 

(13)  Compare  chapter   10,   verse  37.  20 

(14)  ARV  5b«.r  of  Anak,   giving  the   erroneous  impression   that  Anak   was  21 
the   name   of  the   father  of  these   giants.      The    phrase    signifies    men  of  great 

50  stature  flit,  of  long  neck);  cf.  Num.  13,22  and  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  49,  1.  19; 
p.  50,   1.  9. 

I  15)  Cf.  15,50;  there  are  ruins  so  named  ('Andb)  about  9  miles  S\V  of 
Hebron. 

(16)  For  Gasa  see  above,  note  25  on  chapter  10.  22 


75  — •*e*^5c  Qtof«0  on  ^oeiua -^lam^ai- —  12,1-24 

(17)  t7"  I3'3l   site   not   certainly  l^nown,  often  identified   uilli    Tel-C(-(^afiye  11 
about   10  miles  SE  of  Ashdod.      Tins   site  would   fairly   agree   with    the   various 
notices  of  Gath. 

(18)  Cf.  13,3  &:c..=  Esifiuf  near  the  coast,  between  Ekron  and  Gaza. 

(llofce  on  ^txiTptiv  12. 

(i)  See  Deuteronomy,  chapter  3,  verses  8-13.  12  ,  i - 

(2)  For  the  Az-noii  and  the  Jabbok,  see   notes  on  Jud.  11,  13  and  the   illus- 
trations ibid.,  p.  78. 

(3)  For  the  Arabah  see  above,  p.  60,  1.  17.     The  Sea  of  the  Arabah   is  the 
10  Dead  Sea;   cf.  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  pp.  12S  and  202. 

(4)  That  is,  the  Sea  of  Galilee  (the  Lake  of  Gennesareth),  the  chief  scene  3 
of  our   Lord's   ministry.     This  lake  is  655  feet  below  the  level  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean,   and  owing  to  this  great  depth   the  climate    is   almost    tropical.      It   is 
about    i2'/<    miles    long    and    i>}i   wide.     In   our  picture,    facing   p.  20,  we   look 

15  across  from  the  heights  of  ^afed  {cf.  p.  74,  1.  20)  to  the  eastern  cliffs,  nearly 
2000  feet  high,  which  are  the  outworks,  so  to  speak,  of  the  great  table-land 
of  Bashan.  The  name  Chinncreth  (plur.  Chinnerdth)  means  harp  (see  Psalms, 
p.  222,  1.  25).     For  the  use  of  the  plural  form  see  Ezekiel,  p.  157,  1.  21. 

(5)  See  chapter  11,  verses  16-18.  7.8 
20           (6)  In  c.  10,  where  the  captures  of  Lachish,  Eglon,  Jarmuth,  and  Hebron  are  10 

expressly  mentioned,  that  of  Jerusalem   is   not.     In  Jud.  1,8  it   is   taken   by   the 

Judahites,  and   in  Josh.  18,28  it   is  counted  among  the  cities  of  Benjamin;    but 

in  Josh.  15,63  and  Jud.  1,21   we  are  told  that  it  was  not  taken.     It  was  finally 

taken  by  David,   2  Sam.  5,6-8. 
25  (7)  Mentioned     only     here;     some     hitherto    unidentified     site    in    Southern  13 

Palestine. 

(S)  Num.  14,45.  (9)  Num.  21 ,  I.  '  (10)  Gen.  38,1.       14.15 

(it)    Tappuak   (i6 , 8  =  En-tappuah    17,7)    and   Hepher    (i   Kings  4,  10)    are  17 

unknown  sites  in  Central   Palestine. 
30  (12)  Not  identified,  apparently  toward  the  north,  possibly  =  Aphek  of  Asher  iS 

(19,30;  Jud.  1,31),  which   was  not  taken. 

(13)  RV  one ;    the  king  of  Lasharon.     No   such  city  is  known.     Some  read 

the  king  of  Sharon,  either  the  district   of  Sharon  or  a  city   of  that   name,  e.  g. 

(Conder)  the  present  ruin  Sdrond,  a  little  SW  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee. 
35  (14)  Shiniron-meron  =  Shimron  ;  cf.ll,i.  20 

(15)  Cf.   17,11;    21 ,2$;  =  Ta'a?!nak,  on  the    southern   edge   of  the    Plain   of  21 
Esdraelon  (or  Jezreel)  ;  cf.  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  50,  1.  20  ;   p.  69,  1.  36. 

(16)  Cf.   1"] ,  11  =  Lejjitn    to    the    NVV    of  Taanach    (see    Notes   on  Judges, 
p.  50,  1.  22)  ;    MujcddcC  near  Beth-shean  (p.  84,  1.  6)  has   been  proposed,  but  this 

40  identification  is  not  probable  {cf.  G.  A.  Smith,   Hist.  Geography,  p.  387). 

(17)  Cf.  19,37,   Kedesh-Naphtali  =  a-i/«   (Kadesh),   NW  of  Lake  Hule  {cf.   22 
p.  74,  1.  22). 

(18)  Cf.  19,  II  ;  2\  ,ii,;  —  Tcl-Qaiinun  at  NW  end  of  Esdraelon  (see  I.  37). 

(19)  Nations  (RV  Goiim),  that  is,  the  Gentiles.  23 
45          (20)  So  with  LXX,   RV  {cf.  Is.  9,1);  Received  Text:    Gilgal. 

(21)  Variously    identified    with    Talliiza,   6   miles    E   of  Samaria,    and    with  24 
Taydfir,  NE  of  Thebez  (Jud.  9,  50) ;  contrast  p.  76,  No.  30. 

(22)  The  Received  Text  has  thirty-one ;   the  alteration  of  the  words  the  king 
of  Lasharon  in  v.  18,  however,  reduces  the  total  to  30.     The  Greek  Bible  further 

50  omits  Makkedah  {cf  note  on  lO,  10)  and  reads  the  total  as  29. 


76 


^-.*^^5e-  (n.aUB  on  3»BBua  -hb^sh^ — 


(Bencraf  (BcojrapBtcaf  (\\ott 

TO    CllAl'TEKS    13-24. 

For  convenience  of  reference  the  names  of  cities  in  tlie  second  part  of  tlie 
Boolv  of  Joshua  are  given  in  an  alphabetical  list.  Where  a  site  has  been  identi- 
5  fied,  with  at  least  strong  probability,  the  modern  name  of  the  site  is  given  (in 
I/a/ics),  with  some  indication  of  its  position  ;  otherwise  the  name  is  given  with- 
out comment.  The  distances  and  directions  are  intended  to  help  the  reader 
to  find  the  jjlaces  upon  a  map,  and  are  often  only  roughly  appro.\imate. 

The  majority  of  these  names  are  not  mentioned  as  the  ^cenes  of  any 
10  events,  but  given  only  in  the  various  gazetteer  portions  of  the  OT ;  many  of 
them  occur  only  in  Joshua  and  at  times  in  only  a  single  passage. 

Identification  depends  on;  (i)  Similarity  of  ancient  and  modern  names. — 
(ii)  Suitability  of  position,  as  regards  the  tribe  or  district;  or  as  being  in  the 
neighliorliood  of  cities  mentioned  in  connection. —  (iii)  Statements  of  josephus, 
15  T.ihnud,  St.  Jerome,  and  other  ancient  authorities. 

Nearly  all  of  these  sites  have  been  the  suliject  of  many  plausible  conject- 
ures, and  yet  there  are  comparatively  few  identifications  that  are  absolutely 
certain.  It  is  only  with  hesitation  that  identifications  based  on  e.xisting  names 
can  be  carried  back  beyond  the  Captivity  (597-537  B.C.).  There  may  be  con- 
20  tinuity  of  name  between  an  ancient  and  a  modern  city,  and  yet  no  continuity 
of  site :  families  returning  from  Babylon  might  give  to  a  new  settlement  the 
name  of  their  old  home. 

Note  that  the  information  given  is  full  and  detailed  with  regard  to  Judah 
and  Beniamin,  the  main  settlement  of  the  restored  community.  Galilee,  the 
25  other  settlement  of  the  Jews  of  the  Restoration,  is  described  with  less  complete- 
ness and  clearness,  under  Zebulun,  Issachar,  Asher,  and  Naphtali.  The  account 
of  Ephraim  and  Western  Manasseh,  i.  e.  the  Samaritan  territory,  is  extremely 
meagre  and  confused. 

=Elfp6a6cftcaf   fitof    of   dCtttce 

mentioned  in  cc.  13-24. 


Ardon  =' Ahde,  10  miles  NE  of  Accho. 

AllEZ. 

Accho   (\<) , -^o)  =' Akkd,  N   oi  Haifa. 
ACHSHAPH    (ii ,  i). 
5  AcH7,in  i   (in  \&\\er)  =  e~-Zib,   on   the 
coast,  8  miles  N  of  Accho. 
AcHZiB  ii  (in  Judah).  [Tiberias. 

Adamah  =  Ddmiye  (?),  5  miles  SW  of 
Adami-neker  =  ^(/wirt  (?),  5  miles  SW 
Adar  ( 15  ,  3).  [of  Sea  of  Galilee. 

10  Adithaim. 

ADt'i.LAM  (Gen.  38,  i). 
ADf.MMiM  =  Tel'at-ed-Daui ;      between 
AijALON  or      [Jerusalem  and  Jericho. 
A.iALON  =  }(?/(5,  4  miles  SW   of  Beth- 

15    Al.AMMELECH.  [horoU. 

AuMON  ='A/mU,  4  miles  NE  of  Jeru- 
Amad.  [salem. 


Amam. 

Anab  (11,21).  [Jezreel. 

Anaharath  =  A'a'i'/ra,  6   miles   NE  of  20 

Anathoth  ='A>!d/d,  3  miles  NE  of 
Jerusalem. 

Anim  =Gliuwen,  10  miles  S  of  Hebron. 

Aphek  (12,18;  13,4;  19,30),  num- 
ber and  situations  of  towns  of  this 
name  uncertain. 

Aphekah  =  Aphek  of  i2,iS  (?). 

Arab.  [sheba.  25 

Ararah  ='Ar'dra.  8  miles  SE  of  Beer- 

Aroer  (Deut.  2,36). 

Ashan. 

ashdod  (ii  ,  22). 

Asher  {ly  ,t)  =  Tayd(h;  northeast  of  30 
Thebez  (?)  ;   contrast  p.  75,  I.  47. 

AsHNAH  (two  cities). 


(Itotce  on  ^o^Bua  -sjsjfta** — 


77 


ASHTAROTH   (Deut.  1,4). 
Ataroth  i  (i6,  7). 
Ataroth  ii  (  i6  ,  2 )  or  Ataroth-addar 
(l6,  5  ;   i8,  13)  ='A/dra,  N  of  Jeru- 
salem, between  er-Rdin  and  Rmn- 
35  AviM  =  Ai  (?).  \alldh. 

Azekah  (10,  10). 

AZEM. 
AZMON. 

Aznoth-Tabor. 

40    BaALAH    i    (  15  ,  9)  =  KiRJATH-JEARIM. 

Baalah  ii  (15,  29)  =  Balah  (19,3). 

Baalath  =  Bel-  Ain    in    the    Plain    of 

Baalath-beer.  [Sharon  (?). 

Baal-gad  (  ii  ,  17). 
45  Balah  =  Baalah  ii. 

Bamoth-b.\al  (Num.  21,19). 

Bazaanim  (19,  33). 

Bealoth. 

Beeroth  (9 ,  17). 
50  Beer-sheb.\  (Gen.  21 ,  14). 

Beesh-terah  =  Ashtaroth.     [Joppa. 

Bene-ber.\k  =  Ibii-Ibrdg,  5  miles  E  of 

Beten  =  ./5'(7«c',    12   miles  E  of  Accho. 

Beth-anath  =' Aimtlia,  6  miles  NW  of 

Kedesh-Naphtali  (?).  [bron. 

55  Beth-anoth  =  Bel-'Aiiiun,  NE  of  He- 

Beth-arabah.  [32 ,  36. 

Beth-aram  =  Beth-haran   (?),    Num. 

Beth-aven  (7,2). 

Beth-b.\al-meon  or  Baal-meon  (Num. 
32  ,  38  ;    Ezek.  25  ,  9)  =  Main,  E  of 
Dead  Sea. 
60  Beth-dagon     i     (15,41)  =  Bet-Dcjati 
between  Lydda  and  Joppa  (?). 

Beth-dagon  ii  (19,27). 

Beth-el  (Gen.  12,8). 

Beth-emek. 

Bether  ( 15 ,  59)  =  Biffir,  SW  of  Jeru- 
salem,  2  hours  W  of  Beth-lehem. 
65  Beth-hoglah  =  Oa(r-Hajle,     SE     of 

Beth-horon  (10,10).  [Jericho. 

Beth-jeshimoth  (Num.  33,49). 

Beth-lebaoth  =  Lebaoth. 

Beth-lehem  i,  Judah  (Gen.  35,19). 
70  Beth-lehem  ii,    Z&h\i\\in,=  Bet-Lah7n, 
7  miles  NW  of  Nazareth. 

Beth-marcaboth. 

Beth-nimrah  (Num.  32,36). 

Beth-palet. 

Beth-pazzez. 
75  Beth-peor  (Deut.  3,29).        [thopolis. 

Beth-shean  =  Bt'sdn,  afterwards   Scy- 


Beth-shemesh  i  ( 15  ,  10  ;  21 ,  16 )  =  1r- 
shemesh  ( 19  ,  41 ),  =' Ain-Shams, 
15  miles  VV  of  Jerusalem. 

Beth-shemesh  ii  (19,22). 

Beth-shemesh  iii  (19,38). 

Beth-tappuah  =  Taffi'i/!,   4  miles   NW  80 

Bethul.  [of  Hebron. 

Beth-zur  =  i?iV-p;)-,    4    miles    N    of 

Betonim.  [Hebron. 

Bezer. 

Bohan  (Stone  of).  85 

Bozkath. 

[chish  (?). 

Cabbon  =  OubHw,    8    miles   E    of   La- 

Cabul  =  KdhiU,  9  miles   SE  of  Accho. 

CAlN  =  )(7y/«,  SE  of  Hebron. 

Carmel  ( 15  ,  55)  =  A«;-«/«/,   7  miles  S  90 

Chephar-haammonal         [of  Hebron. 

Chephirah  (9,  17).  [salem. 

Chesalon  =  Kesld,  10  miles  W  of  Jeru- 

Chesulloth  =  Chisloth-tabor  =  Ik- 
.?«/,  W  of  Mt.  Tabor.  [3,17). 

Chinnereth   or   Chinneroth  (Deut.  95 

Chisloth-tabor  =  Chesulloth. 

Dabbasheth. 

D.\berath    or    D.\b.\reh  =  Debiiriye, 
Dan.nah.  [W  of  Mt.  Tabor. 

Debir  i  =  Kirjath-sepher  (10,38).      100 
iDebir  iii  (see  15  ,  7). 
DiBON  (Num.  21,30). 
Dilean. 

V>u\ONA.H  =  ed-D/u-ib   {EMeb?),   E    of 
Dor  (n,2).  [Ti'/-'Ardd  (?).  105 

DuMAH  =  ed-D6t)ie,    10    miles   SW    of 

[Hebron. 
Eder. 

Edrei  i  (Num.  21  ,  33). 
Edrei  ii  (19,37). 

Eglon    (10,3).         [5  Philistine  cities.  110 
Ekron  = ' Aqir,    northernmost    of    the 
Eleph  =  Lijld,  NW  of  Jerusalem  (?). 
Elon.        [the  neighborhood  of  Ekron. 
Eltekeh  =  Assyr.  Allaqii,  probably  in 
Eltekon.  115 

Eltolad. 
Emek-keziz. 
Enam. 

Endor  (17,11).      lo{ 'Ai/i-S/iaiHS  (}). 
En-gannim  i  (15,  34)  =  Umni-Jina,  W  120 
En-gannim  ii  =Jetiin.    on   the    S   edge 

of  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon. 
En-gedi  ='Ain-Jidi,    on   the   \^  shore 

of  the  Dead  Sea. 


78 


(HotcB  on  ^oe^xia  ■ 


En-haddah  =  Ad/idn,  to  the  W  of  En- 
gannim  ii  (?).         [of  Hukkok  (?). 
En-hazor  ='Ain-Hasziir,  5  miles  NW 
125  E.N-RIMMON  (see  15.32). 

En-rogel,    either   Job's    Well    or    the 
Virgin's    Fountain,    both    close    to 
Jerusalem  (?). 
En-shemesh  ='  Ain-cl-Hod,      NE      of 
En-tappcah.  [Bethany. 

Ephrath  ( 15.  59)  =  Beth-lehem  i. 
130  Eshean. 

EsHKALON  =  Asqalau,  N  of  Gaza. 
Eshtaol  =  ^4i/»r(7,     12     miles     W     of 

Jerusalem. 
EsHTEMOA  =  Scniiia,    9   miles    SW    of 
EsHTE.MOH  =  EsHTEMOA.  [Hebron. 

135  Etam  ='.li>i-'Atdii,  SW  of  Bethlehem. 
Ether. 
Eth-kazin. 

Gaba  =  Geha. 

Gallim  ( 15,59)- 
140  Gath  (11,22).  [of  Nazaretli. 

Gath-hepher  =  Mcshhed,  3  miles  NE 

Gath-rimmon  ( 19  ,  45  ;   21  ,  24). 

Gaza  (Gen.  10,  19). 

Geba  =Jebd,  5  miles   N  of  Jerusalem. 
145  Gebal  =Jcbeil  (Byblos),  N  of  Beyroot. 

Gederah  =Jedire,      9      miles     S     of 

Gederoth.  [Lydda  (?). 

Gederothaim. 

Gedor  =y6'a'rfr,  7  miles  N  of  Hebron. 
150  Gezer  (10,33).  [Joppa  (?). 

GiBBETHON  =  Qibbiye,   18   miles  SE  of 

GiBEAH  (15,57). 

GiBEATH    ( 18 ,  28)  =  rel-cl-FtU,    N    of 
Jerusalem  (?). 

GiBEON   (9,3). 

155    GiLGAL    (4,  19). 
GiLOH. 

Golan  (Deut.  4  ,  43). 
Goshen. 

gullath-ii.lith  (15,19). 

160   GuLLATH-MAni    (Jud.    I.IS). 

gullath-tahtith. 

Hadashah. 

Halhul  =  Halhiil,  N  of  Hebron. 
Hali. 
165  Hamath  =  HaviA,  N  of  Damascus. 
Hammath  =  Hamjuam,  S  of  Tiberias. 
Hammon  ='Ain-Hdmul,    NE     of     the 

Ladder  of  Tyre  (?). 
Hammoth-dor  =  Hammath. 


Hannathon. 

H^PHK\lM  =  Farr'iye,   NE  of  Plain   of  170 
Hazar-gaddah.  [Esdraelon  (?). 

Hazar-shual. 
Hazar-susah. 

Hazor  i,  Naphtali  (11  ,  i  ;   19,  36). 
Hazor  ii,  Judah  (15.23).  175 

Hazor  iii  ( 15 ,  25 )  =  Kerioth-hezron. 
iHazor-hadattahi  (see  15,25). 
Hebron  (10,  3). 
Heleph. 

Helkath.  180 

Heshbon  (Num.  21  ,  25). 
Heshmon. 

Hezron  =  Hadire,    between    Kadesh- 
barnea  and  the  Dead  Sea  (?). 

HOLON. 

Horem.  185 

Hormah  (Num.  14.45). 

HOSAH. 

Hukkok  =  Ydqiiq,  6  miles  W  of  Caper- 
Humtah.  [naum  (?). 

Ibleam.  190 

Idalah. 

IlM. 

\ro-s  =  )aru>i,  18  miles  E  of  the  Lad- 
Irpeei,.  [der  of  Tyre. 

Ir-shemesh  =  Beth-shemesh.  195 

Ithnan. 

[ron. 
Jabneel  i  (15,  ii)  =  }W«/a,  W'  of  Ek- 
Jabneel  ii,  in  Naphtali  (19,33). 
Jagir. 

Jahaza  (13,  18)  =  Jahazah  (21,36).     200 
Janohah  =  ydiithe,     7     miles     SE     of 
Janum.  [Shechem. 

Japhia  (see  19,  12). 
]apho  =/affa    (Arab.    }'d/d)  or   Jopp.\ 
(2Chron.  2,  16;  Ezra3,  7;  Jon.  1,3). 
Jarmi'TH  i,   in  Judah  (10,3).  205 

Jarmuth  ii,   in  Issachar  (21,29). 
Jattir  ='Alt'n;  12  miles  SW  of  Hebron. 
Jazer  (Num   32,  i). 
Jehud  =  IV/r/Ji/m',  8  miles  E  of  Joppa. 
Jericho  (2  ,  i).  210 

Jerusalem  (10,  i;  18,28). 
Jethlah.  [Gilboa. 

Iezkeel  i  ( 19  ,  18)  =  Zer'in,  NW  of  Mt. 
Jezreel  ii   (15,  56). 

JlPHTAH.  215 

Jiphtah-el  (\'allev  ok). 

JOKDEAM. 
JoKNEAM  (  12,  22). 


(Jlofc0  on  ^'B^ua 


79 


JOKTHEEL. 

220  JuTTAH  =  YuUd,  S  of  Hebron. 

Kabzeel. 

Kadesh-barnea  (Num.  32,  8). 

Kanah  =  Odna,   7   miles   SE  of  Tyre. 

Karkaa. 
225  Kartah. 

Kartan. 

Kattath. 

Kedemoth.  [desh-barnea. 

Kedesh    (15,23),    probably    not    Ka- 
230  Kedesh,  Naphtali   (12,22). 

Keilah  =  Ki/d,  8  miles  NVV  of  Hebron. 

Kerem  {15,  5^)  ='Aii!-A'dr!iH,  4  miles 
W  of  Jerusalem. 

Kerioth-hezron  =  Qaryateii,  12  miles 

Kibzaim.  [S  of  Hebron. 

235  Kinah. 

Kirjathaim  (Num.  32,37). 

Kirjath-arba  =  Hebron. 

Kirjath-baal  =  Kirjath-jearim. 

Kirjath-jearim  (9,17). 
240  Kirjath-sannah  =Debir  i. 

Kirjath-Sepher  ( 15,  15)  =  Debir  i. 

KiSHION    or    KiSHON. 

KiTHLisH.  [N\V  of  Jerusalem  (?). 

KoLON  {1^.^'))  =  Oaloniye,    5      miles 

245  Lachish  ( 10  ,  3). 

Lahmam  =  La/im,   9    miles    E    of   La- 

Lakum.        [chish,  S  of  BH-Jibrm  (?). 

Lebaoth. 

Lesham  =  Tel-el-Qddi,  W  of  Caesarea 
250  LiBNAH  (10,29).  [Philippi. 

■  LiDEBiRi  ( 13,  26). 

Luz  =  Beth-el. 

Maaleh-Acrabbim. 

Maarath. 
255  Madmannah. 

Mahanaim  (Gen.  32,2). 

Makkedah  (10,10). 

Manahath  (15,59). 

Maon  =  jMa'iii,  8  miles  S  of  Hebron. 
260  Maralah  =  Maiul,  W  of  Nazareth  (?). 

Maresh.\h  =  I\/frds/i,    10   miles   W   of 

Mearah.       [Lachish,  S  of  Bet-Jibrin. 

Medeba  (Num.  21,30). 

Megiddo  (12,  21). 
265  Mehalleb  (19.29). 

Me-jarkon  (see  19,46). 

Mephaath. 

Michmethah. 

MiDDIN. 


MiGDAL-EL  (see  19,38).  270 

Migdal-gad. 

Mishal   (21 ,  30)  =  Misheal    (19,26). 

Misrephoth-maim  (11,8). 

MizPEH  i  ( 15,  38)  =  TVAi^f-pJ/fj/^,  ten 
miles  E  of  Ashdod  (?),  cf.  how- 
ever II  ,  22. 

MizpEH  ii  (18,  26).  275 

Moladah. 

MOZAH. 

Naamah. 

Naarath. 

Nahalal    (21 ,  35)  =  Nahallal    (19,  280 

Neah.  [15). 

Neiel. 

Nephtoah    (Waters  of);    see  15,9. 

Nezib  =  jVi'f/(J,    8    miles    N\V    of   He- 

Nibshan.  [bron  (?).  285 

Ophni  =Jifnd,  3   miles   NW   of  Beth- 
Ophrah.  [el  (?). 

[lem. 
Parah  =  Fdra,  6  miles  NE  of  Jerusa- 
Peor  (i$,5<))  =z  Fair/iur,  4  miles  SW 
[of  Bethlehem. 
Rabbah  i  (15,60).  290 

Rabbah     ii     (13,  25)  =^-i;«;«a«  =  Rab- 

bath  Amnion  or  Philadelphia. 
Rabbith  =  Rdbf,  S  of  Mt.  Gilboa. 
Rakkath  =  Tiberias  (?). 
Ram.\h   i    (iZ  ,2$)  =  er-Jidin,    5    miles 

N  of  Jerusalem. 
Ramah  ii  ( 19,  36)  =dV--j'?a;«£',  17  miles  295 

E  of  Accho. 
Ramah  iii  (ig ,  2g)  =  Jfdmiya,  11  miles 

E  of  the  Ladder  of  Tyre  (?). 
Ramah  of  the  South  (19,8). 
Ramath-mizpeh. 

Ramoth,  in  Gilead  (Deut.  4,43). 
Rehob  i  (19,28).  300 

Rehob  ii  (19,  30). 
Rekem. 

Remeth  =  Jarmuth.  [Nazareth. 

Rimmon  =  RuiiiiHdne,    5    miles    N    of 
RiMMONAH  ( 21 ,  35 )  =  Rimmon.  305 

SaiDiid  ;  see  Sarid. 

Salt    (City   of);    Tel-el-MUh   (?),    E 

Salcah  ( Deut.  3  ,  10).     [of  Beer-sheba. 

S.\nsan.v.\h. 

Sairiid  (see  19,10).  310 

Secacah. 

Shaal.^brin. 

Shahazimah. 


13.2-4 


■  (Tlot«6  on  ^['e^uo-*** 


80 


Shamir. 
315  Sharaim. 

Sharumen  (see  19,6). 

iShebai  (see  19,  2). 

Shechem  (Gen.  12,6). 

Shema. 
320  Shicron. 

Shihon  =  6"//(;'/«,  N\V  of  Tabor  (?). 

Shilhim. 

Shiloh  =  Seliin. 

Shimron  (ii  ,  i). 
325  Shunem  =  Soleni,  N  of  Jezreel. 

SiBMAH.  [Nettif. 

>  SocoH  i  ( 15  ,  35)  =  S/urwckc,  S  of  Bct- 

SocoH    ii   (i^,ix?,)  =  S/iuzcekc,  S\V   of 
Hebron. 

Sores  (15 ,  59)  =.5"rtr/.f,   9  miles  W  of 
330  SuccoTH  (Gen.  33,  17).       [Jerusalem. 


Tekoa  (15,59)  =  7'<'^/?'(7,  5  miles  S  of 
Telem.  [Beth-lehem.  340 

Thimnathah  =TiMNAH  i.  [shemesh  i. 
Tl.MNAH  i  ( 15  ,  10)  =  Tibiic,  S  of  Beth- 
TiMNAH  ii  (I5,57)  =  r/A«a  (?),  SE  of 

BH-Ncttif  (cf.  Gen.  38,  12). 
Timnath-serah  (see  19,50). 
TocHEN  (19,7)-  345 

Tyre  =  Qh: 

Zanoah   i  (15,  34)  =  Zfl«/J',    15    miles 
SW  of  Jerusalem,  N  of  Bet-Nettif. 
Zanoah  ii  ( 15  ,  56). 
Zaphon. 

Zareth-shahar.  350 

Zelah. 
Zemaraim. 
Zenan. 

iZeri  (see  19,  35). 

ZiDDiM  (see  19,35)-  355 

ZiDON  (Gen.  49,  13). 
Ziklag  =  Z«//tV/yc,    E.SE  of  Gaza  (?). 

ZlOR. 

ZiPH  i  (15,  24). 

ZiPH  ii  (15,55),  S  of  Hebron.       [lem.  360 
ZORAH  =f"rtr'(;//,  14  miles  W  of  Jerusa- 
Zoreah  =  ZORAH. 


It   is   impossible   to   draw   a   map   of  the  territories  of  the  tribes  which   will 

include   the   whole   OT;    their  borders   were    no   more    permanently   fixed    than 

30  tliose  of  the  Saxon   Heptarchy.     Nor  can  any   one   map  be   drawn   to   represent 

the  tribal  divisions  as  given  in  Joshua ;   the  geographical  sections  of  the  Book 

combine  independent  sources,  which  often  contradict  each  other. 

There  is,  however,  complete  agreement  as  to  the  general  relative  positions 
of  the  tribal   territories.     See   map   of  the  Seats   of  the   Twelve  Tribes  prefixed 
35  to  Judges. 


Taanach 

(12,21). 

Taanath- 

■SHILOH  = 

Ta'nd, 

SE 

of   Na- 

Tabor. 

[bulus. 

Tanach  = 

=  Taanach 

1. 

335 

Tappuah 

i  (15.34)- 

Tappuah 

ii    (16,8; 

17. s 

)  = 

En-tap- 

Taralah. 

[puah. 

Tatam  ( I 

5.59)- 

(Uofee  on  tiiaiptiv  13. 

13.29-31  is  a  composition  or  medley  of  phrases  from  various  sources;  since 

vv.  25  and   31    are  inconsistent,  this  section   was   either  composed   or   expanded 

by  one   of  the  later   Priestly  writers;   cf.  notes   on    vv.  21.22.29-31.     The   pas- 

40  sages  colored  dark  red  in  cc.  13-24  are  assigned  to  J",  because  they  are  closely 

parallel  to  Jud.  1. 

For  the  contents  of  c.  13,  compare  i  Chron.  5. 


( I )  Deut.  3 ,  14,  usually  in  the  NE  of  Bashan ;  possibly  the  close  connection  13 ,  2 
here  with  the  Philistines  may  point  to  another  Southern  tribe. 
45  (2)  That  is,  the  Brook  of  Egypt ;  cf.  15  ,4;  Num.  34  ,  5. —  (3)   Cf  Deut.  2,  23.  3 

(4)  RV  and  Mcarah.  (5)  That  is,  Men  of  Gebal.  4 


8i  — »*^6@3s- (Jlotca  on  3*''9'*<*  •*®*s'^**"'' —  I3.7-I5>4 

(6)  The   present  connection  of  Reuben  and  Gad   with    IFestcni  Manasseh  is  13,7.8 
due   to   some   mistake  or   corruption  of  the  text.     The  Greelc  Bible  inserts  after 

V.  7  :    From   the  Jordan   as  far  as   the    Great  Sea,   toward  the  sun-setting  shall 
thou  give  it;  the  Great  Sea  shall  be  the  border,  and  i^roceeds :  to  the  (some  MSS 
5  insert  two)  tribes  and  to  the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh,  to  Reuben  and  Gad,  gave 
Moses  &c. 

(7)  Verses  9-12,   like   12,  1-5,  follow  Deut.  3,8-13.  12 

(8)  See  Deut.  18,2;  ef  Josh.  13 ,  33  ;  18,7;    Ezek.  44  ,  28.  14         • 

(9)  C/'.  Num.  31 ,  S  ;   the  connection  between  Sihon  and  Midian  has  no  basis  21 
10  in  the  earlier  narratives. 

(10)  Compare  24,9;   Num.  22,5;   31,8.  22 

(ii)  RV  Debir,  possibly  =  Lo-debar,  2  Sam.  9,4,  not  identified.  26 

{12)  The  recognition   of  Eastern   Manasseh   as  a  formal  half-tribe   was   very  29 
late;  see  note  on  17,  14-18.     Q'.  Deut.  3 ,  13 .  14. 
15  (13)  ^^^  the  cities  of  Gilead  are  given  to  Gad  in  v.  25  ;  cf  Deut.  3.  15.  31 

(14)  Explanatory  correction  of  preceding  clause,  according  to  i  Chr.  7,  14 
(RV").  Machir  was  the  only  son  of  Manasseh,  and  half  of  his  descendants 
were  wanted  on  the  West  of  the  Jordan. 

(Itofce  on  chapter  14. 

20  18,1    stood   in    P    before    14,1,    being   the   heading   of    P's   account   of    the 

division.     Verses  6-15:    R°  on  a  basis  of  JE. 

(i)  Verses  1-5  contain  the  fulfilment  of  Num.  34,  16-29  (P)-  I4>  ' 

(2)  For  vv.  6-15  ef.  Deut.  i  and  Num.  13  and  14.  6 

(3)  An   Edomite   tribe,  incorporated   in  Judah  ;    in    i  Chr.  2,9.18   Caleb  is 
25  connected  by  genealogy  with  Judah.     (f.  Gen.  36,  11. 

(4)  Probably  forty  years  wandering  and  five  years  in  Canaan.  10 

(5)  Literally  for  war  and  for  going  out  and  for  eoming  in  ;    cf.  Deut.  31  ,  2.   11 

(6)  Cy!  10,  37.  {i)   Cf.  notes  on  10,  3  ;   II  ,  21  ;  Jud.  i  ,  10.       14  .  15 

(Itofee  on  Chapter  15. 

30  V.  13   is   due  to  the   Redactor   who    inserted  14-19.     Verses   14-19   and  63 

{cf.  notes)  belong  to  the  document   in  Jud.   I,   viz.  to  J.     Verses  45-47  use  for- 
mulas not  found  elsewhere  in  P,  and  indicate  an  undigested  fragment  of  a  source 
either  used  by  P  or  inserted  later.     They  are  often  referred  to  JE. 
For  c.  15  cf.  I  Chr.  4  ,  I  -  23  ;  Neh.  11  ,  25  -  30. 

35  (i)  For  the  southern  bay   of  the  Dead  .Sea  (/.  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  128. —  15,2.4 

The  Brook  of  Egypt  is  generally  identified  with  the  Wddy  el-'Arish,  that  is,  the 
stream  which  empties  into  the  Mediterranean  at  el-'Arish  (the  ancient  Rhino- 
eolura)  between  Gaza  and  Port  Said;  but  it  has  been  recently  suggested  that 
it  is   probably  the   stream   which   empties    into   the   Mediterranean   near   Raphia 

40  (the  modern  Tel-Rifah),  further  north,  about  6\{  hours  S  of  Gaza,  near  the 
present  frontier  of  Egypt.  In  several  passages  of  OT  the  Heb.  word  for  Egypt 
is  held  by  some  to  refer  not  to  the  valley  of  the  Nile  but  to  the  northernmost 
province  of  Western  Arabia  (cf  Critical  Notes  on  the  Heb.  te.xt  of  Isaiah,  p.  98, 
1.  8).      For  this    Brook  of  Egypt,  or  rather  Stream  of  3fu(r,  ef.  Num.   34,5; 

45  I  Kings  8  ,  65  ;    2  Kings  24  ,  7  ;    Is.  27  ,  1 2  ;   see  also  Gen.  15  ,  18. 


15,7-36  -^^^SessSfi- Qlotco  on  ^oofiua -s-jS^'*.. —  82 

(2)  There   is   ;i   Pcbir  near   Adummim  ;   hut   the   Greek    Bible   reads   to   the  15,7 
fourth  part  of  the  valley.     Some  propose  to  treat  Debir  not  as  a  proper*  name, 

but  to  translate  backward,  that  is,  wciliuard. 

(3)  Not  the  site  of  the  camp;   contrast  note  on  9,6. 

5  (4)  Possibly  Wddy  el-Oclt  (ef  above,  p.  66,  I.  33),  or  the  stream  immediately 

to  the  south  of  it. 

(5)  Lit.  went  out  to.  used  also  when  the  border  came  to  an  end  at  the 
sea  &c.     Cf.  Notes  on  Ezekiel,  p.  204,  1.  49. 

(6)  It   has   been 'usual  to  locate  the  Waters  of  Nephtoah  and  Kirjath-jearim  9 
10  at   Liftd  and   Qaryet-el- Ineb  (see  fudges,  p.  91,  1.  3),  and   to  draw  the  border- 
line NW.    The  Palestine  Exploration  map  places  them    at  ' Ain-'Atdn  and  ' Erma 
(S  of  Ai-j/ii  =  Chesalon,  v.  10)  respectively,  and  draws  the  border-line  first  SW 
and  then  NW. 

(7)  Not  the   mountains   of  Edom   between   the   Dead   Sea   and    the   Gulf  of  10 
13  Akabah  {Ezekiel,  p.  169,  1.  24),  but  a  mountain  in  Judah. 

(S)  In  19,41:  Ir-shemesh.  and  given  to  Dan. —  Timnah  (ef.  Jud.  14,1)  is 
about  an  hour  S  of  Beth-shemesh,  NW  of  BH-Nettf,  while  the  Timnah  in  v.  57 
{cf  Gen.  38,  12)  is  SE  of  Bet-Ncttf. 

(9)  Verses    14 -19=  Jud.    1,10-15,    almo.st    word    for    word;    ef.  Notes   on  14 
20  Judges,  p.  49,  11.  17-35.     The  gloss  younger  to  Caleb's  brother  (Jud.  i ,  13)   has 
not  been  added   in  Joshua  (see  fudges,  p.  49,  1.  30).     For  give  in  give  tne  a 
presetit  (v.  19)  the  parallel  passage  in  Judges  reads  a  different  synonym  (Heb. 
habah   instead   of  tS)tdh),  and   for  the  singular  forms   illith   and   lahtith   in  Jud. 
1,15  Joshua   has   the   plurals   illioth  and  tahtioth.     The  Received  Te.xt,   in  both 
25  Joshua  and    Judges,  reads   the   plural,   Gulloth   (ARV    springs),    instead  of  the 
singular,    Gullath,    as   adopted    in   the    present   translation ;    the   Greek    Bible   in 
Josh.   15 ,  19    read    the    singular.     The    meaning    of   Gullath    illith    and    Gullath 
tahtith    (ARV   upper    and    nether    springs)    may   have   been    Upper    and    Lower 
Basin  (see  fudges,  p.  49,  1.  34). 
30  (10)  This    name    is    commonly    explained    to    mean    City   of  the    Book   or  15 

Archive -Town,  and  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  seat  of  a  famous  library  or 
the  seat  of  the  oldest  university;  hut  this  explanation  is  by  no  means  certain. 

(11)  That  is,  Kenezite  {cf  p.  Si,  1.  24).  (12)  See  note  on   10,40.       17.21 

(13)   RV  Adadah;   see  above,  p.  63,  1.  25.  22 

35  (14)  That   is.    New   Hazor,    but   the   word   for  new   is  Aramaic;    the   Greek  25 

Bible  apparently  had  a  different  reading,  and  the  text  is  probably  corrupt. 

(15)   One  name  as   R\',   not  two  as  AV  (LXX,  cities  of  Hezron). 

(:5)  Heb.    n'ni33    bnwtvii,    lit.  her    daughters ;    cf.  v.  45    &c.;    Jud.    1,27;  2S 
11,26;     Num.   21,25.32;    32,42;    Jer.   49,2;     Ezek.    16,46;     Received    Text: 
40  rrnVT^  BZVWTVH,   RV   Biziothiah. 

(17)  (^7".  19,4  and  I  Chr.  4,30;    RV  Chesil.  30 

(iS)   Cf.  19,7  and  Neh.  11,29;    RV  Ain   and  Riiunwn  ;   (/.above,  note  15.  32 
En-rimmon   is   represented   by   the   ruins   of  l-nim-er-Ramdm'in,   12   miles   NE   of 
Beer-sheba,  SW  of  'Andb. 
45  (19)  At   least   36  cities   have   been   enumerated.      P,  or   a    later    editor,    has 

added  to  the  list  of  cities  given  in  his  source  without  correcting  the  statement 
as  to  the  total  number.  Verses  26-28  seem  to  be  interpolated  from  Neh. 
II  ,  26.  27  ;   if  omitted,  the  number  29  in  v.  32  will  be  correct. 

(20)  Heb.  shepheldh,    between   the   Hill-country  and    the   sea,    cf.  Dent,  i  ,  7  33 
50  and  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  49,  1.  11. 

(21)  Given  to  Dan  in  19,41  ;  cf  fudges,  p.  82,  1.  24.  In  tin-  Aniarna  Tali- 
lets  the  name  occurs  in  the  form  Qarkha ;  it  is  mentioned  in  connection  with 
Aialuna  =  Aijalon  ;  see  above,  p.  72,  I.  6,  and  ef  2  Chron.  11 ,  10. 

(22)  Fifteen  names  are   mentioned.     Probably  one  of  the  three,   Adithaiin,  36 


83  '  — »4«#SKs.  Qtotca  on  3'''5ua -ss^^m-s —  15,40-17,9 

Gederothaim,   Gcderah,    is   due    to  an   accidental   repetition.      The    Greek    Bible  15 
omits  Adithaim. 

(23)  Readings   vary  between  Lahmam  and  La/unas.  40 

(24)  Both   here  and  in   i  Sam.  30,30  the  readings  vary  between  Ether  and  42 
5  Ethek. 

(25)  RV  Uie  great  sea  and  the  border  thereof.  47 

(26)  The  names  from  Tekoa  to  Manahath  are  given  on  the  authority  of  the  59 
Greek  Bible. 

(27)  V.  63=Jud.  1,21,  except   that  Benjamites   is   substituted   in  Judges   for  63 
10  Judahitcs  in  our  passage.    Judahites  is  no  doubt  the  original  reading.    Compare 

17,14.  For  could  not  dispossess  the  parallel  passage  in  Judges  reads  did  not 
dispossess,  but  could  not  was  evidently  the  original  reading,  which  seems  to 
have  been  changed  into  did  not  by  an  editor  or  scribe,  on  dogmatic  grounds ; 
cf.  Jud.  1,19. 

(llofeo  on  £6apfcr  \6. 

In  vv.  1-3  note  the  absence  of  P  formulas  and  treatment  of  Joseph  as  a 
single  tribe.  V.  4  possibly  from  K^  to  connect  vv.  1-3  with  vv.  5  -  S.  V.  9  is 
added   from  JE  to  the  complete  P  statement. 

(i)  Only    the    southern    border    is    given. —  For    the    Waters   of  Jericho   see  16,  i 
20  above,  p.  58,  note  '. 

(2)  Not  known;    cf.  i  Chr.  7,32.33.  3 

(3)  The  description  is  confused  and  imperfect,  through  combination  of  inde-  5 
pendent  sources,  and  omission,  or  loss,  of  part  of  the  text.     Apparently  in  vv.  6 

.     and   7   the  border  is  traced  first  from   Michmethah   to   the   SE,   and   then   from 
25  the  same  point  to  the  SW. 

(4)  Text  is  apparently  corrupt.  6 

(5)  Probably    Wddy  Qana,  a  tributary  of  tlie   Nahr-cl-  Aiijd   which  falls  into  S 
the  sea  north  of  Joppa.     Or  the  name  may  mean  Brook  of  Reeds  (Heb.  ndkhal 
qanih,  like   the   Arabic   Nahr  el-Od(ab,   which   may   be   the   Nahr  el-Meffir  (or 

30  IVddy  el-Khuderah],  S  of  Ccesarea.  Some  scholars  have  thought  of  the  Nahr 
el-Falik,  N  of  .-/rj/{/"  (Apollonia),  between  Ca^sarea  and  Joppa,  where  the  Cru- 
saders under  Richard  Coeur-de-Lion  defeated  Saladin  on  Sept.  7*  1191.  The 
Syrian  papyrus  grows  in  the  bed  of  the  Nahr  el-Falik  ;  but  this  stream  seems 
to  be  an  artificial  canal. 

35  (6)  Cotnpare  chapter   17,  verse  14.  10 

Qtotee  on  €6ap<cr  17. 

In   the  section   17,  1-13   Rp  has   not  merely  inserted  a  few  small  fragments 
of  JE   in   P,  but   has   drawn   largely  from  older  sources,  and  made  harmonizing 
additions   of  his   own    (printed  in    Italics),  with    very    limited    success.      For   vv. 
40  14-18  see  below,  notes  10  ff. 

(i)  V.   2    gives    the    clans    of    Manasseh   without    any   attempt    at    personal  17,2 
genealogy;    in  v.  3    Hepher  is'  the   great-grandson   of  Manasseh;   cf.  13,31    and 
Num.  26  ,  28 -32. 

(2)  Verses    3.4    is    the     carrying    out    of    Num.   27,1-ir    (P);     cf.    Num.  3 
45   26,33 ;    36 

(3)  Apparently   a  portion   for  each   of  five   of  the   families   in  v.  2,   and   also  5 
for  each  of  the  five  daughters  of  Hepher,  the  eponym  of  the  sixth  family. 

(4)  A  misplaced  fragment  connecting  with   16,9.  9 


l7,io-i6  ^^^e^fsai.  Qlolce  on  ^oe^ua -nim^*^ —  84 

(5)  The  Manassites.  17,  10 

(6)  Compare   height  or   heights  of  Dor,   11,2;  12,23.     The  words  from  the  11 
three    heights    to    did  not  conquer   have    been    brought   forward   from    iib.i2a. 
After  did  not  conquer  the  Received  Text  has  those  cities, —  a  subseijueiit  inser- 

5  tion  which  became  necessary  after  the  preceding  words  had  been  misplaced. 

(7)  See  above,  p.  60,  1.  14;  cf.  also  v.  18;  i  Kings  4,12,  and  i  Chr.  7,29. 
The  long  conspicuous  hill  in  the  picture  facing  p.  28  is  the  site  of  the  citadel 
of  the  ancient  Beth-shean,  now  Bcsdn.  The  spur  of  limestone  rock  on  which 
the   citadel    stood    is    in    shape    like    the    crater    of   an    extinct    volcano.      The 

10  ancient  city  of  Beth-shean  was  not,  however,  confined  to  this  hill :  the  ruins, 
which  surpass  any  other  in  Western  Palestine,  extend  over  a  surface  of  three 
miles.  The  view  from  the  keep  of  Beth-shean  (which  has  been  called  a 
miniature  Gibraltar)  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  Jordan  Valley.  It  is  almost  the 
furthest-seen,  furthest-seeing  fortress  in  the  land.    It  lay  in  the  line  of  the  ancient 

15  road  between  Damascus  and  Egypt,  near  the  southeastern  border  of  the  Plain 
of  Jezreel  (see  p.  75,  1.  36),  NE  of  Jenin  (see  Judges,  p.  69,  1.  39),  about  3  miles 
W  of  the  Jordan.  According  to  Josephus  it  was  the  largest  city  of  the 
Decapolis  (Matt.  4,25;  Mark  5,20;  7,31),  the  Decapolitana  regio  of  Pliny 
{Nat.  Hist.,  5,  16).     The  other  nine   cities  of  this  Decapolitan  League  were  all 

20  situated  east  of  the  Jordan.  In  i  Sam.  31  ,  10.  12  we  find  the  name  in  the  form 
Beth-shdn  [cf.  2  Sam.  31,10:  Beth-shan  and  i  Mace.  5,52;  12.40:  Bcthsan). 
In  the  Atnarna  Tablets  the  city  is  called  Bit-sani  (see  Johns  Hopkins  Con- 
tributions to  Assyriology,  vol.  4,  p.  in,  1.  31).  The  name  means  House  of 
Safety   {cf.  above,  p.  70,    I.  8).      In   later  times   the   city   was   called   Scythopolis 

25  (2  Mace.  12,29;  Judith  3,  10),  perhaps  from  a  colony  of  Scythians,  that  is,  bar- 
barians from  the  North  (see  above,  p.  51,  note  ';  Ezc/ciet,  p.  173,  1.  43,  and  cf. 
Herod,  i ,  105  ;    Pliny  5  ,  74). 

(8)  Near  Nazareth  about  25  miles  E  of  Dor. 

(9)  Verses    11  (after  |  ;    see  above,   p.  vi,  1.  i5)-i3=Jud.  1,27.28;    but  the  13 
30  order  of  the  names  enumerated  is  different. 

(:o)  It  seems   now   established   that   the   eastern    territory   of  Manasseh    (cf   14 
Num.  32)  was   not   occupied   by   them  at  the   time   of  the  Israelite  sojourn  east 
of  the  Jordan,    but   by   a   later  migration   from   the  West.     This   section   comes 
after  the  account  of  the  western  territory  of  Manasseh,  and  may  have  been  the 

35  introduction  to  the  account  of  the  migration  of  Machir  and  Jair  eastward. 
Num.  32,39-42  and  Josh.  13,13  would  be  the  sequel  to  this  account  which, 
together  with  15,13-19.63;  i6,io;  17,11-13;  19,47,  belongs  to  the  same 
document  as  Jud.  i. 

The  repetition  of  v.  15  in  vv.  17  .  iS,  and  other  doublets  have  been  explained 

40  as  resulting  from  a  combination  of  two  sources ;  but  these  and  the  general 
obscurity  of  the  passage  are  probably  due  to  the  efforts  of  a  redactor  to  adapt 
the  narrative  to  the  later  tradition :  that  Eastern  Manasseh,  like  Reuben  and 
Gad,  received  their  inheritance  while  Israel  sojourned  east  of  the  Jordan. 

As  the  narrative  stands,  this  conference  between  Joshua  and   the  Josephites 

45  has  no  sequel. 

(11)  RV   Chitdrcn  ;  compare  verse  17. 

(12)  The   Hill-country  east  and  south   of  Carmel   is  full   of  forests,  but  this  15 
was  already  included  in  the  lot  of  Joseph. 

(13)  The  words  in  the  land  of  the  Perizzites  and  the  Rephaim  are  omitted 
50  in  the  Greek ,  Bible  ;   no  district  is  elsewhere  so  desi.a:nated.     In  Deut.  3 ,  13  the 

land  of  Rephaim  =  Bashan ;   so   that   whatever  authority  attaches  to  this  phrase 
supports  the  view  that  the  extra  territory  granted  was  east  of  the  Jordan. 

(14)  CJ.  note  on  24,6  and  Notes  on  Jud.ges,  p.  62.  16 


8s 


— »*e#(SSs-  (Jlof«0  on  ^oe&na  fiSfi^a^ 


17,17-18,4 


(15)  See  above,  p.  75,  1.  37.  17 

(16)  Strengthened   by  the   acquisition   of    Bashan,    they    would    be    able    to  17 
complete  the  conquest  of  their  western  territory. 

(17)  If  this  section  be  rightly  understood,  as  an  introduction  to  an  account  iS 
5  of  the  settlement  of  Eastern  Manasseh,  the  Hill-country  must  be  that  of  Gilead. 

Qtotee  on  £6apfer  18. 

V.  I  is  P's  heading  to   the   division   of  the   land   by   lot   to  all  the  nine  and 

a  half  tribes,  and  was,  as  such,  originally  prefi.xed  to  14,  i  (see  above,  p.  81,  1.  20), 

but   transferred    here   by   the  redactor  to  admit   of   the   insertion    of    vv.    2  - 10. 

10  This   section   does   not   connect   with   either   P   or   D,  and   is   too   systematic   for 

J    or  E,  but  seems  due  to  the  editor  who  combined  J  and   E  (RJ^;   see  above, 


PLAN    OF    FORTRESS    ON    ST.VTUE     B     OF    GUDEA. 


p.  46,   1.  21).      Note    that    Joshua  acts    independently  and   is   not    (as  in    14,1 
19,  51  ;    21  ,  1 1  subordinated  to  the  priest  Eleazar. 


(i)  For  Shiloh  see  i  Sam.  1,3;  Jer.  7,  12;  Ps.  78,60.  The  picture  facing  18,  i 
15  p.  30  shows  the  southern  slope  of  the  hill  of  Shiloh  with  the  ruins  of  a  mosque 
and  a  large,  gnarled,  old  terebinth, —  the  solitary  tree  of  the  district.  The  ancient 
Israelitish  sanctuary  may  have  stood  on  the  large  terrace  behind  the  ruins  of 
the  deserted  village  of  Seliin,  N  of  the  hill.  Shiloh  is  about  8  hours  from 
Jerusalem.  4  hours  from  Shechem.  E  of  Joppa,  and  about  12  miles  NE  of  Beth-el 
20  (</.  Jud.  21  ,  19).  The  bold  knoll,  rocky  and  irregular,  is  strewn  with  a  mass 
of  shapeless  ruins.     Inhabitants  there  are  none. 

(2)  ARV   describe,    [that  is,    to   delineate,    to   draiu  g.  plan  of.     It   is   by   no  4 

means   necessarj-  to  suppose  that  the  men  were  to  record  merely  the  number 

and    location  of   the    towns    and    villages    in    the    various    districts.      We  find 

25  geographical  delineations  and  drawings  of  land   surfaces,  plans  of  buildings  &c. 

at  a  very  early  period.     VVe  have  Egyptian  plans  of  mines,  tombs,"  and  temples. 


'  CJ.  Maspero,  The  Struggle  of  the  Nations  (London,   1896),  p.  376. 


i8, 9-19,  I 


— ->*ss^^55f  (ltofc0  on  ^ooBua  -sSSrgs**-!^ — 


86 


One   of  the    Babylonian   statues   found  during  tlie   French   e.\xavations   at  Telloh  i8 
(1S75-18S0)    and   now   in    the    Louvre,    Paris,    tlie    so-called    Architect   of    King 


EAIIVLONIAN   GROUNDPLAN    OF   A    BUILDING. 


Gudea  (about  ,27001 
n.  c. ),  holds  on  his  knees 
5  an  elaborate  plan  of  a 
fortress  (see  note  on  Ezek. 
40,5).  In  the  Royal 
Museum  of  Berlin  there 
is  a  Babylonian  plan  of  a 

10  building  (7"'  cent.  B.C.) 
with  all  dimensions,  thick- 
ness of  walls,  width  of 
doors,  &c.,  carefully  given. 
This   Baliylonian    plan   is 

15  far  superior  to  the  Egyp- 
tian, in  fact  not  essentially 
difTerent  from  our  modern 

architectural  drawings.     Another  Old  Babylonian  plan  of  a  house,  found  at  Telloh 
and   now  in   the  Louvre,   is  nearly  complete  ;   it  seems  to  belong   to  the  period 

20  of  Sargon  I.  and  his  son,  Naram-Sin  (about  2750  B.  c. ).  We  have  also  an  Old 
Babylonian  plan  of  a  large  estate,  drawn  up  under  the  reign  of  King  Ine-Sin, 
of  Ur  (about  2400  B.C.).  It  was  found  during  the  French  excavations  at  Telloh 
and  is  now  in  the  Imperial  iNIuseum  of  Constantinople.  The  size  of  this  tablet 
is  12.7x10.8  centimeters  (about  5x4!  in.)."     See  also  tlie  Babylonian  map  of  the 

25  world  and  the  plan  of  a  part  of  the  city  of  Babylon,  figured  on  p.  100  of  Ezekiel. 

(3)  ARV  book.     The    Heb.  sefer  (cf.   English   cypher')  includes   any   kind  of  9 
writing.      The    original    meaning   of   the    word,    which    is    borrowed    from    the 
Assyrian,  is  message. —  P.  H.] 

(4)  The    description    in    vv.   15-19    is    almost    identical    with    part   of   the  15 
30  northern  border  of  Judah.   15,6-9.  but  drawn  in  the  opposite  direction. 

(5)  RV   Kirjath-jcarini  ;   compare  v.  14. 

(6)  The  words  at  Mount  Ephron  are  supplied  from  15,9.  The  text,  as  it 
stands,  is  clearly  corrupt.     RV  -westward,   and  went  out. 

(7)  RV  -which  is  in  the  I'ale  of  Rephaim  north-ward.  16 
35           (8)  Assigned  to  Judah   in   15,61,                                                                                     22 

Qtotce  on  £6apfcr  19. 

(i)  For  vv.  1-9  f/£   I   Chr.  4,24-43.     These   cities,  taken   from   the  inher-  19,  1 
itance  of  Judah,    have  already  been  enumerated,  with  slight  variations   of  name 
and  order,   in   15,26-32.42. 

'  Cf.  Thureau-Dangin.  Un  cadastre  chaldeen  (Revue  d'Assyriologie,  vol.  4,  No.  1) 
Paris,  1S97;  Jules  Oppert,  Un  cadastre  chaldeen  (Comptes-rtndus  de  I'.Academie 
des  Inscriptions  et  Belles-Lettres)  Paris,  1896;  AtiG.  Eisenlohr,  Ein  allhalnlonisclier 
Fctderplan,  Leipzig,  1896;  Ludwig  Borchardt.  Ein  babylonisches  Grundrissfra.s;- 
menl  (Sitzungsberichte  der  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin.  Feb.  2,  iSSS). 


87 


imSf  Qlof^e  on  ^oe^ua  ^S3t^*«-- 


19,6-13 


(2)  In    15,32   Slii/hiiit,   I  Chr.  4,31    Shaaraiin,    somewhere   in   the   south   of  19,6 
Judah  ;   the  varieties  of  spelhng  make  any  identification  very  uncertain. 

(3)  Fourteen  are  enumer- 


ated ;  S/ieba  is  wanting  in 
5  I  Chr.  4 ,  28  and  in  some  Heb. 
MSS,  and  may  be  an  acci- 
dental repetition  of  the  S/ieba 
of  Beer-sheba  [cf.  p.  88,  11. 
37  and  44).  The  Greek  Bible 
10  has  Shema  as  in   15,26. 

(4)  RV    Ain,     Riinmon  ; 
see  15 ,  32. 

(5)  Added    from    i    Chr. 
4 ,  32  ;   cf.  LXX. 

15  (6)  This     name     is    vari- 

ously written  in  the  Versions, 
and  the  site  not  certainly 
known.  It  has  been  proposed 
to    read    Sadid    [cf.  note    on 

20  6.  iS),  which  might  be  identi- 
fied with  Te/Shaddud,  SW  of 
Nazareth. 

(7)  The  southern  border 
from  Sarid  westward. 

25  (8)  The  southern  border 

from  Sarid  eastward. 

(9)  The    eastern    border. 


l/////>7////// '//, 


^/^/-^M^^;/^ 


^/. 


w^Viww^^ 


1 1>  f~rl"^<^ 


^'^^ 


'/, 


r^ 


^ 


BABYLONIAN    GROUNDPL.AN    OF   X    HOUSE. 


13 


RV   Gaih-hcpher  and  Etii-kazin ;   AV,    Gittah-hepher  and  Itfah-kixzin,  but   Giftah 


u 


^i>'-">>>Ai<>c>v^  :t  ^ 


<(  ^  CCl?  E^ 


^  ic<  V/  ^"^'W' 


1—1  )«»>-*>? 


iL 


BABYLONIAN   SURVEY    OF   AN    EST.\TE. 

and  Ittah  are  merely  accusative  forms  of  Gath  and   Eth. 
30  (10)  RV  which  stretchcth. 


19,14-47  ^-**e»6ajc- Qtotce  on  ^oe^ua -^^m^^** —  88 

(11)  The  nortliern  border-,  the  western  border  is  given  by  that  of  Asher.       19,  14 
{12)  RV  /o  Hannatlwu. 

(13)  Only  five  named;    a  fragment   of  a  Ust  of  cities  is  added  without  any  15 
connecting  phrase  to  the  descri|>tion  of  the  border.     The  Creels  Bible  omits  \^. 

5  (14)  The  lists  of  cities  in  vv.  17-23  are  mechanically  combined  with  one  or  17 

two  indications  of  the  border,  which   we  are  left  to  gather  from   the  accounts 
of  the  neighboring  tribes. 

(15)   RV  tinto  Jezreel,  but  Jezreel  (p.  75,  I.  37)  was  in  the  middle  of  the  terri-   iS 
torj'.     The  modern  name  Zerin  is  a  corruption  of  Jezreel ;   cf.  Be/in  for  Beth-el. 

10  (16)  In  vv.  24-31   we  have  a  similar  awkward  combination    of  lists  of  cities  24 

and  descriptions  of  borders. 

{17)  So   I   Chr.  6,74;   AV  Hebron,   RV  Ebroii.  28 

(iS)  Mentioned  in  the  cuneiform  account  (col.  ii,  1.  39)  of  Sennacherib's  cam-  29 
paign  against   Hezekiah  (cf.  above,  p.  74,  1.  29  and    /stiiii/i,  p.  165,  1.  6),  in   con- 
15  nection  with  Achzib,  Accho,  &c.     Cf  Ahlab,   He/bah  in  Jud.  1 ,31. 

(19)  So  with  LXX  ;   RV  Unimah.  (20)  Only  seventeen  enumerated.  30 

(21)  This  account  is  confused  and  probably  incomplete;  but  the  impression  31 
it    conveys    is    that    the    border    ran    inland    from    Carmel    to    Shihor-libnath 
{Wady   Zavqd,  S   of  Carmel),    turned   east  to   the   border    of    Zebulun,  and   fol- 

20  lowed  this  for  some  distance ;  then  a  long  narrow  strip  of  territory  stretched  to 
the  border  of  Zidon,  and  the  W  border  came  S,  inland  of  Tyre,  coming  to  an 
end  at  the  sea  near  Achzib.  Pliny  (5,  17)  calls  the  Wddy  Zarqa  the  Crocodile 
River.  The  cliinate  of  this  marshy  region  is  similar  to  the  climate  of  the 
Egyptian  Delta  (cf  Shihor,  13,3  and  Is.  23,3;  Jer.  2,  iS).     About   twenty  years 

25  ago  German  colonists  of  Haifa  killed  here  a  female  crocodile. 

(22)  Little  that  is  definite  can  be  gathered  from  the  description  in  vv.  32-34  32 
beyond  the  fact  that  Naphtali  lay  in  the  angle  between  Asher  and  Zebulun. 

(23)  Cf.  Jud.  4,  II  ;   AV   Frojit   Alloii   to   Zaananni)n;    RV  the  oat:  in   Zaa-  2:i 
nannim,  RV**'  oalc  (or  terebintli)  of  Bezaanannim.     It  is  better  to  read  Bazaanim 

30  in  accordance  with  the  Kith'ib  (see  above,  p.  vi,  1.  4)  in  Jud.  4,  ir.  For  terebinth 
see  notes  on  Is.  1 ,  29  and  ibid.  p.  212,  No.  3.  Cf.  also  note  22  on  c.  24  and 
the  plate  facing  p.  30. 

(24)  The  Greek   Bible  omits  Jiidah  ;   but  the  passage  does  not  make  sense  34 
either  with  or  without  this  word. 

35  (25)  Only  here,   v.  29,  and   10,20  in  Joshua.  35 

(26)  Fortified  cities,    Ziddim,    Zer  =Heh.   MBgR,   H(;DNr,  (;r  ;    the   te.\t    has 
probably  been  amplified  by  accidental  repetition  {cf  p.  87,  1.  7). 

(27)  Not  more  than  si.vtcen  enumerated.  38 

{28)  Verses    40-46   contain    no   description   of  the   border,  wliich   might   be  40 
40  gathered   from   those   of  Judah    and    Ephraim,    but   simply   a   list   of  cities   with- 
out statement  as  to  number. 

(29)  Zorah,   Eshtaol,  and   Ekron  are  given  to  Judah,   15,33.45.  41  •  4.S 

(30)  The  addition  of  the  Received  Te.xt,  and  Rakkon  (Heb.  ipnni  whkqwn),   46 
not  found   in  the  Greek  Bible,  was  due   to  an  accidental   repetition   of  Jarkon 

45  (Heb.  ppiTl  hvrqwn);   cf.  above,  1.  37. 

(31)  A  condensed  version   of  the    story    given    at    length   in    Juil.   18;    cf.  47 
Jud.   1,34.      The    Greek   Bible   combines    this   version    with    Jud.   1,34.3s,    and 
introduces   curious   misreadings,  to  the  effect  that  the  Sons  of  Judah  conquered 
Lachish,    and   called   it    Lasenndak   (in   the    Code.r   A/e.vandrinii.';   of  the   Greek 

50  Bible:   Lesen  Dan).     The  Greek  Bible  reads  v.  48  immediately  after  v.  46. 


Sg  ~^^^m>f  QXofea  on  ^oe^ua  -imm^-^—  19 ,  50-  22 , 9 

(32)  AV  zveiii  out  too  little  for  them,  RV  ivcnt  out  beyond  them,    RV^'  -cvent  19 
out  from  them. 

(33)  Lengthened  form  {Leshdm)  of  Laish  Jud.  18,29;  RV  Leshem.  See 
Notes  on  Judges,  p.  92,  1.  2. 

5  {34)  In  Jud.  2,9  more  correctly  Timnath-heres,  that  is,  Tibneh,  10  miles  N\V  50 

of  Beth-el  ;  but  placed  by  Conder  at  Kefr  Hdrith  or  Haris,  9  miles  SW  of 
Nabulus  (Shechem).  Cf.  24,30.  The  finest  of  the  remarkable  rock-tombs  of 
Tibneh,  figured  in  the  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  55,  is  said  to  be  Joshua's  tomb  ;  but 
it  seems  to  belong  to  a  much  later  period,  and  it  was  apparently  the  burial 
10  place  of  a  large  family. 

(Itotee  on  Chapter  20. 

(i)  Fulfilment  of  Num.  35,9-24  (P);   ef.  Deut.  4,41-43.  20,1 

(2)  The  portions  omitted  (not  found  in  the  Greek  Bible)  were  inserted  by  4-6 
a  late  redactor  to   complete   the   treatment   of  the  subject    by   adding    the  pro- 

15  visions   of  Deut.  19;    they  are  largely   made  up  of   plirases   from   D,  ef.  Deut. 
19,5.6;   4,42. 

(3)  These  cities  of  refuge  were  ancient  sanctuaries,  and  doubtless,   as  such,  7 
possessed  the  right  of  asylum,  which,   when  their   standing  as  sanctuaries    was 
no  longer  acknowledged,  was  here  confirmed  to  them. 

(Uotee  on  COaptcr  21. 

(i)  Fulfilment  of  Num.  35,1-8    (P).      Quoted,    with   textual   variations,    in  21,  i 
I  Chr.  6,  54-81. 

(2)  As  Joshua   was  a  younger  contemporary  of  Aaron,  the   Sons   of  Aaron  4 
are  very  disproportionately  provided  for. 
25  (3)  RV  out  of  the  families  of .  5.6 

(4)  So   I  Chr.  6,59;   RV  Aiti.  16 

(5)  Anathoth   and  Almon   are  not  mentioned  among  the  cities  of  Benjamin   iS 
in  c.  18. 

(6)  I  Chr.  6,70:    Aner.      AV    Tanach,   RV    Taanach,    cf.   Notes   on  Judges,   25 
30  p.  50,  1.  20. 

(7)  So  with  17,11  and  i  Chr.  6,70  (Bileam).  RV  Gath-ri»imon,  an  acci- 
dental repetition  of  Gath-rimmon  in  v.  24.  LXX :  lebatha  (many  MSS  have, 
however,  Baithsan  or  Baisan  =  Beth-shean,  which  seems  to  have  crept  in  from 
17,  II). 

35  (S)   Rinimonah  =  Rimmon,   with  i   Chr.  6,77   and  Josh.  19,13.     ARV    Dim-  35 

nah  ;   ef.  note  on  6,18. 

(9)  Verses  36  and   37   are   unnecessarily   omitted   from  the   Received  Te.xt ;  36.37 

they  have  been  supplied  from  some  Heb.  MSS  and  from  the  Ancient  Versions. 

f 

(llote0  on  €6ap(cr  22. 

40  (i)  Verses  1-8  are  by  various  Deuteronomic  writers;  w.  7=1  and  7I' .  S  repre-  22,  i 

sent  a  subsequent  addition  to  vv.  1-6. 

(2)  RV    Return    .    .    .    unto    your    tents    .    .    .    divide    the    spoil   of  your  8 
enemies  &c. 

{3)  Verses  9-34  is  a  new  section  ;  v.  9  repeats  vv.  6''  and  8^.    The  problem  of  9 
45  this   section   is  ver>'  difficult,  being  closely  connected  with  the  diflicult  passages 
in   Num.  32 ;   but  a  few  points   are  clear.     As   in   Num.  32,  the  earliest  stratum 
is  a  JE  narrative,  which   knew  nothing  of  Half-Manasseh,   but  only  of  Reuben 


22,11-24.1  — »*s#e%Oi- (llofco  on  ^^oBua -iS*»^33** —  90 

and  Gad  (vv.  25.32-34)."  As  it  bears  no  sufficient  marks  of  havinp;  passed  22 
through  the  hands  of  the  Deuteronomic  editor  (R°),  we  gather  that  the  story 
in  its  original  form  did  not  seem  to  him  of  an  edifying  character,  and  was 
therefore  omitted  from  his  edition  of  Joshua.  The  original  story  cannot  there- 
5  fore  have  liad  for  its  moral  the  obligation  to  restrict  Israel  to  a  single  altar ; 
for  to  establish  this  restriction  is  a  main  object  of  Deuteronomy.  This  turn 
must  have  been  given  to  the  story  by  a  priestly  writer,  possibly  between  the 
publication  of  Deuteronomy  (621  n.  c.)  and  the  Exile  (597  B.C.),  while  the 
e.xclusive  rights  of  the  Temple  were  not  fully  established. 

10  But  the  story  in  its  present  form  is  much  later,  and  must  have  been  recast 

after  the  Exile  (597-537  b.  c. ).  Repeated  and  e.xtensive  manipulation  makes  it 
impossible  to  recover  the  original  fori*  of  the  narrative,  or  to  indicate  with 
any  certainty  the  remaining  fragments  of  JE.  Cf.  Jud.  20,28,  where  Phinehas 
is  also  introduced  {cf.  Notes  on  Judges,  p.  95,  1.  42),   and    where  there  is  war, 

15  21,8-15,  between  the  eastern  and  western  tribes;  and  which  was  similarly 
excluded  from  the  Deuteronomic  edition  of  the  Book  of  Judges,  for  obvious 
reasons.  The  absence  of  Joshua  here  suggests  that  the  original  story  referred 
to  the  period  after  the  Conquest  {cf..  however,  9,  17-21).  The  addition  of  the 
Deuteronomic  formula  Half-tribe  of  JSTanasseh  in   vv.  9- 11 .  13 .  15 .  21,  is  due  to 

20  a  late  redactor,  who  was  familiar  with  the  D  phrase.  In  vv.  30.31  an  earlier 
corrector  has  added  and  the  Manassites  on  the  analogy  of  the  preceding  words. 
It  was  probably  the  presence  of  these  casual  additions  in  vv.  30.31  which  pre- 
vented the  other  corrector  from  inserting  the  half-tribe  throughout.  He  sup- 
posed the  rest  had  been  already  corrected. 

25  (4)  See  note  i  on  chapter  18. 

(5)  According   to   this   translation   the   altar   is   west   of  the  Jordan   in  v.    10  11 
and  east  in  v.  11,  so  that  v.  10  may  be  a  fragment  of  the  original  account.     RV, 
however,  translates  :     An   altar  in   the  forefront  of  the   land  of  Canaan,    in   the 
region   about  Jordan,  on  the  side  that  pcrtaincth   to   the  Children  of  Israel ;    but 

30  the  whole  tenor  of  the  rest  of  the  narrative  seems  to  imply  that  the  altar  was 
east  of  the  Jordan.  An  altar  built  by  the  eastern  tribes  -west  of  the  Jordan 
would  be  a  sufficient  casus  belli  on  purely  political  grounds. 

(6)  (3^.  Deut.  12,  13. 14.  (7)  Num.  25,  3.4;  Deut.  4,  3.       16.17 
(8)  That  is,  Jhvh  is  the   God  of  gods,   the   Most  High   God  (Gen.  14,18).  22 

35  (9)  Something   has   fallen   out.   or   been   omitted   accidentally  in   some   stage  26 

of  the   redaction.     RV   Let  us   now  prepare  to   build  us  an   altar. 

(10)  That  is,  Nozu  have  ye  averted  jHrff's  punishment.  31 

(11)  The   name   of  the  altar  is   wanting   in   the    Received   Text   and   in    the  34 
Greek    Bible.     ARV  supply  Ed=  witness,  with   the  Syriac   Bible.     But   probably 

40  here  as  in  Gen.  31  ,  47  f  we  have  an  etymology  of  Gilcad,  omitted  by  some 
editor  to  avoid  a  clear  contradiction  of  v.   10.     G'(7/'<'(;'=  Heap  of  Witness. 

(Jlofc  on  CBapfcr  23. 

(i)  RV  even  unto  the  great  sea  to<uard  the  going  down  of  the  sun.  23  ,  4 

(IXofCB  on  Chapter  24. 

45  ( I )  The    Greek    Bible    has    Shiloh    here    and    in   v.  25,   to    harmonize    with  24 ,  1 

18 ,  I  ;    22.     For  Shechem  see  Judges,  p.  72,  1.  43. 


«a=ES^ 


"  Htre.  however,  the  order   is    Reuheiiites   and    Gadites ;    in    Numbers,   mostly    the 
reverse. 


..an 
wno 


91  — »*e#^iSs- (Uofce  on  ^oe(iuA -^s*^^-^-^—  24,2-14 

(2)  That  is,    at  the  sanctuary  at  Shechem ;    according    to   P  the   Art:    and  24 
Tabernacle  were  at  Shiloh,  c/.  v.  26  and  above,  p.  85,  1.  14. 

(3)  Not  directly  stated   elsewhere,    but  compare   Rachel's  stolen  Terapliim,  2 
Gen.  31 ,  19  (E)  and  the  strange  gods  of  Jacob's  household,  which  were  buried 

5  near  Shechem,    Gen.  31,1-5    (E).     Cf.  Notes  on    Ezekiel,   pp.  126,  1.  44  ;     134, 
1.  17  ;  137,  1-  38. 

(4)  The  Greek  Bible  inserts  after  v.  4:   and  there  they  became  a  great  and  4 
numerous  and  mighty   nation,   and  the   Egyptians   oppressed  them. 

(5)  RV  according  to   that   which.  '  5 
10           (6)  The   plate   facing  p.  42  shows  Egyptian,   Hittite,  and   Canaanite   chariots  6 

of  the  time  of  Rameses  II.  (about  1300  B.C.).  It  represents  the  famous  battle 
of  Kadesh  (see  above,  p.  56,  1.  is*").  The  scale  of  the  figures  is  in  proportion  to 
the  importance  of  the  persons  represented  (cf.  the  Elamite  bas-relief  figured  on 
p.  164  of  Ezekiel).     Thus   the    great  central   figure   is   the   King;    note   the   lion 

15  carved  on  the  side  of  the  chariot  and  the  urseus-serpent  in  front  of  the  head- 
dress of  the  King  {cf.  the  pictures  of  Amenophis  III.  and  Anienophis  IV., 
p.  47).  The  urseus-serpent  was  supposed  to  emit  flames  destroying  all 
should  dare  to  attack  its  royal  bearer.  The  chariot  is  fitted  with  quivers  and 
cases  for  javelins.     The  Egyptian  chariots  are  on  the  right,  and  their  Hittite  and 

20  Canaanite  adversaries  on  the  left.  The  Hittites  {cf.  above,  p.  56,  1.  S^)  have  long 
hair  but  clean-shaven  faces,  while  their  Canaanite  allies  are  bearded.  Note 
the  large  Egyptian  shields  and  the  smaller  bucklers  and  targets  (see  Ezekiel, 
p.  175)  of  the  Asiatic  warriors.  The  Asiatic  chariots  carry  a  shield-bearer  and  a 
driver  besides  the  warrior ;   on  the  Egyptian   chariots   we   notice   but   two   men, 

25  viz.  archer  and  driver  ;  doubtless  the  King  was  similarly  accompanied  ;  but  his 
charioteer  is  omitted,  in  order  that  he  may  be  the  more  conspicuous.  Cf. 
the  Assyrian  war-chariots  figured  on  pp.  140  and  141  of  Ezekiel.  In  the  lower 
right-hand  corner  of  our  picture  we  see  some  European  mercenaries  of  the 
Egyptians,    viz.  heavy-armed    Shardin,    that    is,    Sardinians.      The    hieroglyphics 

30  above  the  heads  of  the  horses  of  the  royal  Egyptian  chariot  mean  :  The  good 
god,  slayer  of  the  nifie  barbarian  ttations,  who  kills  millions  in  a  moment, 
annihilating  princes  and  nations,  so  that  they  tumble  down  in  their  blood, 
although  there  is  no  helper  ivith  him  (the  King).  The  two  cartouches  follow- 
ing   contain    the    throne    name    and    the    personal    name    of   Rameses  II.      The 

35  hieroglyphic  legend  above  the  backs  of  the  royal  horses  means :  The  great  leant 
of  His  3/ajesty,   the  lustiest  from  the  stable  of  Rameses  II. 

Our  polychrome  frontispiece  is  from  a  similar  representation  of  the  Battle 
of  Kadesh,  on  the  northern  wall  of  the  great  temple  of  Abu  Simbel,  on  the  left 
bank  of  the  Nile,  north  of  the  second  cataract.     The  comments  on  these  pictures 

40  have  been  kindly  furnished  by  Professor  VV.  Max  MCller,  of  Philadelphia. 

(7)  Apparently  contradicted  by  Jud.  11,25.     This  fighting  is  not  mentioned  9 
in   Num.   22-24. 

(8)  Men,   lit.   lords,   that  is,   holders,  possessors,   citizens.  11 

(9)  Omitted   in   the   previous   narrative.      Cf.  the   apparent   gaps   in   the   nar- 
45  rative   after  5,  12.  15. 

(10)  The  fulfilment  of  Ex.  23,28   (E);   not  mentioned  elsewhere  in  Josluia,   12 
possibly   figurative. 

(11)  R V  tzt'o,  a  misreading  due  to  confusion  with  the  two  kings,  Sihon, 
King    of   the    Amorites,    and    Og,    King    of   Bashan.      The    number    twelve   is 

50  apparently  made  up  of  the  kings  of  Jericho  and  Ai,  the  five  kings  in  c.  10,  the 
four  kings  in  c.  11,  and  one  other,   possibly  the  King  of  Beth-el. 

(12)  Verse  13  =  Deuteronomy  6 ,  10.  II.  13 

(13)  Cf.    VV.    2.23,    and   contrast    23,8    in    which    their    hitherto    persistent  14 
loyalty  to  Jhvh  is  asserted. 


24. 25-33 


— >*e)#SBs- (TloJca  on   ^oe^ua  •i(Bi^'»^^ — 


92 


(  14)  The  Book  of  the  Law  is  regarded  here  as  capable  of  receiving  additions  24,25 
from   time  to  time.     This  verse  betrays  a  consciousness  of  the  repeated  editing 
of  tile    Law. 

(15)  Verses  28-3i=Judges  2,6.8.9.  (16)   C7^  note  on   19,50.       28.30 

5  (17)  Gen.  50,25  (E);   E.\.  13,  19(E).  32 

(18)   Cy.   Gen.  48,22  (E),   where  however  Jacob  conquers  this   portion,  and 
Gen.  33,  19  (E). 

(19")  That  is  about  |6o.oo  or  /12;   cf.  above,  p.  66,  1.  15. 

(20)  RV  and  they  became  the  inheritance  of  the   Children  of  Josefi/i,  —  they 
10  being  apparently  the   bones  ;   unless   it   refer   to   Shechem   and   the  portion. 

(21)  V.  33  is  generally  assigned  to  E,  but  it  seems  preferable  to  assign  it  to  33 
one  of  the  late  priestly   editors,    on  the  following  grounds  :    (n)  Except   Deut. 

10 , 6,  Eleazar  and    Phinehas    occur   elsewhere   only  in   P   and    allied   literature. 

Ui)  Deut.   10, 5  f.  is  a  redactional   addition;    a   stray   fragment    of  E  may   have 

been  inserted  by  the 
redactor,  but,  even  in 
this  case,  the  refer- 
ence to  Eleazar  was 
probably  added  by 
him.  [c)  The  late 
priestly  editors  took 
a  special  interest  in 
Eleazar  and  Phinehas, 
whom  they  introduce 
into  Joshua  22  and 
Jud.  20 ,  28  (  at  Gibeah 
as  here). 

The  point  is  im- 
portant, as,  if  this  verse 
and  Deut.  10  ,  6  are 
removed  from  E,  that 
document  no  longer 
describes  Aaron  as 
the  founder  of  a 
dynasty  of  high- 
priests. 

( 22)  The  alleged 
tomb  of  Eleazar  ( also 
the  traditional  tomb 
of  Phinehas )  is  in  the 
village  of  'Awartd, 
S  of  Mount  Gerizim 
(Judges,  p.  18),  near 
the  entrance  to  the 
Plain  of  Shechem  ; 
The    tomb,    which   is 


Cupyrijlit  by  f>.  Applet.iit  it  Co.  in  the  U.  S.  oj  A, 


ALLEGED   TOMB  OF   ELEAZAR. 


45 


but  this  late  Jewish-Samaritan  tradition  is  of  no  value 
whited  and  about  five  feet  high,  is  in  an  enclosure,  shaded  by  a  noble  terebinth 
tree  (cf.  note  on  19,33),  adjoining  a  small  mosque.  The  place  is  an  object  of 
great  reverence  both  to  Jews  and  Samaritans.  Cf.  Tristram,  Bih/e  Places 
50  (London,  1S97),  p.  222. —  Gibeah  is  probaljly  Jiltiyd,  E  of  Tibneh,  not  far  from 
Shiloh. 


^-»*s^MBi-  ^oe^ua  -jfissieM-s—  93 


Biet  of  Jiimtvatione 


1.  Egyptian   and   Hittite    Chariots Frontispiece 

2.  Dispatch   of   Dushratta  to  Anienophis  IV facing  p.  i 

3.  Pla  in   o  f  J  e  r  i  c  h  o facing  p.  2 

4.  Val  ley   of  Ach  or facing  p.  10 

5.  G  i  b  e  o  n facing  p.  14 

6.  Hebron facing  p.  16 

7.  LakeHdle facing  p.  iS 

8.  SeaofGalilee facing  p.  20 

9.  Beth-shean facing  p.  28 

10.  Shiloh facing  p.  30 

11.  Egyptian,   Hittite,   and  Canaanite  Chariots     .     .     .   facing  p.  42 

3ffu6(rattone  in  t^e  (llofee. 

12.  Amenophis  III.  {Seep.  4S,  I.  j) p.  47 

13.  Anienophis  IV.  {See  p.  48,  I.  34) p.  47 

14.  Colossus  of  Memnon p.  48 

15.  Left-hand  Edge  of  Cuneiform  Dispatch  of  King  Dushratta P-  49 

16.  Hieratic  Note  on  Cuneiform  Dispatch  of  Dushratta p.  5° 

17.  Hieratic  Note  on  Dispatch  from  Alashia P-  50 

iS.     Obverse  of  Tel-Hesy  Tablet P-  53 

19.  Hittite  Warriors p.  56 

20.  Bend  of  the  Jordan  near  Jericho  {See  p.  $j,  i.  j) P- 56 

21.  Jericho  {See  p.  jS,  I.  zi) P- 57 

22.  House  on  the  City  Wall  {See  p.  ^g,  I.  iS) P- 58 

23.  Cromlech  in  the  neighborhood  of  Heshbon  {See  p.  61,  I.  //)  .     .  .  p.  60 

24.  Egyptian  Stone  Knives  (Wilkinson,  3liittiiers  and  Customs  of  Ancient 

Egypt.     By  permission  of  John  Murray,   London).     See  p.  62,  I.  4     .  p.  6i 

25.  Beth-el  {See  p.  6^,  I.  i) p.  64 

26.  Jewish  Shelcel p.  66 

27.  Carthaginian  Sacrificial  Tablet p.  68 

28.  Upper  Beth-horon p.  71 

29.  Region  between  Gilgal  and  Beth-horon P-  71 

30.  Ajalon p.  72 

31.  Assyrian  King  putting  foot  on  neck  of  enemy  (From  L.ward,   Monu- 

ments of  Nineveh.     By  permission  of  John  Murray,   London )    .     .     .  ji.  73 

32.  Plan  of  Fortress  on  Statue  B  of  Gudea  {See  p.  86,  I.  6) p.  85 

33.  Babylonian    Groundplan    of  a   Building   (From    L.    Borchardt,    Ein 

babylonisches  Grundrissfragment)  See  p.  86,  I.  10 p.  S6 

34.  Babylonian    Groundplan    of    a    House    ( From    Francois    Thtreau- 

Dangin,  Un  cadastre  c/ia/deen)  See  p.  S6,  !.  jS p.  S7 

35.  Babylonian    Survey   of    an   Estate    (From   Eisenlohr,   Ein   attba/)y/o- 

nisc/ier   Feldeiplan)  See  p.  86,  I.  21 P-  87 

36.  Alleged  Tomb  of  Eleazar P-  92 


Siiet  of  £^onfrt6ufor0. 


Genesis:   C.  J.   Ball  (London). 

Exodus:    Herbert  E.  Ryle  (Cambridge). 

Leviticus:   S.  R.  Driver  and  H.  A.  White"  (Oxford). 

Numbers:  J.  A.   Paterson  ( Edinburgii ). 
5  Deuteronomy:   Geo.  A.  Smith  (Glasgow). 

Josliua :   W.  H.  Bennett  (London). 

Judges:   George  F.  Moore  (Andover). 

Samuel:   K.   Budde  (Strassburg). 

Kings:   B.  Stade  (Giessen)  and  F.  Schwally  (Strassburg). 
ID  Isaiah:   T.  K.  Chey'NE  (Oxford). 

Jeremiah:    C.   H.  Cornill  (Breslau). 

Ezekiel :   C.  H.  Toy  (Cambridge,  Mass.). 

Hosea :   A.  SociN  (Leipzig). 

Joel:   Francis  Brown  (New  York). 
15  Amos:  John  Taylor  (Winchcombe). 

Obadiah  :   Andrew  Harper  (Melbourne). 

Jonah:   Friedrich  Delitzsch  (Breslau). 

Micah  :  J.   F.  McCuRDY  (Toronto). 

Nahum  :   Alfred  JerEiMIAS  (Leipzig). 
20  Habakkuk:   W.  H.  Ward  (New  York). 

Zephaniah  :    E.  L.  Curtis  (New  Haven). 

Haggai:   G.  A.  Cooke  (Oxford). 

Zechariah :   W.   R.  Harper  (Chicago). 

lALilachi :   C.  G.  Montefiore  and  I.  Abrahams  (London). 
25  Psalms:  J.  Wellhai'sen  (Gottingen). 

Proverbs:   A.  Muller''  and  E.   Kautzsch  (Halle). 

Job:   C.  Siegfried  (Jena). 

Song  of  Songs:   R.  Martineai''  and  J.  P.  Peters  (New  York). 

Ruth:   C.  A.  Briggs  (New  York). 
30  Lamentations:   Morris  Jastrow,  Jr.''  (Philadelphia). 

Ecclesiastes  :   Paul  Haupt  (Baltimore). 

Esther:  T.  K.  Abbott  (Dublin). 

Daniel:   A.   Kamphausen  (Bonn). 

Ezra-Nehemiah :    H.   Guthe  (Leipzig). 
35  Chronicles:    R.  Kittel  (Leipzig). 


■' Divii  July  30'i>  189.S.  «nied  Sept.  12"'  iSg2.  'Died  Dec.  14"'  1S9S. 

'Professor  A.  KuENEN  who  had  agreed  to  do  tin;  Book  died   DecL-mber  10"'  1891. 


Date  Due 

FA&fcH-W 

1 

r^^iiiikiidilirji 

1^0 

\    

**. 

1 

1 

' 

m 

PRINTED 

IN  U.  S.  A. 

POLYCHROME  EDITION. 
Ready,  April,  1899. 

The  Book  of  Leviticus.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  S.  R.  Driver,  D.  D.,  Regius 
Professor  of  Hebrew,  and  Canon  of  Christ  Church,  Oxford,  viii  and  107  pages, 
printed  in  three  colors  (55  pages  of  Translation  and  52  pages  of  Notes).  With 
four  full-page  illustrations  (one  of  them  in  colors)  and  four  illustrations  in  the 
Notes.     Cloth |i.25  net 

Tlie  Boole  of  Joshua.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  W.  H.  Bennett,  M.  A.,  Professor 
of  Old  Testament  Languages  and  Literature  at  Hackney  and  New  Colleges, 
London,  formerly  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge,  viii  and  94  pages, 
printed  in  nine  colors  {43  pages  of  Translation  and  51  pages  of  Notes,  mcluding 
an  illustrated  Excursus  on  the  Tel-el-Amarna  Tablets  and  an  Alphabetical  List 
of  Geographical  Names).  With  eleven  full-page  illustrations  (one  of  them  in 
colors)  and  25  illustrations  in  the  Notes.     Cloth $i-25  ne(. 

The  Book  of  Judges.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  G.  F.  Moore,  D.  D.,  Professor 
of  Hebrew,  Andover  Theological  Seminary,  xii  and  99  pages,  printed  in  seven 
colors  (42  pages  of  Translation  and  57  pages  of  Notes).  With  seven  full-page 
illustrations  (mcluding  a  Map  of  the  Twelve  Tribes,  in  colors)  and  21  illustra- 
tions in  the  Notes.     Cloth, |i-25  nei. 

The  Book  of  the  Prophet  Isaiah.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  T.  K.  Cheyne,  D.  D., 
Oriel  Professor  of  the  Interpretation  of  Holy  Scripture  at  Oxford,  and  Canon  of 
Rochester,  xii  and  216  pages,  printed  in  seven  colors  (128  pages  of  Transla- 
tion, 88  pages  of  Notes).  With  nine  full-page  illustrations  and  28  illustrations 
in  the  Notes.    Cloth, $2.$o  net. 

The  Book  of  Ezekiel.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  C.  H.  Toy,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Hebrew  and  other  Oriental  Languages,  and  Lecturer  on  Biblical 
Literature  in  Harvard  University,  viii  and  208  pages  (89  pages  of  Translation 
and  119  pages  of  Notes).  With  nine  full-page  illustrations  (including  a  Map  of 
Western  Asia,  time  of  Nebuchadnezzar)  and  102  illustrations  in  the  Notes. 
Cloth j2.5o«^/. 

The  Book  of  Psalms.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  Julius  Wellhausen,  D.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Hebrew  and  other  Oriental  Languages,  University  of  Gottingen,  and 
Dr.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  Philadelphia,  xii  and  238  pages  ( 161  pages 
of  Translation  and  77  pages  of  Notes,  including  an  Illustrated  Appendix  on  the 
Music  of  the  Ancient  Hebrews).  With  eight  full-page  illustrations  (one  of  them 
in  colors)  and  58  illustrations  in  the  Notes.     Cloth,  .        .        .      $2.50  net. 

To  be  ready  in  Autumn  of  1899. 

The  Book  of  Genesis.    Translated  by  The  Rev.  C.  J.  Ball,  M.  A.,  Chaplain  of 

Lincoln's  Inn,  London. 

The  Book  of  Deuteronomy.  Translated  by  The  Rev.  Geo.  A.  Smith,  D.  D., 
LL.  D.,  Professor  of  Hebrew  in  Free  Church  College,  Glasgow. 

Other  parts  to  follow  at  regular  intervals. 

Each  in  a  substantial  and  attractive  cloth  binding  in  uniform  style  (size 
loyi'x.TA  in.). 

The  Old  Testament  will  be  completed  in  20  parts,  several  of  the  smaller 
books  (The  Minor  Prophets  and  Song  of  Songs,  Ruth,  Lamentations,  Ecclesiastes, 
Esther,  being  combined  to  make  up  parts  of  convenient  size  (parts  13  and  17, 
respectively). 

PUBLISHED  BY 

DODD,  MEAD,  &  COMPANY. 

U9-\5\  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York. 


BS195.2.H37V.6 

The  sacred  books  of  the  Old  and  New 

Princeton  Theological  Semmary-Speer  Library 


1    1012  00005  7945 


^-(fssaiassisfsa 


>*r^fH»»n<wy>x-Cf:*--r.---'--v'~^^~:^oijc-JOijiJ^  A